WO2001093180A1 - World characters numerical coding input method and thereof its information handling system - Google Patents

World characters numerical coding input method and thereof its information handling system Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2001093180A1
WO2001093180A1 PCT/CN2001/000687 CN0100687W WO0193180A1 WO 2001093180 A1 WO2001093180 A1 WO 2001093180A1 CN 0100687 W CN0100687 W CN 0100687W WO 0193180 A1 WO0193180 A1 WO 0193180A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
code
zone
positions
correspond
korean
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2001/000687
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
WO2001093180A8 (en
Inventor
Rongbin Su
He Liang
Original Assignee
Rongbin Su
He Liang
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Rongbin Su, He Liang filed Critical Rongbin Su
Priority to AU2001263741A priority Critical patent/AU2001263741A1/en
Publication of WO2001093180A1 publication Critical patent/WO2001093180A1/en
Publication of WO2001093180A8 publication Critical patent/WO2001093180A8/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F3/00Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
    • G06F3/01Input arrangements or combined input and output arrangements for interaction between user and computer
    • G06F3/02Input arrangements using manually operated switches, e.g. using keyboards or dials
    • G06F3/023Arrangements for converting discrete items of information into a coded form, e.g. arrangements for interpreting keyboard generated codes as alphanumeric codes, operand codes or instruction codes
    • G06F3/0233Character input methods
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F40/00Handling natural language data
    • G06F40/10Text processing
    • G06F40/12Use of codes for handling textual entities
    • G06F40/126Character encoding
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F40/00Handling natural language data
    • G06F40/10Text processing
    • G06F40/12Use of codes for handling textual entities
    • G06F40/126Character encoding
    • G06F40/129Handling non-Latin characters, e.g. kana-to-kanji conversion

Abstract

The invention disclosed a world characters numerical coding input method and thereof its information handling system, it is a world characters numerical coding handling technology. It has resolved problem of simple and high efficiency of world characters coding handling thoroughly. Its main characteristics is that employs 0 to 9 ten digits that is encoded for world characters and punctuation marks, these numerical codings are used to index numerical code of world characters documents and input code of world characters for computer. The method builds a numerical operating coding of world characters information for computer and also builds a world characters numerical coding sequence retrieval system and a computer language of world characters as well as an instruction design method for core. It is used to computer system, communication system and coding sequence retrieval system of world characters numerical coding.

Description

世界文字信息数字化运算编码输入方法  World text information digitization operation coding input method
及其信息处理系统 技术领域  And its information processing system
本发明涉及世界文字信息数字化编码输入方法及相关的信息处 理系统, 具体地说涉及采用数字对世界文字进行编码的输入方法以 及相关的信息处理系统。  The present invention relates to a world text information digitizing code input method and related information processing system, and more particularly to an input method for encoding world text using numbers and a related information processing system.
背景技术  Background technique
世界文字信息数字化编码处理技术的现状- 世界文字信息数字化编码处理技术是全世界范围内的历史性重 大课题, 世界各国都在迸行这项课题的研究, 并提出了上千种方案, 这些已有方案各有优点, 也存在着不能统一标准, 易学难用、 易用 难学及违反汉字构形原理的缺点。  The status quo of the world's text information digital coding and processing technology - the world's text information digital coding and processing technology is a historic and major topic in the world. Countries all over the world are conducting research on this topic and have proposed thousands of programs. There are advantages in each program, and there are also shortcomings such as the inability to unify standards, the difficulty of learning, the difficulty of learning, and the violation of the Chinese character configuration principle.
发明目的  Purpose of the invention
本发明的目的是:统一使用 0-9十个数字对世界文字信息进行数 字化运算编码处理, 解决世界文字信息编码处理的简易性和高效率 的矛盾。  The object of the present invention is to uniformly digitize the world text information by using 0-9 ten digits, and solve the contradiction between the simplicity and high efficiency of the world text information encoding process.
发明概要  Summary of invention
为了实现本发明的这一目的,根据本发明的第一方面提供了世界 文字的编码输入方法,其用于对世界文字编码并输入计算机装置中, 所述计算机装置包含数字键盘, 所述方法包括: 对于世界文字中的 每一种文字, 将组成该种文字或能确定该种文字的若干基本组成部 件, 分配到数字键盘的相应数字键上, 每一基本组成部件的编码由 区码和位码唯一确定, 区码为部件所在键的数字, 位码为基本部件 在所属数字键中的位置编号; 选择待输入文字的种类; 对于待输入 种类文字的每一字, 将其分解为所述若干部件的一个组合; 用该组 合中的每个部件相对应的区码和位码按顺序排列作为对该文字的编 码; 以及输入该字的编码。 在根据本发明的第一方面中,所述世界文字分为表意文字和表音 文字; 对于表音文字来说, 所述部件是该表音文字的字母; 对于表 意文字来说, 所述基本部件可以分别包括构成所述表意文字字形的 基本笔划, 构成表意文字读音的拼音字母, 构成表意文字音形的基 本笔划和拼音字母。 In order to achieve the object of the present invention, a first aspect of the present invention provides a method for encoding input of world text for encoding and inputting world text into a computer device, the computer device comprising a numeric keypad, the method comprising : For each type of text in the world text, some basic components that make up the type of text or can determine the type of text are assigned to the corresponding numeric keys of the numeric keypad, and the coding of each basic component is determined by the area code and the bit. The code is uniquely determined, the area code is the number of the key where the part is located, the bit code is the position number of the basic part in the number key; the type of the text to be input is selected; for each word of the type text to be input, it is decomposed into the above a combination of several components; the area code and bit code corresponding to each component in the combination are arranged in order as the encoding of the text; and the encoding of the word is entered. In a first aspect according to the present invention, the world text is divided into an ideogram and a phonetic word; for a phonetic word, the component is a letter of the phonetic character; and for an ideogram, the basic The components may respectively comprise a basic stroke constituting the ideogram font, a phonetic alphabet constituting an ideogram, and a basic stroke and a pinyin alphabet constituting an ideogram.
所述表音文字包括英文、 法文、 德文、 意大利文、 西班牙文、 俄 文、 希腊文、 阿拉伯文字、 日文、 朝韩文, 所述表意文字包括中文; 对于中文来说, 所述基本部件可以分别包括构成汉字字形的基本笔 划, 构成汉字汉语读音的拼音字母或声母、 韵母, 构成汉字音形的 汉字基本笔划和拼音字母或声母、 韵母; 对于日语, 所述基本部件 可以分别包括日文中的汉字字形的基本笔划, 构成日文文字的假名、 以及构成日文汉字的日语读音的假名; 对于朝韩语, 所述基本部件 分别包括构成韩文中的汉字字形的基本笔划, 构成韩文文字的朝韩 语字母, 以及汉字的朝韩语读音的朝韩语字母。  The phonetic characters include English, French, German, Italian, Spanish, Russian, Greek, Arabic, Japanese, Korean, and the ideogram includes Chinese; for Chinese, the basic components can They include the basic strokes that make up the Chinese character glyphs, the phonetic letters or initials that constitute the Chinese pronunciation of Chinese characters, the finals, the basic strokes and pinyin letters or initials, and the finals of the Chinese characters; for Japanese, the basic components can be included in Japanese respectively. a basic stroke of a Chinese character, a pseudonym that constitutes a Japanese character, and a pseudonym of a Japanese pronunciation that constitutes a Japanese character; for Korean, the basic components include basic strokes that constitute a Chinese character in Korean, and Korean letters that constitute Korean characters, Korean and Korean pronunciations of Korean characters in Korean characters.
优选的是,按汉字字形对汉字编码时所述基本部件是汉字的基本 笔划, 其编码仅由其区码确定, 并且按如下方法确定基本笔划及其 区码: 把汉字的笔划归类为横、 竖、 撇、 点、 折五种基本笔划, 相 应定义其代码为 1、 2、 3、 4、 5, 以此形成一划编码; 横、 竖、 撇、 点、 折两两组合, 每个组合各自的笔划代码数字相加, 并进行满十 减十运算, 以此形成二划组合编码; 横、 竖、 撇、 点、 折任意三划 组合, 各自的组合笔划代码数字相加, 进行满十减十运算, 以此形 成三划组合编码; 横、 竖、 撇、 点、 折多于三划的组合, t各自的组 合笔划代码数字相加, 进行满十减十运算, 以此形成多于三划组合 编码。 Preferably, when the Chinese character is encoded according to the Chinese character shape, the basic component is a basic stroke of the Chinese character, and the encoding is determined only by the area code thereof, and the basic stroke and the area code thereof are determined as follows: The stroke of the Chinese character is classified as horizontal Five kinds of basic strokes, vertical, 撇, point, and fold, correspondingly define the code as 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, to form a stroke code; horizontal, vertical, 撇, point, fold two combination, each Combine the respective stroke code numbers and add a full ten minus ten operation to form a two-stroke combination code; horizontal, vertical, 撇, point, fold any three stroke combination, the respective combination stroke code numbers are added, and full Decimal ten operation, to form a three-stroke combination code; horizontal, vertical, 撇, point, fold more than three stroke combinations, t each combination of stroke code numbers are added, perform a full ten minus ten operation, thereby forming more Combined coding in three strokes.
优选的是,按汉字汉语拼音字母编码汉字时,所述基本部件包括 构成汉字汉语读音的拼音字母和该汉字的声调, 汉字的编码由构成 该汉字汉语读音的拼音字母的区码和声调码依次组成, 其中所述声 调码由 0—9十个数字中任选的 4个不同数字对汉语声调作的编码构 成。  Preferably, when the Chinese characters are encoded according to the Chinese character pinyin letters, the basic components include the pinyin letters constituting the Chinese pronunciation of the Chinese characters and the tones of the Chinese characters, and the encoding of the Chinese characters is sequentially performed by the regional code and the tonal code of the pinyin letters constituting the Chinese pronunciation of the Chinese character. The composition, wherein the tone code is composed of four different numbers of any one of 0-9 digits, which are encoded by Chinese tones.
优选的是,按汉字汉语读音对汉字编码时所述基本部件是构成汉 字的汉语读音字母的声母、 韵母, 并且由构成汉字汉语读音的声母、 韵母的区码和位码依次组成汉字的编码。 Preferably, the basic component is composed of Chinese characters when encoding Chinese characters according to Chinese characters. The initials and finals of the Chinese phonetic alphabet of the word, and the code and the bit code of the initials and finals that constitute the Chinese pronunciation of the Chinese characters form the code of the Chinese characters.
优选的 Jt,按汉字形音对汉字编码时所述基本部件为构成汉字汉 语读音的声母、 韵母与汉字的基本笔划; 其中声母、 韵母和基本笔 划的区位码分别确定, 声母、 韵母的区位码可以釆用和基本笔划的 区位码相同的数字, 而汉字的基本笔划及其编码按权利要求 4所述 的方法确定。  Preferably, the basic component of the Jt is a basic stroke of the initials, finals and Chinese characters constituting the Chinese pronunciation of the Chinese characters according to the Chinese character sound; wherein the address codes of the initials, the finals and the basic strokes are respectively determined, and the address codes of the initials and the finals are respectively determined. The same number as the location code of the basic stroke can be used, and the basic stroke of the Chinese character and its encoding are determined by the method of claim 4.
优选的是,对于日语,所述基本部件可以包括构成日文文字的假 名、 以及构成日文中汉字的日语读音的假名, 并且对构成日文文字 的假名、 组成汉字日语读音的假名编码, 由假名的编码依次组成日 文文字的编码。  Preferably, in Japanese, the basic component may include a pseudonym constituting a Japanese character and a pseudonym of a Japanese pronunciation constituting a Chinese character in Japanese, and a pseudonym constituting a Japanese character, a kana code constituting a Japanese pronunciation of a Chinese character, and a pseudonym code. The codes that make up the Japanese characters in turn.
优选的是,对于朝韩语,所述基本部件包括构成韩文文字的朝韩 语字每, 以及韩文中汉字词的朝韩语读音的朝韩语字母。 朝韩语字 母按顺序分区排列, 并由区码构成字母的编码。  Preferably, in Korean, the basic components include Korean-Korean characters that constitute Korean characters, and Korean-speaking Korean pronunciations of Korean characters in Korean. Korean-to-Korean letters are arranged in order, and the codes of the letters form the letters.
优选的是,对于朝韩语而言所述基本部件是朝韩语字母, 按如下 方式确定朝韩语字母的区位码:  Preferably, for the Korean language, the basic component is a Korean-language letter, and the location code of the Korean-Korean alphabet is determined as follows:
使用 0-9十个数字,把朝韩语字母的笔划归类为横、竖、撇、点、 折五种基本笔划, 相应定义其代码为 1、 2、 3、 4、 5, 把字母的笔划 代码数相加, 满十减十运算后, 朝韩语字母的编码分别为: d、叉 编码为 0; ―、 己的编码为 1; 1、 ^编码为 2; 、 4 、丄、丁、 的编码为 3; ^ =} 的编码为 4; 1、 1~、 "7、|_的编码为 5; t、 编 码为 6; 人、 的编码为 7; D 、 H 的编码为 8; 、 S编码为 9。 Using 0-9 ten digits, the strokes of Korean and Korean letters are classified into five basic strokes: horizontal, vertical, 撇, dot, and fold. The code is defined as 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and the stroke of the letter is drawn. The number of codes is added. After the tenth and tenth reduction operations, the codes of Korean and Korean letters are: d, the fork code is 0; ―, the code of the code is 1; 1, the code is 2; 4, 丄, 丁, The code is 3; ^ =} is 4 ; 1, 1~, "7, |_ is 5 ; t, code is 6; human, code is 7; D, H is 8; The code is 9.
优选的是,对于表音文字,可以由其字母的区码依次构成字母的 编码。  Preferably, for the phonetic character, the code of the letter may be sequentially formed by the area code of the letter.
优选的是,对于表音文字, 可以由其字母的区码和位码依次构成 字母的编码。  Preferably, for the phonetic character, the code of the letter may be sequentially formed by the area code and the bit code of the letter.
根据本发明的第二方面提供一种世界文字计算机语言编写方法, 所述方法包括步骤: 使用世界文字、 标点、 符号、 数字作编写字符, 按计算机语言类型、 格式、 内容、 用途编写计算机语言; 釆用依据 本发明第一方面所述编码方法的编码输入方法及其处理装置, 编码 并输入世界文字符。 According to a second aspect of the present invention, a method for writing a world word computer language is provided, the method comprising the steps of: writing a character using world characters, punctuation, symbols, numbers, and writing a computer language according to a computer language type, format, content, use; Encoding input method and processing device thereof according to the encoding method according to the first aspect of the present invention, encoding And enter the world characters.
根据本发明的第三方面提供一种机器语言的编写方法,所述方法 包括步骤: 使用世界文字、 数字、 标点、 符号说明计算机机器语言 所要完成的任务; 使用任意四位十进制数表示说明机器语言所要完 成任务的世界文字、 数字、 标点、 符号, 或依据采用本发明第一方 面编码方法使用四位十进制数, 对表明机器语言完成任务的世界文 字、 数字、 标点、 符号进行编码, 不足四位的编码在编码前面使用 0 加够四位数, 使用四位十进制数的编码表示说明机器语言所要完成 任务的世界文字、 数字、 标点、 符号; 使用四位二进制数表示一个 十进制数, 共使用十六位二进制数表示四位十进数。  According to a third aspect of the present invention, there is provided a method of writing a machine language, the method comprising the steps of: using a world of characters, numbers, punctuation, symbols to describe a task to be performed by a computer machine language; using any four decimal digits to indicate a machine language The world characters, numbers, punctuation, symbols to be completed, or the use of four-digit decimal numbers in accordance with the first aspect of the present invention, encoding the world characters, numbers, punctuation, and symbols indicating that the machine language has completed the task, less than four The encoding is preceded by 0 plus four digits, using a four-digit decimal number to represent the world literals, numbers, punctuation, and symbols that the machine language is about to accomplish; using a four-digit binary number to represent a decimal number, a total of ten A six-digit binary number represents a four-digit decimal number.
根据本发明的第四方面提供一种汇编语言的编写方法,所述方法 包括步骤: 使用世界文字、 数字、 标点、 符号说明计算机汇编语言 所要完成的任务; 使用任意四位十进制数表示说明汇编语言所要完 成任务的世界文字、 数字、 标点、 符号, 或依据采用本发明第一方 面的编码方法使用四位十进制数, 对表明汇编语言所要完成任务的 世界文字、 数字、 标点、 符号进行编码, 不足四位的编码在编码前 面使用 0加够四位数, 使用四位十制数的编码表示说明汇编语言所 要完成任务的世界文字、 数字、 标点、 符号。  According to a fourth aspect of the present invention, there is provided a method of writing an assembly language, the method comprising the steps of: using a world of characters, numbers, punctuation, symbols to describe a task to be performed by a computer assembly language; using any four decimal digits to indicate an assembly language The world characters, numbers, punctuation, symbols to be completed, or the encoding method using the first aspect of the present invention, using a four-digit decimal number, encoding the world characters, numbers, punctuation, and symbols indicating that the assembly language is to perform the task is insufficient. The four-digit encoding uses 0 plus four digits in front of the encoding, and uses the four-digit ten-digit encoding to represent the world literals, numbers, punctuation, and symbols that the assembly language is trying to accomplish.
根据本发明的第五方面提供一种世界文字计算机蕊片指令设计 方法, 其包括步骤: 使用汉字、 字母、 标点、 符号、 数字作为指令 设计符号, 表明计算机蕊片指令所要完成的任务; 采用依据采用本 发明第一方面的编码方法使用四位十进制数编码表示一个世界文字 字符; 以及使用十六位二进数 0和 1表示计算机蕊片所要完成的任 务。  According to a fifth aspect of the present invention, there is provided a method for designing a world word computer chip instruction, comprising the steps of: using a Chinese character, a letter, a punctuation, a symbol, a number as an instruction design symbol to indicate a task to be completed by a computer chip instruction; The encoding method using the first aspect of the present invention uses a four-digit decimal number encoding to represent a world character character; and the sixteen-digit binary digits 0 and 1 represent the tasks to be performed by the computer chip.
根据本发明的第六方面提供一种采用依据本发明第一方面所述 指令设计方法的世界文字计算机蕊片指令。  According to a sixth aspect of the present invention, there is provided a world word computer chip instruction using the instruction designing method according to the first aspect of the present invention.
根据本发明的第七方面提供一种世界文字计算机程序语言,所述 程序语言包括由世界文字构成的常量、 变量, 运算表达式, 程序流 程控制, 其中世界文字采用本发明第一方面所述的编码方法输入。  According to a seventh aspect of the present invention, a world word computer program language is provided, the program language comprising a constant, a variable, an operation expression, and a program flow control, which are composed of world characters, wherein the world text is according to the first aspect of the present invention. Encoding method input.
根据本发明的第八方面提供一种世界文字计算机操作系统设计 方法, 所述方法包括步骤: 使用图形、 世界文字、 字母、 假名、 标 点、 符号、 数字作操作符, 按计算机操作系统的类型、 用途、 任务、 设计计算机操作系统; 使用世界文字命名文件, 并使用此世界文字 文件名访问用世界文字标明的文件所在磁盘中的存放地址; 采用本 发明第一方面的编码输入方法分或不分国别编码输入世界文字字 符。 According to an eighth aspect of the present invention, a world computer operating system design is provided The method comprises the steps of: using graphics, world text, letters, kana, punctuation, symbols, numbers as operators, according to computer operating system type, purpose, task, designing a computer operating system; using world text to name files, and The world text file name is used to access the storage address in the disk on which the file indicated by the world text is located; the code input method of the first aspect of the invention is used to input the world text characters in a divided or non-country code.
根据本发明的第九方面提供世界文字计算机操作系统,包括使用 图形、 世界文字、 字母、 假名、 标点、 符号、 数字构成的操作符; 世界文字命名的文件, 使用此世界文字文件名访问用世界文字标明 的文件所在磁盘中的存放地址; 使用图形, 世界文字、 数字按窗口 画面的形式显示在显示屏上的操作命令, 用于提供选择操作; 采用 本发明第一方面所述编码方法的编码输入处理装置, 用于编码输入 世界文字操作符进行操作。  According to a ninth aspect of the present invention, there is provided a world word computer operating system comprising an operator comprising a graphic, a world text, a letter, a pseudonym, a punctuation, a symbol, a numeral; a file named after the world text, using the world text file name to access the world The storage address on the disk where the text indicated by the text is located; the operation command displayed on the display screen in the form of a window screen using graphics, world text, numbers, for providing a selection operation; encoding using the encoding method of the first aspect of the present invention An input processing device for encoding an input world text operator for operation.
有益效果  Beneficial effect
世界文字信息数字化运算编码处理系统方案与现有技术相比,具 有以下优点:  Compared with the prior art, the world text information digitization operation coding processing system has the following advantages:
1.统一使用 0— 9十个数字对世界文字信息进行数字化运算编码 处理, 彻底解决世界文字信息编码处理的简易性和高效率的矛盾。  1. Unified use of 0-9 digits to digitally encode and process world text information, completely solve the contradiction between the simplicity and high efficiency of world text information encoding processing.
2. 建立了一整套世界文字信息数字化运算编码及输入计算机、 世界文字编码排序检索、 世界文字计算机语言和操作系统及蕊片指 令设计方法系统。  2. Established a set of world text information digitization operation coding and input computer, world text code sorting retrieval, world word computer language and operating system and chip instruction design method system.
3. 开创了一种通用于计算机世界文字编码输入方法、 世界文字 编码排序检索方法的世界文字信息数字化运算编码方法。  3. Created a world text information digitization operation coding method commonly used in computer world text encoding input method and world text encoding sorting retrieval method.
附图简介  Brief introduction
通过以下结合附图对实施例的具体描述,本发明的优点将会更加 明显, 其中:  The advantages of the present invention will become more apparent from the following detailed description of the embodiments,
图 1是本发明所采用的五类基本笔划的名称、编码、笔形和运笔 走向;  1 is the name, code, pen shape and stroke direction of the five basic strokes used in the present invention;
图 2是五类基本笔划的 15个二笔划组合结果及其编码; 图 3是汉语拼音字母 1—8区的分布; 图 4是汉语拼音字母 1一 0区的分布; Figure 2 is the result of the combination of 15 two strokes of the five basic strokes and its coding; Figure 3 is the distribution of the Chinese Pinyin alphabet 1-8; Figure 4 is a distribution of the Chinese Pinyin 1 to 0 area;
图 5是汉语拼音声母、 韵母 0—9区的分布; 图 6是汉语注音字母 1一 9区的分布; Figure 5 is the distribution of the Chinese Pinyin initials and the finals 0-9; Figure 6 is the distribution of the Chinese phonetic alphabets 1-9;
图 7是日文假名 1一 8区的分布; Figure 7 shows the distribution of the Japanese pseudonym 1-8;
图 8是日文假名 2— 9区的分布; Figure 8 shows the distribution of the Japanese pseudonym 2-9;
图 9是日文假名 1一 9区的分布; Figure 9 shows the distribution of the Japanese pseudonym 1-9 area;
图 10是日文假名 1一 0区的分布; Figure 10 shows the distribution of the Japanese pseudonym 1 0 zone;
图 11是朝韩文字母 1一 8区的分布; Figure 11 is a distribution of the Korean alphabet 1-8;
图 12是朝韩文字母 1一 0区的分布; Figure 12 is a distribution of the Korean alphabet 1 to 0;
图 13是朝韩文元音、 辅音字母 1一 0区的分布; 图 14是朝韩文字母及其运算编码; Figure 13 is a distribution of Korean vowel and consonant letters 1 to 0; Figure 14 is a Korean alphabet and its operation code;
图 15是英文字母 1一 8区的分布; Figure 15 shows the distribution of the English letter 1-8;
图 16是英文字母 1—0区的分布; Figure 16 is the distribution of the English letter 0-1 area;
图 17是西班牙文字母 1一 8区的分布; Figure 17 is a distribution of the Spanish alphabet 1-8;
图 18是西班牙文字母 1一 0区的分布; Figure 18 is a distribution of the Spanish letter 1 0 region;
图 19是德文字母 1一 8区的分布; Figure 19 is a distribution of the German letter 1-8;
图 20是德文字母 1一 0区的分布; Figure 20 is a distribution of the German letter 1 - 0 area;
图 21是俄文字母 1一 8区的分布; Figure 21 shows the distribution of the Russian alphabet 1-8;
图 22是俄文字母 1—0区的分布; Figure 22 is the distribution of the Russian letter 1-10;
图 23是法文字母 1一 8区的分布; Figure 23 is a distribution of the French alphabet 1-8;
图 24是法文字母 1一 0区的分布; Figure 24 is a distribution of the French letter 1 - 0 area;
图 25是希腊文字母 1一 8区的分布; Figure 25 is a distribution of the Greek alphabet 1-8;
图 26是希腊文字母 1一 0区的分布; Figure 26 is a distribution of the Greek letter 1 - 0 area;
图 27是阿拉伯文字母 1一 8区的分布; Figure 27 is a distribution of the Arabic alphabet 1-8;
图 28是阿拉伯文字母 1—0区的分布; Figure 28 is a distribution of the Arabic alphabet 1-10;
图 29是标点、 符号的名称及其编码; Figure 29 is the name of the punctuation, the symbol and its encoding;
图 30是电子出版类检索系统的排序; 以及 图 31是显示屏的设置。 Figure 30 is an ordering of an electronic publishing type retrieval system; and Figure 31 is a setting of a display screen.
图 32是数字键盘的简要设置。 Figure 32 is a brief setup of the numeric keypad.
实施本发明的最佳方式 本发明的世界文字信息数字化编码输入方法及其信息处理系统 方案包括下列各项: 世界文字信息数字化运算编码输入方法及其处 理装置; 世界文字编码排序检索方法及其检索系统; 世界文字计算 机语言编写方法及其执行方式; 世界文字计算机芯片指令设计方法; 世界文字计算机芯片指令; 世界文字计算机程序语言; 世界文字计 算机操作系统设计方法及操作方式; 世界文字计算机操作系统及操 作方法。 Best way to implement the invention The world text information digitization coding input method and the information processing system thereof of the invention comprise the following items: world text information digitization operation coding input method and processing device thereof; world text code sorting retrieval method and retrieval system thereof; world word computer language preparation Method and its execution method; World Word Computer Chip Instruction Design Method; World Word Computer Chip Instruction; World Word Computer Program Language; World Word Computer Operating System Design Method and Operation Mode; World Word Computer Operating System and Operation Method.
世界文字信息数字化运算编码输入方法及其处理装置  World text information digitization operation coding input method and processing device thereof
下文描述世界文字信息数字化运算编码输入方法及其处理装置。 世界文字信息数字化运算编码输入方法及其处理装置包括:世界 文字信息数字化运算编码输入方法, 世界文字信息数字化运算编码 输入处理装置。  The following describes a world text information digitization operation code input method and a processing apparatus therefor. The world text information digitization operation coding input method and processing device thereof include: a world text information digitization operation coding input method, and a world text information digitization operation coding input processing device.
一.世界文字信息数字化运算编码输入方法  1. World text information digitization operation coding input method
世界文字信息数字化运算编码输入方法包括:世界文字信息数字 化运算编码方法,世界文字信息数字化输入方法。  The world text information digitization operation coding input method includes: a world text information digitization operation coding method, and a world text information digitization input method.
( ).世界文字信息数字化运算编码方法  ( ). World text information digitization operation coding method
世界文字信息数字化运算编码方法为:按照世界文字的字形 (即 文字的图像信息)、读音(即文字的声音信息),使用 0-9十个数字, 采用加法、 减法、 分区按位运算编码的方法, 编码组成世界文字字 形、 读音的笔划、 字母, 由组合笔划的编码、 字母的编码或者字母 组成世界文字的编码, 根据世界文字的分类, 把世界文字分类为汉 字(即表意文字)、 表音文字、 数字、 标点、 符号进行数字化运算编 码。  The world text information digitization operation coding method is: according to the glyph of the world character (ie, the image information of the text), the pronunciation (ie, the sound information of the text), using 0-9 ten digits, using the addition, subtraction, partition bitwise operation coding The method comprises the steps of coding a world character glyph, a stroke, a letter, a code of a combination stroke, a letter code or a letter to form a world text code, and classifying the world text into a Chinese character (ie, an ideogram) according to the classification of the world text. Audio text, numbers, punctuation, and symbols are digitally encoded.
1.汉字的数字化运算编码方法  1. Chinese character digital operation coding method
汉字的数字化运算编码方法为:按照汉字的字形、读音,使用 0-9 十个数字,采用加法、 减法、 分区按位运算的编码方法, 编码组成汉 字字形、 读音的笔划、 字母, 由组合笔划的编码、 字母或者字母的 编码组成汉字的编码。  The digital operation coding method of Chinese characters is: according to the glyphs and pronunciations of Chinese characters, using 0-9 ten digits, using the encoding method of addition, subtraction, and partition bitwise operation, encoding the strokes and letters that constitute the Chinese character glyphs, pronunciation, and the combination strokes. The encoding of the code, letter or letter constitutes the encoding of the Chinese character.
(1).按照汉字的字形, 数字化运算编码汉字的方法  (1). According to the glyph of Chinese characters, the method of digitally encoding Chinese characters
按照汉字的字形,数字化运算编码汉字的方法为:按照汉字的字 形, 根据汉字的部首划分, 把汉字划分为部首和除部首以外组合成 汉字的剩余部件 (简称余件, 以下相同) 两个部份, 使用 0-9 十个 数字, 采用、加法、 减法分别运算编码组合成部首和佘件的笔划, 由 组合笔划的代码数字相加, 满十减十运算后, 组合成部首和余件的 编码,依照汉字的书写笔顺, 按先取多笔划组合编码, 后取少笔划组 合编码的取码顺序, 先取 "多于三划组合" 的编码, 后取 "三划组 合" 的编码, 再取 "二划组合" 的编码, 最后取 "一划" 的编码,部 首取码不超两码, 余件取码不超三码, 把部首和余件的编码, 组合 成该汉字的编码, 每个汉字最多取四码, 最少取一码, 按照汉字的 单字和词组划分, 把汉字分为单字和词组进行编码。 According to the glyph of Chinese characters, the method of encoding Chinese characters by digital operation is: according to the characters of Chinese characters Shape, according to the division of the radicals of Chinese characters, divide the Chinese characters into radicals and the remaining parts of the Chinese characters except the radicals (referred to as the remainder, the same below), using 0-9 ten digits, adoption, addition The subtraction method separately calculates the strokes of the combination of the radicals and the components, and adds the code numbers of the combined strokes. After the full ten minus ten operations, the combination of the radicals and the remainders is coded according to the writing strokes of the Chinese characters. Stroke combination coding, after taking the coding order of less stroke combination coding, first take the code of "more than three strokes combination", then take the code of "three stroke combination", then take the code of "two stroke combination", and finally take "one The code of the stroke is "the code of the radical is not more than two yards, and the code of the remainder is not more than three yards. The code of the radical and the remainder is combined into the code of the Chinese character. Each Chinese character takes up to four yards, at least one. Code, according to the Chinese word and phrase division, the Chinese characters are divided into single words and phrases for encoding.
①采用加法、减法运算"一划"、 "二划组合"、 "三划组合"、 "多 于三划组合" 的编码分别为:  1 The codes of addition, subtraction, "one stroke", "two stroke combination", "three stroke combination", and "more than three stroke combination" are respectively:
A : "一划" 的编码:  A : The code for "one stroke":
把汉字的笔划归类为横(-)、竖( I )、撇( )、点(、)、折(乙) 五种基本笔划, 相应定义其代码为 1、 2、 3、 4、 5, 以此形成"一划" 的编码。 (如图 1所示)  The strokes of Chinese characters are classified into five basic strokes: horizontal (-), vertical (I), 撇 ( ), point (,), and discount (B), and the codes are defined as 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5. In this way, the code of "one stroke" is formed. (As shown in Figure 1)
B : "二划组合" 的编码:  B : The code of "two stroke combination":
横、 竖、 撇、 点、 折两两组合有十五种结果: 横横组合、 横竖组 合、 横撇组合、 横点组合、 横折组合; 竖竖组合、 竖撇组合、 竖点 组合、 竖折组合; 撇撇组合、 撇点组合、 撇折组合; 点点组合、 点 折组合; 折折组合; 每个组合各自的笔划代码数字相加, 满十减十 运算后其相应的编码分别为: 2、 3、 4、 5、 6; 4、 5、 6、 7; 6、 7、 8; 8、 9; 0; 以此形成 "二划组合" 的编码。 (如图 2所示)  There are fifteen kinds of results in combination of horizontal, vertical, 撇, point, and fold: horizontal and horizontal combination, horizontal and vertical combination, horizontal combination, horizontal combination, and horizontal combination; vertical and vertical combination, vertical combination, vertical combination, vertical Fold combination; 撇撇 combination, 组合 point combination, 撇 combination; point combination, point combination; 折 combination; each combination of each stroke code number is added, the corresponding code after the full ten minus ten operation are: 2, 3, 4, 5, 6; 4, 5, 6, 7; 6, 7, 8; 8, 9; 0; to form the code of "two stroke combination". (as shown in picture 2)
C : "三划组合" 的编码:  C : The code of "three strokes combination":
横、 竖、 撇、 点、 折任章三划组合: 寸、 弋、^ , 各自的组合笔 划代码数字相加, 满十减十运算后其编码为 0; ^、 门、 己、 弓、 子、 乡、马,各自的组合笔划代码数字相加,满十减十运算后其编码为 1; 夕、 夂、 、 小, 各自的组合笔划代码数相加, 满十减十运算后其 编码为 2; t、、 、 L, 各自的组合笔划代码数字相加, 满十减十运 算后其编码为 3; 工、 土、 中、 , ^"自的组合笔划代码数字相加, 满十减十运算后其编码 4; 、 ((( , 各自的组合笔划代码数字相加, 满十减十运算后其编码为 5; 升的组合笔划代码字数相加, 其编码为 6; ί . ¾ ^ , 各自的组合笔划代码数字相加, 其编码为 7·, 大、 口、 4 、 广, 各自的组合笔划代码数字相加, 其编码为 8; 尤、 小、 巾、 山、 、 † 、 、 尸、 女, 各自的组合笔划代码数字相加, 其 编码为 9; 以此形成 "三划组合" 的编码。 Horizontal, vertical, 撇, point, and fold three stroke combinations: inch, 弋, ^, the combination of the respective stroke code numbers, the code is 0 after the full ten minus ten; ^, door, hex, bow, child , township, horse, the respective combination of stroke code numbers are added, the code is 1 after the tenth minus ten operation; 夕, 夂, small, the sum of the respective combined stroke codes, the code is 2; t, , , L, the respective combined stroke code numbers are added, the code is 3 after the full ten minus ten operation; the combination of work, soil, medium, and ^" from the combination of the stroke code numbers, After the tenth minus ten operation, the code is 4; , (((, the respective combination stroke code numbers are added, the code is 5 after the full ten minus ten operation; the combined number of the combined stroke code is added, the code is 6; ί 3⁄4 ^ , the respective combined stroke code numbers are added, and the code is 7·, large, mouth, 4, wide, and the respective combined stroke code numbers are added, and the code is 8; special, small, towel, mountain, † , , 尸 , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , ,
D : "多于三划组合" 的编码  D : "More than three strokes" code
横、 竖、 撇、 点、 折多于三划的组合: 木、 月、 ,、 火、 水、 日, 各自的组合笔划代码数字相加, 满十减十运算后其相应的编码 分别为 0、 0、 2、 4、 7、 9; 以此形成 "多于三笔划组合"的编码。  The combination of horizontal, vertical, 撇, point, and fold is more than three strokes: wood, month, fire, water, day, each combination stroke code number is added, and the corresponding code is 0 after the tenth minus ten operation , 0, 2, 4, 7, 9; to form a code of "more than three stroke combinations".
②依据上述的 "一划"、 "二划组合"、 "三划组合"、 "多于三划组 合" 的编码, 汉字单字、 词组的编码方法分别为:  2 According to the above-mentioned codes of "one stroke", "two stroke combination", "three stroke combination" and "more than three stroke combinations", the encoding methods of Chinese characters and phrases are:
A: 单字的编码方法  A: Single word encoding method
单字的编码方法依照汉字的独体字与合体字的分类进行编码。 a.独体字的编码方法  The encoding method of the single word is encoded according to the classification of the Chinese character's single character and the combined character. a. The encoding method of the single character
独体字的编码方法按超过和不超过四码的汉字进行编码。  The encoding method of the single character is encoded by Chinese characters exceeding and not exceeding four yards.
I:不超四码(包括四码)独体字的编码方法为: 取完独体字的笔 划组合编码, 依次组成该字的编码。  I: The encoding method of the single character not exceeding four codes (including four codes) is as follows: The stroke combination code of the single character is taken, and the code of the word is formed in turn.
例: "中"字, 其中 "口"编码为 8, " I "编码为 2, 则 "中" 的编码为 82。  Example: "中", where "port" code is 8, "I" code is 2, then "middle" code is 82.
II:超过四码独体根字的编码方法为:取独体字的前三码和尾码, 依次组成该字的编码。  II: The encoding method of the root code of more than four codes is: taking the first three codes and the last code of the single character, and sequentially forming the code of the word.
例如: "粤"字,其中" j "编码为 3, "门"编码为 7, " "编 码为 7, "木"编码为 0, "一"编码为 1, " "编码为 6, 取其前三 码和尾码, 则 "粤" 的编码为 3776。  For example: "Yue", where "j" is encoded as 3, "gate" is encoded as 7, "" is encoded as 7, "wood" is encoded as 0, "one" is encoded as 1, and "" is encoded as 6, take For the first three codes and the last code, the code for "Yue" is 3776.
b.合体字的编码方法  b. Coding method of the combined word
合体字的编码方法按超过和不超过四码的合体字分部首和余件 进行编码。  The encoding method of the compound word is encoded by the first and remaining parts of the combined word of more than four codes.
不超四码合体字的编码方法为:  The encoding method that does not exceed the four-coded complex word is:
i .部首取一码, 余件取一至三码, 依次组成该字的编码。 例: "外"字, 部首为 "夕 ", 编码为 2, 余件 "卜"编码为 6, 则 "外"字编码为 26。 i. The radical takes one yard, and the remaining one takes one to three yards, which in turn constitutes the code of the word. Example: "External", the radical is "Xi", the code is 2, the remaining "Bu" code is 6, and the "External" code is 26.
ii.部首取两码, 余件取一至两码, 依次组成该字编码。  Ii. The radical takes two yards, and the remaining ones take one to two yards, which in turn form the word code.
例: "码"字, 部首 "石"编码为 48, 余件 "马"编码为 1, 则 "码" 的编码为 481。  Example: "Code" word, the radical "stone" code is 48, the remaining "horse" code is 1, and the "code" code is 481.
II:超过四码合体字的编码方法为:  II: The encoding method for more than four coded characters is:
i.部首取一码, 余件取前两码和尾码, 依次组成该字的编码。 例: "编"字, 部首 "乡 "编码为 1, 余件 "扃"编码为 9475, 则 "编"字的编码为 1945。  i. The first part takes one code, and the remaining parts take the first two codes and the last code, which in turn form the code of the word. Example: "Edit", the radical "township" code is 1, the remainder "扃" code is 9475, then the code of "edit" is 1945.
ii.部首取首码和尾码, 余件取首码和尾码, 依次组成该字的编 码。  Ii. The radical takes the first code and the last code, and the remaining pieces take the first code and the last code, which in turn form the code of the word.
例: "数"宇, 部首 "久"编码为 47, 余件 "娄"编码为 709, 则 "数"字的编码为 7947。  Example: "Number", the radical "long" code is 47, the remaining "娄" code is 709, then the code of "number" is 7947.
B :词组的编码方法  B: The encoding method of the phrase
词组的编码方法依照词组的字数, 分二字词、三字词、 多于三字 以上的多字词进行编码。  The encoding method of the phrase is coded according to the number of words of the phrase, divided into two words, three words, and more than three words or more.
a.二字词的编码方法为:每字各取首码和尾码,依次组成该词组 的编码。  a. The encoding method of the two words is: taking the first code and the last code for each word, and sequentially forming the encoding of the phrase.
例: "信息", "信"字的编码为 5528, "息"字的编码为 3288, 则 "信息" 的编码为各字取首码和尾码为 5838。  For example: "Information", the code of the word "letter" is 5528, and the code of the word "interest" is 3288. The code of "information" is the first code and the last code of 5838.
b.三字词的编码方法为:前二字各取首码,后一字取首码和尾码, 依次组成该词组的编码。  b. The encoding method of the three words is: the first two words each take the first code, the latter word takes the first code and the last code, and in turn constitutes the encoding of the phrase.
例: "数字化", "数"字编码为 7947, "字"编码为 21, "化"字 编码为 58, 则 "数字化" 的编码为 7258。  Example: "Digital", "Number" is encoded as 7947, "Word" is encoded as 21, "Chemical" is encoded as 58, then "Digital" is encoded as 7258.
c.多字词的编码方法为: 前三字和尾字各取前一码, 共四码, 依 次组成该词组的编码。  c. The encoding method of the multi-word is as follows: The first three words and the last word are each taken from the previous code, and a total of four codes are used to form the encoding of the phrase.
例: "中华人民共和国", "中"编码为 82, "华" 的编码为 583, "人"的编码为 7, "国"的编码为 8234, 则 "中华人民共和国"的 编码为 8578。  For example: "People's Republic of China", "Chinese" code is 82, "Hua" code is 583, "Human" code is 7, "Country" code is 8234, then "People's Republic" code is 8578.
(2) .按照汉字的读音, 数字化运算编码汉字的方法 按照汉字的读音, 编码汉字的方法为: 按照汉字的读音, 使用(2). According to the pronunciation of Chinese characters, the method of digitizing and encoding Chinese characters According to the pronunciation of Chinese characters, the method of encoding Chinese characters is: According to the pronunciation of Chinese characters, use
0-9 十个数字,采用分区按位运算编码方法,编码构成汉字读音的字 母, 把字母分布在用 0-9十个数字编号的十个区, 排列在每个区里 用 0-9十个数字编号的位上, 由字母的区号或者区位号作为该字母 的编码, 再由字母或者字母的编码组成该字的编码, 根据汉字在不 同国家的读音, 把汉字分为按汉字汉语读音、 按汉字日语读音、 按 汉字朝韩语读音进行编码。 0-9 Ten digits, using the partitioned bitwise operation coding method, encoding the letters that constitute the Chinese character pronunciation, and distributing the letters in ten areas numbered with 0-9 ten digits, arranged in each zone with 0-9 ten In the digit numbered position, the area code or the area code of the letter is used as the code of the letter, and the code of the letter or letter is used to compose the code of the word. According to the pronunciation of Chinese characters in different countries, the Chinese characters are divided into Chinese characters by Chinese characters. According to the Chinese pronunciation of Japanese characters, the Chinese characters are encoded in Korean tones.
0>汉字汉语读音数字化运算编码汉字的方法  0>Chinese character Chinese pronunciation digital operation encoding Chinese characters
汉字汉语读音数字化运算编码汉字的方法为:按照汉字的汉语读 音, 使用 0-9十个数字,采用分区按位运算字母的编码方法,编码构 成汉字汉语读音的字母、 声调, 把字母分布在用 0-9 十个数字编号 的十个区, 排列在每个区里用 0-9十个数字编号的位上, 由字母的 区号或者区位号作为该字母的编码; 声调的编码由它的序数作为编 码, 阴平 (-) 编码为 1, 阳平 (/) 编码为 2, 上声 (V ) 编码为 3, 去声 (\) 编码为 4; 再由字母和声调或者字母的编码和声调的编码 组成该字的编码, 按照构成汉字汉语读音的字母类型, 分按拼音字 母、 按声母和韵母进行数字化运算编码汉字。  The method of encoding Chinese characters for Chinese characters in Chinese characters is: according to the Chinese pronunciation of Chinese characters, using 0-9 ten digits, using the encoding method of partitioned bitwise operation letters, encoding the letters and tones that constitute the Chinese pronunciation of Chinese characters, and distributing the letters in use. 0-9 Ten areas numbered by ten digits, arranged in the number of 0-9 ten digits in each area, the area code or area number of the letter is used as the code of the letter; the code of the tone is encoded by its ordinal number As the code, the Yin (-) code is 1, the Yang (/) code is 2, the upper (V) code is 3, the de-sound (\) code is 4; and the code and tone are encoded by letters and tones or letters. The code that makes up the word, according to the letter type that constitutes the Chinese pronunciation of Chinese characters, is divided into pinyin letters, and the initials are encoded by the initials and finals.
A: 按汉语拼音字母数字化运算编码汉字的方法  A: The method of encoding Chinese characters according to the Chinese phonetic alphabet
按汉语拼音字母数字化运算编码汉字的方法为. ·按照汉字的汉语 读音, 使用 0-9十个数字,采用分区按位运算编码拼音字母的方法, 编码构成汉字汉语读音的拼音字母、 声调, 把字母分布在用 0-9十 个数字编号的十个区, 排列在每个区里用 0-9十个数字编号的位上, 由字母的区号或区位号作为该字母的编码, 再由字母、 声调或者字 母的编码和声调的编码组成该字的编码。  According to the Chinese phonetic alphabet, the method of encoding Chinese characters is as follows: · According to the Chinese pronunciation of Chinese characters, using 0-9 ten digits, using the method of partitioning bitwise operations to encode pinyin letters, encoding the pinyin letters and tones that constitute the Chinese pronunciation of Chinese characters. The letters are distributed in ten areas numbered with 0-9 ten digits, arranged in each area with 0-9 ten digits. The area code or area number of the letter is used as the code of the letter, and then the letters. The coding of the tones or letters and the coding of the tones constitute the coding of the word.
a.采用分区按位运算编码拼音字母的方法  a. Method for encoding pinyin letters by partition bitwise operation
采用分区按位运算编码拼音字母的方法包括:分八区按位运算编 码拼音字母的方法, 分十区按位运算编码拼音字母的方法。  The method for encoding pinyin letters by using the partition bitwise operation includes a method of encoding pinyin letters by bitwise operation in eight zones, and a method of encoding pinyin letters by bitwise operation in ten zones.
I:分八区按位运算编码拼音字母的方法  I: Method of encoding pinyin letters by bit operation in eight zones
分八区按位运算编码拼音字母的方法:使用 0-9十个数字中任意 的八个数字, 编号划分八个或十个区, 每个数字编号划分一个区, 每个区编号划 三个位或者 1-4四个位, 把二十六个汉语拼音 字母, 按字母顺序分布在八个区的二十六个位上, 由字母的区号或 区位号作为该字母的编码。 其中: A method of encoding pinyin letters by bitwise operation in eight blocks: using any eight digits of 0-9 ten digits, numbering eight or ten zones, each number is divided into one zone, Each zone number is divided into three digits or 1-4 four digits. Twenty-six Chinese Pinyin letters are arranged in alphabetical order on twenty-six digits in eight districts. The area code or location number of the letter is used as the The encoding of the letters. among them:
分 1-8区按位运算编码的字母分别为: (如图 3所示)  The letters encoded by bitwise operation in points 1-8 are: (as shown in Figure 3)
1区的 1- -4位相应为: £1、 b、 c  The 1-1-4 positions in Zone 1 correspond to: £1, b, c
2区的 1- -3位相应为: θ、 f、 g  The 1- to 3-position of Zone 2 corresponds to: θ, f, g
3区的 1- -4位相应为: h、 i、 j  The 1-1-4 positions of Zone 3 correspond to: h, i, j
4区的 1- -3位相应为: 1、 m、 n  The 1- to 3-position of Region 4 corresponds to: 1, m, n
5区的 1- -3位相应为: 0、 P、 q  The 1- to 3-bit of the 5th zone corresponds to: 0, P, q
6区的 1- -3位相应为: Γ、 s、 t  The 1- to 3-position of Region 6 corresponds to: Γ, s, t
7区的 1- -3位相应为: u、 V、 w  The 1-1-3 positions in Zone 7 correspond to: u, V, w
8区的 1- -3位相应为: X、 y、 z  The 1- to 3-position of the 8th zone corresponds to: X, y, z
n :分十区按位运算编码拼音字母的方法  n : Method of encoding pinyin letters by bit operation in fractional ten areas
分十区按位运算编码拼音字母的方法为:使用 0-9十个数字,编 号划分十个区, 每个数字编号划分一个区, 每个区编号划分 1-2二 个位或者 1-3三个位, 把二十六个汉语拼音字母, 按字母顺序分布 在十个区的二十六个位上, 由字母的区号或区位号作为该字母的编 码。 其中:  The method of encoding pinyin letters by bitwise operation is as follows: using 0-9 ten digits, numbering ten zones, each number is divided into one zone, each zone number is divided into 1-2 two digits or 1-3 Three digits, twenty-six Chinese Pinyin letters, are distributed alphabetically in twenty-six positions in ten districts, and the area code or area number of the letter is used as the code of the letter. among them:
分 1-0区按位运算编码拼音的字母分别为: (如图 4所示) The letters of the 1-0 area bitwise operation coded pinyin are: (as shown in Figure 4)
1区的 1-2位相应为: &、 b The 1-2 digits of Zone 1 correspond to: &, b
2区的 1-2位相应为: c、 d  The 1-2 positions in Zone 2 correspond to: c, d
3区的 1-3位相应为: 6、 f、 g  The 1-3 positions in Zone 3 are: 6, f, g
4区的 1-2位相应为: h、 i  The 1-2 digits of Region 4 correspond to: h, i
5区的 1-2位相应为: j、 k  The 1-2 digits of the 5th zone are: j, k
6区的 1-3位相应为: 1、 m、 n  The 1-3 positions of the 6th zone are corresponding to: 1, m, n
7区的 1-3位相应为: 0、 P、 q  The 1-3 bits in Zone 7 correspond to: 0, P, q
8区的 1-3位相应为: Γ、 s、 t  The 1-3 positions in the 8th zone are: Γ, s, t
9区的 1-3位相应为: u、 V、 w  The 1-3 positions in Zone 9 correspond to: u, V, w
0区的 1-3位相应为: X、 y、 z  The 1-3 bits of Zone 0 correspond to: X, y, z
例如: 在分 1-8区按位运算编码的字母方法中, "中" 的汉语读 音为 "zhong", 其拼音字母的区号编码依次为: z 为 8, h为 3, 0 为 5, n为 4, g为 2, 则 " zhong" 的编码为 83542, 由 zhong作为 "中"字的编码; 或者由 "zhong" 的编码 83542组成 "中"字的编 码; 加声调编码时, 声调阴平 (-) 的编码为 1, 则 "zh0 ng" 的编 码为 835421, 由 zh0 ng作为 "中"字的编码; 或者由 " ζΐιδ ng"的 编码 835421组成 "中" 字的编码。 For example: Chinese translation of "Chinese" in the letter method of bitwise operation coding in 1-8 areas The sound is "zhong", and the area code of the pinyin letters is in order: z is 8, h is 3, 0 is 5, n is 4, g is 2, then the code of "zhong" is 83542, and the zhong is "zhong" The encoding of the word; or the encoding of the "medium" word by the encoding "835" of "zhong"; the encoding of the tone of the tone (-) is 1 when the tone is encoded, then the encoding of "zh0 ng" is 835421, which is zh0 ng The encoding of the word "in the middle"; or the encoding of the "medium" word by the code 835421 of "ζΐιδ ng".
B : 按汉语声母、 韵母数字化运算编码汉字的方法  B : Method of encoding Chinese characters according to Chinese initials and finals digitization
按汉语声母、韵母数字化运算编码汉字的方法为:依照汉字的汉 语读音, 使用 0-9十个数字,采用分区按位运算编码声母、 韵母的方 法,编码构成汉字汉语读音的声母、韵母、声调,把字母分布在用 0-9 十个数字编号的十个区, 排列在每个区里用 0-9十个数字编号的位 上, 由声母、 韵母的区号或者区位号作为该声母、 韵母的编码; 声 调的编码由它的序数作为编码, 阴平 (-)编码为 1, 阳平(/)编码 为 2, 上声 (V ) 编码为 3, 去声 (\) 编码为 4; 再由字母和声调或 者字母的编码和声调的编码组成该字的编码, 按照汉字的单字和词 组划分, 把汉字分为单字和词组进行编码。  According to the Chinese initials and finals, the method of encoding Chinese characters is as follows: according to the Chinese pronunciation of Chinese characters, using 0-9 ten digits, using the method of partitioning bitwise operation to encode initials and finals, encoding the initials, finals and tones that constitute Chinese pronunciation of Chinese characters. , the letters are distributed in ten areas numbered with 0-9 ten digits, arranged in the number of 0-9 ten digits in each area, the initial or the position number of the initials or the vowel is used as the initial and final. The coding of the tone is encoded by its ordinal number, the Yin (-) code is 1, the Yang (/) code is 2, the upper (V) code is 3, the de-sound (\) code is 4; The coding of the tones or letters and the coding of the tones constitute the coding of the words, and the Chinese characters are divided into single words and phrases according to the Chinese characters and the phrase division.
a.采用分区按位运算编码声母、 韵母的方法  a. Method of encoding initials and finals by partitioning bitwise operation
按汉语声母、韵母数字化运算编码汉字的方法包括:分九区按位 运算编码声母、 韵母的方法, 分十区按位运算编码声母、 韵母的方 法。  The method of encoding Chinese characters according to the Chinese initials and finals digits includes: the method of encoding the initials and finals according to the bitwise operation of the nine regions, and the method of encoding the initials and finals by bitwise operation in ten regions.
I: 分九区按位运算编码声母、 韵母的方法  I: Method of encoding initials and finals by bitwise operation in nine districts
分九区按位运算编码声母、韵母的方法为:使用 0-9十个数字中 任意的九个数字, 编号划分的九个区, 每个数字编号划分一个区, 每个区编号划分 1-4 四个位, 把不多于四十个的声母、 韵母, 按声 母、 韵母顺序分布在十个区的四十个位上, 由声母、 韵母的区号或 者区位号作为该声母、 韵母的编码。 其中:  The method of encoding the initials and finals by bitwise operation is as follows: use nine digits of any of 0-9 ten digits, numbered nine zones, each number is divided into one zone, and each zone number is divided into 1- 4 four digits, no more than forty initials, finals, in the order of initials and finals in the forty positions of ten districts, the initial or initial number of the initials or the vowels as the initials and finals . among them:
分 1-9 区按位运算编码的汉语注音声母、 韵母分别为:(如图 6 所示)  The Chinese phonetic initials and finals coded in the 1-9 area are: (Figure 6)
1区的 1-4位相应为: 勺、 夕、 丫、 万  The 1-4 positions in Zone 1 correspond to: Spoon, eve, 丫, 10,000
2区的 1-4位相应为: π、 匸、 亡、 I 3区的 1-4位相应为: 力、 太、 、 u The 1-4 positions in Zone 2 correspond to: π, 匸, 死, I The 1-4 positions in Zone 3 correspond to: force, too, u
4区的 1-4位相应为: 、 为、 、 \  The 1-4 positions in Zone 4 are: , , , , \
5区的 1-4位相应为: 〈〈、 万、 幺、  The 1-4 positions in Zone 5 correspond to: <, 10,000, 幺,
6区的 1-4位相应为: 厂、 M、 、  The 1-4 positions in Zone 6 correspond to: Factory, M, ,
7区的 1-4位相应为: 厶、 丁、 虫、 允  The 1-4 positions in Zone 7 are: 厶, 丁, 虫, 允
8区的 1-4位相应为: 4、 尸、 0、 厶  The 1-4 positions in the 8th district are: 4, corpse, 0, 厶
9区的 1-4位相应为: V . 亏、 厶、  The 1-4 positions in Zone 9 are: V. Loss, 厶,
II: 分十区按位运算编码声母、 韵母的方法  II: Method of encoding initials and finals by bitwise operation
分十区按位运算编码声母、 韵母的方法为: 使用 0-9十个数字, 编号划分十个区, 每个数字编号划分一个区, 每个区编号划分 1-4 四个位, 把不多于四十个的声母、 韵母, 按声母、 韵母顺序分布在 十个区的四十个位上, 由声母、 韵母的区号或者区位号作为该声母、 韵母的编码。 其中:  The method of encoding the initials and finals by bitwise operation is as follows: Use 0-9 ten digits, numbering ten zones, each number is divided into one zone, each zone number is divided into 1-4 four digits, More than forty initials and finals are distributed in the tenth position of ten zones in the order of initials and finals. The area code or the location number of the initials and finals are used as the code of the initials and finals. among them:
分 1-0 区按位运算编码的汉语拼音声母、 韵母分别为:(如图 5 所示)  The Chinese Pinyin initials and finals coded in the 1-0 area are: (Figure 5)
1区的 1-4位相应为: b、 P、 &、 0  The 1-4 positions in Zone 1 correspond to: b, P, &, 0
2区的 1-4位相应为: m、 f、 e、 I  The 1-4 positions in Zone 2 correspond to: m, f, e, I
3区的 1-4位相应为: d、 t、 u、 u  The 1-4 positions in Zone 3 correspond to: d, t, u, u
4区的 1-4位相应为: π、 1、 ai、 ei  The 1-4 positions of the 4th zone are: π, 1, ai, ei
5区的 1-4位相应为: g、 k、 ao, ou  The 1-4 positions in Zone 5 correspond to: g, k, ao, ou
6区的 1-4位相应为: h、 j、 &π、 en  The 1-4 positions in Region 6 correspond to: h, j, &π, en
7区的 1-4位相应为: q、 X、 ang、 eng  The 1-4 positions in Zone 7 correspond to: q, X, ang, eng
8区的 1-4位相应为: zh- 、 ch» ong、 ie  The 1-4 positions in the 8th district are: zh-, ch» ong, ie
9区的 1-4位相应为: sh- 、 r 、 in、 un  The 1-4 positions in Zone 9 are: sh-, r, in, un
0区的 1-4位相应为: z、 c、 s、 ing  The 1-4 bits of Zone 0 correspond to: z, c, s, ing
c.依据上述的声母、 韵母、 声调的编码, 单字、 词组的编码方法 分别为:  c. According to the above-mentioned initials, finals, and tones, the encoding methods for words and phrases are:
I:单字的编码方法  I: Single word encoding method
依照汉字的汉语读音, 编码构成汉字汉语读音的声母、韵母、 声 调, 由声母、 韵母的区号或者区位号作为该声母、 韵母的编码,再由 声母、 韵母、 声调或者声母、 韵母、 声调的编码组成该字的编码。 例 1: "汉"字的汉语拼音读音为 "han", 在分 1-0十区按位运 算编码的汉语拼音声母、 韵母中, 声母 "h" 的区号编码为 6, 区位 号编码为 61,韵母 "an"的区号编码为 6,区位号编码为 63,则" han" 的编码为 66或者 61(h)、 63 (an) , 再由 han作为 "汉"字的编码; 加声调编码时, 声调阴平 (\) 的编码为 4, 则 "hem" 的编码为 664 或者 61(h)、 63 (an) . 4,再由11011作为 "汉"字的编码。 或者由声母 "h" 的区位号编码 61, 韵母 "an" 的区位号编码 63, 声调的阴平 (\)的编码 4, 组成 "汉" 宇的编码, 则 "汉"字的编码为 61634。 According to the Chinese pronunciation of Chinese characters, the initials, finals, and tones that constitute the Chinese pronunciation of Chinese characters are used. The area code or location number of the initials and finals is used as the code of the initials and finals. The initials, finals, tones or initials, finals, and tones are encoded to form the code of the word. Example 1: The Chinese phonetic pronunciation of "Han" is "han". In the Chinese Pinyin initials and finals coded in the 1-0 ten-digit area, the area code of the initial "h" is 6 and the area code is 61. The code number of the vowel "an" is 6, the code of the location code is 63, the code of "han" is 66 or 61 (h), 63 (an), and then the code of "han" is used by han; When the tone is flat (\), the code is 4, then the code of "hem" is 664 or 61 (h), 63 (an). 4, and then 11011 is the code of "Han". Or the location number of the initials "h" is 61, the location number of the final "an" is 63, and the code of the flat (\) of the tone is 4, which constitutes the code of "Han", and the code of the "Han" is 61634.
例 2: "汉"字的汉语注音读音为 "厂 ",在分 1-9区按位运算 编码的汉语注音声母、韵母中,声母"厂"的区号编码为 6,韵母" " 的区号编码为 6, 则 "厂 "的编码为 66, 再由厂 作为 "汉"字 的编码; 加声调编码时, 声调阴平 (\) 的编码为 4, 则 "厂 "的 编码为 664, 再由厂 作为 "汉"字的编码。 或者由声母 "厂"的区 位号编码 61, 韵母 " " 的区位号编码 63, 声调的阴平 (\) 的编 码 4组成 "汉" 字的编码, 则 "汉"字的编码为 61634。  Example 2: The Chinese phonetic pronunciation of "Han" is "factory". In the Chinese phonetic initials and finals coded in the 1-9 area, the area code of the initial "factory" is 6 and the area code of the final is "". For 6, the code of the "factory" is 66, and the code of the "Han" is used by the factory. When the tone is coded, the code of the tone (#) is 4, and the code of the "factory" is 664. As the code of the "Han" word. Or the code of the location number of the initials "factory" 61, the code of the location number of the finals "63", the code of the tone of the tone (\) 4 constitute the code of the word "han", then the code of the word "han" is 61634.
II:词组的编码方法  II: Encoding method of phrases
词组的编码方法依照词组的字数, 分二字词、三字词、多于三字 以上的多字词进行编码。  The encoding method of the phrase is coded according to the number of words in the phrase, divided into two words, three words, and more than three words.
i. 二字词的编码方法  i. Two-word encoding method
二字词的编码方法为: 由每个汉字的声母、韵母区号编码, 依次 组成该两字词的编码。  The encoding method of the two words is: The initials of each Chinese character and the vowel area code are encoded, and the codes of the two words are formed in turn.
例如: "信息"的汉语拼音读音为 "xin xi", "信"的声母 "X" 区号编码为 7, 韵母 "in"区号编码为 9; "息"的声母 "X"区号编 码为 7, 韵母 "i" 区号编码为 2, 则 "信息" 的编码为 7971。  For example: the Chinese phonetic pronunciation of "information" is "xin xi", the initial "X" of "information" is coded as 7, the final code of "in" is 9; the initial "X" of "interest" is coded as 7, The vowel "i" area code is 2, and the "information" code is 7971.
ii.三字词的编码方法  Ii. Coding method for three words
三字词的编码方法为: 由前两个字的声母区号编码、最后一个字 的声母和韵母的区号编码, 依次组成该三字词的编码。  The encoding method of the three words is: encoding the initials of the first two words, the initials of the last word and the area code of the finals, which in turn constitute the encoding of the three words.
例如: "数字化"的拼音为" shu zi hua", "数"字的声母 sh 区号编码为 9, "字"的声母 z区号编码为 0, "化"的声母 h区号编 码为 6,韵母 u、 a的区号编码为 3、 1,则"数字化 "的编码为 90631。 iii.多字词的编码方法 For example: the pinyin of "digitization" is "shu zi hua", the initial sh code of "number" is coded as 9, the initials of "word" are coded as 0, and the initials of "transformation" are h-code The code is 6, and the area code of the finals u and a is 3, 1, and the code of "digitization" is 90631. Iii. Encoding method for multiple words
多字词的编码方法为: 由前三个字的声母区号编码、最后一个字 的声母区号编码, 依次组成该多字词的编码。  The encoding method of the multi-word is: encoding the initial consonant area code of the first three words, the initial consonant area code of the last word, and sequentially composing the encoding of the multi-word.
例如: "中华人民共和国" 中的 "中" 的读音为 " zhong", 声母 zh的区号编码为 8; "华"的拼音为 "him",声母 h的区号编码为 6; "人" 的拼音读音为 "ren", 声母 r的区号编码为 9; "国" 的拼音 读音为 " guo", 声母 g的区号编码为 5, 则 "中华人民共和国"的编 码为 8695。  For example, the pronunciation of "中中" in "People's Republic of China" is "zhong", the area code of initials zh is 8; the pinyin of "hua" is "him", the area code of initials is 6; the pinyin of "person" The pronunciation is "ren", the area code of the initial r is 9; the pronunciation of "national" is "guo", the area code of the initial g is 5, and the code of "People's Republic" is 8695.
应当注意,此处的字母分区表以及其后的各分区表只是本发明的 优选排列。 除此以外, 其它类型的排列分区, 只要其能满足由区号 和位号唯一地确定一个字母, 都是可行的。  It should be noted that the letter partition table here and the subsequent partition tables are only preferred arrangements of the present invention. In addition to this, other types of permutation partitions are possible as long as they satisfy the unique determination of a letter by the area code and the bit number.
②汉字日语读音数字化运算编码汉字的方法  2 Chinese character Japanese pronunciation digital operation encoding Chinese characters
汉字日语读音数字化运算编码汉字的方法为: 依照汉字的日语 读音, 使用 0-9十个数字, 釆用分区按位运算编码日文假名的方法, 编码构成汉字日语读音的假名, 把假名分布在用 0-9 十个数字编号 的十个区, 排列在每个区里用 0-9十个数字编号的位上, 由假名的 区号或者区位号作为该假名的编码, 再由假名或者假名的编码组成 汉字的编码, 按照组成汉字日语读音的日文假名个数, 把日语读音 的汉字分为: 不多于三个假名构成读音的汉字、 多于三个假名构成 读音的汉字进行编码。  The method of encoding Chinese characters by Chinese characters in Chinese characters is as follows: According to the Japanese pronunciation of Chinese characters, using 0-9 ten digits, the method of encoding Japanese kana by partitioned bitwise operation, coding the pseudonyms that constitute the Japanese pronunciation of Chinese characters, and distributing the pseudonyms in use. 0-9 Ten areas with ten digits, arranged in the number of 0-9 ten digits in each area, the area code or the area number of the pseudonym as the code of the pseudonym, and then the code of the pseudonym or pseudonym The code constituting the Chinese character is divided into Chinese characters according to the Japanese pronunciation of the Chinese characters, and the Chinese characters of the Japanese pronunciation are divided into: Chinese characters with no more than three pseudo-names and Chinese characters with more than three pseudo-names.
A : 采用.分区按位运算编码日文假名的方法  A : The method of encoding Japanese kana by partitioning bitwise operation
采用分区按位运算编码日文假名的方法包括:分八区按位运算编 码日文假名的方法,'分十区按位运算编码日文假名的方法。  The method of encoding Japanese kana by partitioned bitwise operation includes a method of encoding Japanese kana by bitwise operation in eight regions, and a method of encoding Japanese kana by bitwise operation.
a.分八区按位运算编码日文假名的方法  a. Method of encoding Japanese kana in bitwise operation in eight districts
分八区按位运算编码日文假名的方法为:使用 0-9十个数字中的 任意八个数字, 编号划分八个区, 每个数字编号划分一个区, 每个 区编号划分 0-9十个位, 把八十个日文假名分布在八个区的八十个 位上, 由假名的区号或者区位号作为该假名的编码。 其中:  The method of encoding the Japanese pseudonym by bitwise operation is as follows: using any eight digits of 0-9 ten digits, the number is divided into eight zones, each number is divided into one zone, and each zone number is divided into 0-9 The position, the eighty Japanese pseudonyms are distributed in eighty places in eight districts, and the area code or the location number of the pseudonym is used as the code of the pseudonym. among them:
分 1-8区按位运算编码的白文假名分别为: (如图 7所示) 1区的 0-9位相应为: ( )、 (工)、 ¾ (才)、 力 力)、 ^ (^) 、 < (夕 )、 ^(^ )·: (-)The white kana characters of the bitwise operation codes in the 1-8 area are as follows: (As shown in Figure 7) The 0-9 positions in Zone 1 correspond to: ( ), (工), 3⁄4 (才), 力力), ^ (^), < (夕), ^(^ )·: (-)
2区的 0-9位相应为: $ (寸)、 " 、 、 七) The 0-9 digits of Zone 2 correspond to: $ (inch), ",, and seven)
(夕)、 ( ) 、 ^ (^; >、 f ( :  (夕), ( ), ^ (^; >, f ( :
3区的 0-9位相应为: ¾ ( 、 (二)、 u Ο ) 、 ¾ (冬) 、 0( )、  The 0-9 bits of Zone 3 correspond to: 3⁄4 ( , (2), u Ο ), 3⁄4 (Winter), 0 ( ),
^ (八:)、 t (匕) 、 (7: >、 « (*) ^ (eight:), t (匕), (7: >, « (*)
4区的 0-9位相应为: * ( ❖ 、 ΐΐ (A) 、 W 、 ¾ (乇)、 ("、 tz ) 、 ^ (Λ >、 λ (二: >、 ^ (3)The 0-9 positions in Region 4 correspond to: * ( ❖ , ΐΐ (A) , W , 3⁄4 (乇), (", tz ), ^ ( Λ >, λ (two: >, ^ ( 3 )
5区的 0-9位相应为: (,)、 、 、 扎( 、 口)、 The 0-9 positions in Zone 5 correspond to: (,), , , , ( (, mouth),
¾ (4) 、 、 >、 ^ (工: >、  3⁄4 (4) , , >, ^ (work: >,
6区的 0-9位相应为:力;(力')、 ^ ( (^) 、 、 )、 The 0-9 positions in Zone 6 correspond to: force; (force'), ^ ( (^), , ),
、 W: >、 ( )> (、/), W: >, ( )> (, /)
7区的 0-9位相应为: 、 、 -c(r) 、 卜 *)、 The 0-9 digits of the 7th zone are: , , -c(r), b *),
(八 、 σ 、 (7*: >、 ^(^; >、 ^ (8, σ, (7*: >, ^(^; >, ^
8区的 0-9位相应为: ( "、 )、 ^(^) 、 、 ^ 、The 0-9 digits of the 8th zone are: ( ", ), ^(^), , ^,
、 ( : >、 (工: K ^ (3 ) c.分十区按位运算编码日文假名的方法 , ( : >, (Work: K ^ ( 3 ) c. The method of encoding Japanese pseudonyms by bit operation in ten areas
分十区按位运算编码日文假名的方法为:使用 0-9十个数字,编 号划分十个区, 每个数字编号划分一个区, 每个区编号划分 1-5五 个位或 1-6六个位, 把八十个日文假名分布在十个区的任意五十一 个位上, 由假名的区号或者区位号作为该假名的编码。 其中:  The method of encoding Japanese kana in bitwise operation is: using 0-9 ten digits, numbering ten zones, each number is divided into one zone, each zone number is divided into 1-5 five digits or 1-6 Six digits, eighty Japanese pseudonyms are distributed in any fifty of the ten districts, and the area code or the location number of the pseudonym is used as the code of the pseudonym. among them:
分 1-0区按位运算编码的日文假名分别为:  The Japanese kana characters encoded in the bitwise operation of the 1-0 zone are:
1区的 1-5位相应为: * (7)、 ^ ( 、 ( * )、 无 (工)、 才) 2区的卜 5位相应为: 力 *力;(力 、 ¾ ^f), 〈 (夕 )、  The 1-5 positions in Zone 1 are: * (7), ^ ( , ( * ), none (work), only) The 5 positions of the 2 districts are: force * force; (force, 3⁄4 ^f), < (Xi),
【"f 、 Τ ( W)  ["f , Τ ( W)
3区的 1-5位相应为: 廿廿')、 ^), t-f  The 1-5 positions in Zone 3 correspond to: 廿廿'), ^), t-f
(七 ·!£ )、 子 f ( 、/)、  (seven ·! £ ), sub f ( , /),
4区的 1-5位相应为: (夕 )、 )、 ' (y、y  The 1-5 positions in Region 4 correspond to: (夕), ), ' (y, y
^), - -c (r r), ά (卜 卜')  ^), - -c (r r), ά (卜卜')
5区的卜 5位相应为: ( )、 (: (二)、 ¾¾ (3)、 (冬)、 ( ) 6区的 1—5位相应为: i£ (八 八 °)、 ^ t° ) , The 5 positions in Zone 5 correspond to: ( ), (: (2), 3⁄43⁄4 (3), (Winter), ( ) The 1-5 positions in Zone 6 correspond to: i£ (eight eight degrees), ^ t° ),
(7 7' ^)^ 八 ^: (、 )、 (J  (7 7' ^)^ 八 ^: (, ), (J
( '于、 *° )  ( 'Ye, *°)
7区的卜5位相应为: (^ )、 ¾ (^ )、 ( )、 The 5 bits of the 7th district correspond to: (^), 3⁄4 (^), (),
8区的 1一 5位相应为: ( )、 (4 )、 (- -)、 λ (工)、 The 1st and 5th places in the 8th district are: ( ), (4), (- -), λ (work),
J: J: ( 3 3 )  J: J: ( 3 3 )
9区的卜 5位相应为: ^ )、 (y )、 ¾ (^)、 3 (口) The 5 positions of the 9th district are correspondingly: ^), (y), 3⁄4 (^), 3 (port)
0区的卜 6位相应为: (7)、 & (斗)、 5 ( :)、 (工)、 f (? )、 The 6th position of Zone 0 corresponds to: (7), & (Dou), 5 ( :), (Work), f (?),
B: 依据上述的日文假名编码, 按照组成汉字日语读音的假名个 数, 不多于三个日文假名构成读音的汉字、 多于三个日文假名构成 读音的汉字编码方法分别为: B: According to the above-mentioned Japanese kana code, according to the number of kana characters constituting the Japanese pronunciation of Chinese characters, no more than three Japanese kana characters constitute the Chinese characters of the pronunciation, and more than three Japanese kana characters constitute the Chinese character encoding methods of the pronunciation:
a.由不多于三个日文假名构成读音的汉字编码方法  a. Chinese character encoding method consisting of no more than three Japanese kana
依照汉字的日语读音,编码构成汉字日语读音的假名, 由假名的 区号或者区位号作为该假名的编码,再由假名或者假名的编码作为 该字的编码  According to the Japanese pronunciation of Chinese characters, the pseudonym that constitutes the Japanese pronunciation of Chinese characters is encoded, and the area code or the location number of the pseudonym is used as the code of the pseudonym, and the code of the pseudonym or pseudonym is used as the code of the word.
例 1: 由一个日文假名构成读音的汉字, "目"字的日语读音为 " ", 其假名在分 1-0 十区按位运算编码的日文假名中, "的 区号编码为 7, 区位号编码为 74, 则假名 " "的编码为 7或者 74, 由假名 ^ 作为 "目"字的编码; 或者由假名 的编码 7或者 74作为 "目"字的编码。  Example 1: A Chinese character consisting of a Japanese pseudonym, the Japanese pronunciation of the word "mesh" is " ", and its pseudonym is in the Japanese kana of the 1-0 ten-digit bitwise operation code, "the area code is 7, the location number The code is 74, the code of the pseudonym "" is 7 or 74, the code of the word "head" is used by the pseudonym ^, or the code 7 or 74 of the pseudonym is used as the code of the word "head".
例 2: 由二个日文假名构成读音的汉字,. "国"字的日语读音假 名为 " < ", 在分 1-0 十区按位运算编码的日文假名中, " < "的 区号编码为 2, 区号位编码为 23, " I:,, 的的区号编码为 5, 区位号 编码为 52, 则假名 " < ^ "的编码为 25或 23 ( < )、 52 ( I: ), 由 假名 < ί:组成 "国"字的编码, 或者由假名 " < 的编码 25组成 "国"字的编码。  Example 2: A Chinese character consisting of two Japanese kana characters. The Japanese pronunciation of the word "国" is pseudo-named " < ". In the Japanese kana that is coded in the 1-0 ten-digit area, the area code of " < " is encoded as 2, the area code is encoded as 23, "I:,, the area code is 5, the area code is 52, and the pseudonym " < ^" is 25 or 23 ( < ), 52 ( I: ), by pseudonym < ί: The code that makes up the word "country" or the code of the word "country" consisting of the pseudonym " < code 25".
例 3: 由三个日文假名构成读音的汉字(或者词组), "我"字的 日语读音为" ^ ≥ \^ ",在分 1-0十区按位运算编码的日文假名中" " 的区号编码为 5, 区位号编码为 54, "†≥,, 的区号编码为 4, 区位号 编码为 41 " U " 的区号编码为 3, 区位号编码为 32, 则假名 " h : L "的编码为 543或者 54 ( )、 41 ( )、 32 ( ), 由假名 L 组成 "我"字的编码, 或者由假名 " h ^ "的编码 543组成 "我" 字的编码。 Example 3: A Chinese character (or phrase) consisting of three Japanese kana characters, the Japanese pronunciation of the word "I" is "^ ≥ \^", in the Japanese kana of the bitwise operation code in the 1-0 tenth district. The area code is 5, the area code is 54, "†≥,, the area code is 4, the area code The area code coded as 41 " U " is 3, and the area code is 32. The code of the pseudonym " h : L " is 543 or 54 ( ), 41 ( ), 32 ( ), and the "I" is composed of the pseudonym L. The encoding, or the encoding of the "I" word consisting of the pseudonym "h^" encoding 543.
b.由多于三个日文假名构成读音的汉字 (或者词组) 编码方法。 由多于三个日文假名构成读音的汉字 (或者词组) 编码方法为: 编码构成汉字日语读音的假名, 由假名的区号或者区位号作为该假 名的编码, 再由每个假名或者假名的区号编码依次组成汉字 (或者 词组) 的编码。  b. A Chinese character (or phrase) encoding method consisting of more than three Japanese kana. The Chinese character (or phrase) encoding method consisting of more than three Japanese pseudonyms is: encoding the pseudonym that constitutes the Japanese pronunciation of the Chinese character, the area code or the location number of the pseudonym as the encoding of the pseudonym, and then the area code of each pseudonym or pseudonym. The code that makes up the Chinese characters (or phrases) in turn.
例如: "手表 "的日语读音为" ^ it < ",在分 1-0十区按位 运算编码的日文假名中, " 5,,的区号编码为 1, 区位号编码为 13, For example, the Japanese pronunciation of "Watch" is "^ it < ", and in the Japanese kana of the bitwise operation code in the 1-0 tenth area, "5,, the area code is 1, and the area code is coded as 13,
"•C "的区号编码为 2, 区位号编码为 25, " t " 的区号编码为 4, 区位号编码为 45, " I† " 的区号编码为 2, 区位号编码为 24, " ^ " 的区号编码为 1,区位号编码为 12,贝 " -C It ^ "的编码为 12421 或者 13 )、 25 ( )、 45 ( )、 24 ( ), 12 ( ^ ), 由假名 ^The area code of "•C" is 2, the area code is 25, the area code of "t" is 4, the area code is 45, the area code of "I†" is 2, and the area code is 24, "^". The area code is 1 and the location code is 12, and the code for "-C It ^" is 12421 or 13), 25 ( ), 45 ( ), 24 ( ), 12 ( ^ ), by pseudonym ^
^ ^ 组成 "手表" 的编码; 或者由假名 ^ "C ^的编码 12421 组成 "手表" 的编码。 ^ ^ The code that makes up the "watch"; or the code that makes up the "watch" by the pseudonym ^ "C ^ code 12421 .
③汉字朝韩语读音数字化运算编码汉字的方法。 The method of encoding Chinese characters by 3 digits of Chinese characters into Korean.
汉字朝韩语读音数字化运算编码汉字的方法为:依照汉字的朝韩 语读音, 使用 0-9十个数字, 采用加法、 减法、 分区按位运算编码 字母的方法, 编码构成汉字朝韩语读音的朝韩文字母, 由朝韩文字 母的编码或者汉字朝韩语读音音节组成汉字的编码, 按照组成汉字 朝韩语读音的音节个数, 把朝韩语读音的汉字分为: 由一个、 两个、 三个、 多于三个音节构成读音的汉字进行编码。  The method of encoding Chinese characters into Chinese characters in Korean and Korean pronunciations is as follows: according to the Korean-speaking pronunciation of Chinese characters, using 0-9 ten digits, using the method of adding, subtracting, and partitioning bitwise operations to encode letters, encoding the Korean-speaking Korean characters that make up the Korean pronunciation. The letters are composed of Korean or Korean characters or Chinese characters and Korean syllables. The Chinese characters are divided into: one, two, three, and more. The three syllables constitute the Chinese characters of the pronunciation for encoding.
A: 采用加法、 减法、 分区按位运算编码朝韩文字母的方法 采用加法、减法、分区按位运算编码朝韩文字母的方法包括: 采 用加法、 减法运算编码朝韩文字母的方法、 采用分区按位运算编码 朝韩文字母的方法。  A: The method of encoding Korean Korean letters by addition, subtraction and partition bitwise operation The method of encoding Korean letters by addition, subtraction and partition bitwise operation includes: Method of encoding Korean letters by addition and subtraction, using partitioned bitwise The method of encoding the Korean alphabet.
a.釆用加法、减法运算编码朝韩文字母(二十四个基本字母)的 方法 a. Use the addition and subtraction codes to encode Korean letters (twenty-four basic letters) Method
采用加法、 减法运算编码朝韩文字母(二十四个基本字母)的方 法为: 使用 0- 9十个数字, 把组成朝韩文字母的笔划归类为横、 竖、 撇、 点、 折五种基本笔划, 相应定义其代码为 1、 2、 3、 4、 5, 把字 母的笔划代码数相加, 满十减十运算后, 韩语字母的编码分别为: 的编码为 0; ―、 己的编码为 1 ; 1、亏编码为 2; 卜、 -| 、 丄 、 Τ 、 的编码为 3 ; 、 ^ 的编码为 4; iL 、 、 ~7 、 L的编码为 5; 编码 为 6; 人 、 的编码为 7; ϋ 、 H 的编码为 8; 、3∑编码为 9。 (如图 14所示)  The method of encoding Korean letters (24 basic letters) by addition and subtraction is as follows: Using 0-9 digits, the strokes that make up the Korean alphabet are classified into horizontal, vertical, 撇, point, and fold. Basic strokes, correspondingly define the code as 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, add the number of stroke codes of the letters, after the full ten minus ten operations, the encoding of the Korean letters are: the encoding is 0; ―, own The code is 1; 1, the loss code is 2; the code of b, -|, 丄, Τ, is 3; the code of ^, ^ is 4; the code of iL, , ~7, L is 5; the code is 6; The code is 7; 编码, H is coded as 8; and 3∑ is coded as 9. (as shown in Figure 14)
b.采用分区按位运算编码朝韩文字母的方法  b. Method of encoding Korean letters by partition bitwise operation
采用分区按位运算编码朝韩文字母的方法为:把朝韩文字母分布 在用 0-9十个数字编号的十个区, 排列在每个区里用 0-9十个数字 编号的位上, 由朝韩文字母的区号或者区位号作为该朝韩文字母的 编码, 按照朝韩文字母的类型, 分按基本字母顺序、 按元音、 辅音 字母顺序进行分区按位运算编码朝韩文字母。 其中:  The method of encoding Korean Korean letters by partitioned bitwise operation is as follows: the Korean letters are distributed in ten areas numbered 0-9 ten digits, and arranged in each area with 0-9 ten digits. The area code or the area code of the Korean alphabet is used as the code of the Korean alphabet. According to the type of the Korean alphabet, the basic alphabetical order, the vowel, and the consonant alphabet are used to perform the partitioning and bitwise operation encoding the Korean alphabet. among them:
I:按基本字母顺序分区按位运算编码朝韩文字母的方法 按基本字母顺序分区按位运算编码朝韩文字母的方法包括:分八 区按位运算编码朝韩文字母的方法, 分十区按位运算编码朝韩文字 母的方法.  I: Partitioning in alphabetical order by bitwise operation Encoding Korean letters in alphabetical order Partitioning in basic alphabetical order The method of encoding Korean letters in bitwise operation includes: the method of encoding Korean letters in bitwise operation in eight zones, divided into ten zones. The method of encoding the Korean alphabet.
i .分八区按位运算编码朝韩文字母的方法  i. Method for encoding Korean letters in bitwise operation in eight districts
按基本字母顺序分八区按位运算编码朝韩文字母方法为: 使用 The method of encoding the Korean alphabet by bitwise operation in the basic alphabetical order is as follows:
0 - 9十个数字中任意的八个数字, 编号划分八个区,每个数字编号划 分一个区, 每个区编号划分 1-3 三个位, 把二十四个朝韩文基本字 母, 按字母顺序分布在八个区的二十四个位上, 由朝韩文字母的区 号或者区位号作为该朝韩文字母的编码。 其中: 0 - 9 Any number of eight digits, numbered into eight zones, each number is divided into one zone, each zone number is divided into 1-3 three digits, and twenty-four Korean-language basic letters are pressed The alphabetical order is distributed over twenty-four positions in eight districts, and the area code or the location number of the Korean alphabet is used as the code for the Korean alphabet. among them:
分 1-8区按位运算编码的朝韩文字母分别为:(如所图 11所示) The Korean-to-Korean letters encoded in bits 1-8 are: (as shown in Figure 11)
1区的 1-3位相应为: L t The 1-3 positions in Zone 1 correspond to: L t
2区的 1-3位相应为: D y  The 1-3 positions in Zone 2 correspond to: D y
3区的 1-3位相应为: 入 ό  The 1-3 digits of Zone 3 correspond to:
4区的 1-3位相应为: ^ £ 5区的 1-3位相应为: The 1-3 positions in Zone 4 correspond to: ^ £ The 1-3 positions in Zone 5 correspond to:
6区的 1-3位相应为: ]= 4 4  The 1-3 positions in Zone 6 correspond to: ]= 4 4
7区的 1-3位相应为: 丄 1丁  The 1-3 positions in Zone 7 correspond to: 丄 1 D
8区的 1-3位相应为: Γ — 1  The 1-3 positions in the 8th district are: Γ — 1
i i .分十区按位运算编码朝韩文字母的方法  i i . Method for encoding Korean letters in bitwise operation
按基本字母顺序分十区按位运算编码朝韩文字母方法为: 使用 The method of encoding the Korean alphabet by bitwise operation in the basic alphabetical order is as follows:
0 - 9十个数字, 编号划分十个区, 每个数字编号划分一个区, 每个区 编号划分 1-2二个位或者 1-3三个位, 把二十四个朝韩文基本字母, 按字母顺序分布在十个区的二十四个位上, 由朝韩文字母的区号或 者区位号作为该朝韩文字母的编码。 其中: 0 - 9 ten numbers, numbered into ten zones, each number is divided into one zone, each zone number is divided into 1-2 two digits or 1-3 three digits, and twenty-four Korean-language basic letters are placed. It is distributed in alphabetical order in twenty-four positions in ten districts, and the area code or the area code of the Korean alphabet is used as the code for the Korean alphabet. among them:
分 1-0区按位运算编码的朝韩文字母分别为:(如所图 12所示) The Korean-to-Korean letters encoded in the 1-0 area are: (as shown in Figure 12)
1区的 1-3位相应为: , L The 1-3 positions in Zone 1 correspond to: , L
2区的 1-3位相应为: 己  The 1-3 positions in Zone 2 correspond to:
3区的 1-3位相应为: 口  The 1-3 positions in Zone 3 correspond to:
4区的 1-3位相应为: 人 >  1-3 of the 4 districts correspond to: People >
5区的 1-3位相应为: X 天  The 1-3 positions in Zone 5 are: X days
6区的 1-3位相应为: £  The 1-3 positions in Zone 6 correspond to: £
7区的 1-3位相应为: H ¾- 卜  The 1-3 positions in Zone 7 are: H 3⁄4- Bu
8区的 1-3位相应为: >: ] ^  The 1-3 digits of the 8th district are: >: ] ^
9区的 1-3位相应为:丄 J1 丁  The 1-3 digits of the 9th district are: 丄 J1 Ding
0区的 1-3位相应为: ΤΓ 一 I  The 1-3 bits of Zone 0 correspond to: ΤΓ I
II:按元音、 辅音字母顺序, 分十区按位运算编码四十个朝韩文 元音、 辅音字母的方法  II: In the order of vowels and consonants, the method of encoding forty Korean vowels and consonants in ten places
按元音、辅音字母顺序,分十区按位运算编码四十个朝韩文元音、 辅音字母的方法为: 使用 0-9 十个数字编号划分十个区, 每个数字 编号划分一个区, 每个区编号划分 1-4 四个位, 把四十个韩朝文元 音、 辅音字母分布在十个区的四十个位上, 由元音、 辅音字母的区 号或者区位号作为该元音、 辅音字母的编码。  In the order of vowels and consonants, the method of encoding forty Korean vowels and consonants in ten-digit divisions is: Use 0-9 ten digits to divide ten zones, each number is divided into one zone, Each area number is divided into 1-4 four digits, and forty verses and consonants of the Korean dynasty are distributed in forty positions in ten areas, and the area code of the vowel and consonant letters or the location number is used as the vowel. The encoding of consonants.
分十区按位运算编码的朝韩文四十个元音、辅音字母分别为:(如 所图 13所示) 1区的 1-4位相应为: Y Forty vowels and consonants in Korean and Korean codes coded by bit-wise operation are: (as shown in Figure 13) The 1-4 positions in Zone 1 correspond to: Y
2区的 1-4位相应为: B  The 1-4 positions in Zone 2 correspond to: B
3区的 Γ- 4位相应为: Π H 丄  The Γ-4 position of Zone 3 corresponds to: Π H 丄
4区的 1-4位相应为: 人 ό 丁 7Γ  The 1-4 positions in Zone 4 correspond to: People ό Ding 7Γ
5区的 1-4位相应为: X 1  The 1-4 positions in Zone 5 correspond to: X 1
6区的 1-4位相应为: & 7 Η Η  The 1-4 positions in Zone 6 correspond to: & 7 Η Η
7区的 1-4位相应为: [:  The 1-4 positions in Zone 7 correspond to: [:
8区的 1-4位相应为: 77 比 41  The 1-4 positions in Zone 8 correspond to: 77 to 41
9区的 1-4位相应为: m 从 - τ-1  The 1-4 positions in Zone 9 correspond to: m from - τ-1
0区的 1-4位相应为-. Tl  The 1-4 bits of Zone 0 are corresponding to -. Tl
Β: 依据上述的朝韩文二十四个基本字母、 四十个元音、 辅音字 母的编码, 按照组成汉字朝韩语读音的音节个数, 把汉字朝韩读音 数字化运算编码汉字的方法分为: 由一个、 两个、 三个、 多于三个 音节构成读音的汉字进行编码。  Β: According to the above-mentioned codes for the twenty-four basic letters, forty vowels, and consonants in Korean, according to the number of syllables that make up the pronunciation of Chinese characters into Korean, the method of encoding Chinese characters into Chinese characters by Korean characters is divided into: A Chinese character consisting of one, two, three, and more than three syllables is encoded.
a.由一个朝韩语音节构成读音的汉字编码方法  a Chinese character encoding method consisting of a Korean-Chinese syllable
由一个朝韩语音节构成读音的汉字编码方法为:依照字母的书写 顺序, 由构成汉字朝韩语读音音节的字母 (包括基本字母、 元音、 辅 音字母)的区号编码或者朝韩语音节依次组成汉字的编码。  The Chinese character encoding method consisting of a Korean-speaking syllable is: according to the order in which the letters are written, the area code of the letters (including basic letters, vowels, consonants) constituting the Chinese-speaking Korean syllables or the Korean-speaking syllables in turn constitute the Chinese characters. coding.
例如: "女" 字的朝韩语读音音节为" ^ ",在分 1-8区按位运 算编码朝韩文二十四个基本字母方法中, " " 的区号编码为 2, " ^ " 的区号编码为 6, 则 "女" 的编码为 26.或者 。  For example, the Korean-speaking syllable of the word "female" is "^". In the method of encoding the Korean-style twenty-four basic letters in the 1-8 area, the area code of the "" is coded as 2, "^". The code is 6, and the code for "female" is 26. or.
b .由两个朝韩语音节构成读音的汉字 (词组) 编码方法 由两个朝韩语音节构成读音的汉字(词组)编码方法为: 依照字 母的书写顺序, 由每个音节的首字母 (包括基本字母、 元音、 辅音字 母)和尾字母 (包括基本字母、 元音、 辅音字母)的编码依次或者朝韩 语音节组成汉字 (词组) 的编码。  b. Chinese characters (phrases) encoding method consisting of two Korean-speaking syllables The encoding method of Chinese characters (phrases) consisting of two Korean-speaking syllables is: According to the order in which the letters are written, the initials of each syllable (including basic The encoding of letters, vowels, consonants, and tail letters (including basic letters, vowels, and consonants) or the Korean-speaking syllables constitute the encoding of Chinese characters (phrases).
. 例如: "经济" 的朝韩语读音音节为 在采用加法、 减 法运算编码朝韩文二十四个基本字母的方法中, " " 的首字母为 For example, the "economic" Korean-speaking syllable is the method of encoding the twenty-four basic letters into Korean by addition and subtraction. The initials of " " are
" ", 编码为 5, 尾字母为 " δ ", 编码为 0, "的首字母 为 " 入 ", 编码为 9, 尾字母为 " ^ ", 编码为 2, 则 "经济" 的 编码为 5092或者 ¾、 il 。 "", the code is 5, the last letter is " δ ", the code is 0, the first letter of the letter is "in", the code is 9, the last letter is " ^ ", the code is 2, then the "economic" Coded as 5092 or 3⁄4, il.
c.由三个朝韩语音节构成读音的汉字 (词组) 编码方法 由三个朝韩语音节构成读音的汉字(词组)编码方法为: 依照字 母的书写顺序, 由前两个音节的首字母 (包括基本字母、 元音、 辅音 字母)、 最后一个音节的首字母 (包括基本字母、 元音、 辅音字母)和 尾字母 (包括基本字母、 元音、 辅音字母) 的区号编码或者朝韩语音 节依次组成汉字 (词组) 的编码。  c. Chinese characters (phrases) consisting of three Korean syllables. The encoding method consists of three Korean syllables that are composed of three Korean syllables. The encoding method is: according to the order in which the letters are written, the first two syllables (including Basic letters, vowels, consonants), the first letter of the last syllable (including basic letters, vowels, consonants) and the last letter (including basic letters, vowels, consonants), or the Korean and Korean syllables The encoding of Chinese characters (phrases).
例如: "信用证" 朝韩语读音音节为 " 喜¾ ", 在分 1-8区按 位运算编码朝韩文二十四个基本字母方法中, " " 的首字母为 " 人 ",区号编码为 1, "夸"的首字母为" 6 ",区号编码为 3, " 卜 " 的首字母为 " ", 区号编码为 3, 尾字母为 " ", 区号编码为 3, 则 "信用证" 的编码为 I333或者^ 、 去 、 ¾" 。 For example: "Letter of Credit" The Korean-speaking syllable is "Hi 3⁄4". In the method of encoding the Korean-style twenty-four basic letters in the 1-8 area, the initials of "" are "people", and the area code is 1, the initials of "Korean" are "6", the area code is 3, the initials of "Bu" are "", the area code is 3, the last letter is "", the area code is 3, then the "Letter of Credit" Coded as I 333 or ^, go, 3⁄4".
d.由多于三个朝韩语音节构成读音的汉字 (词组) 编码方法 由多于三个朝韩语音节构成读音的汉字(词组)编码方法为: 依 照字母的书写顺序, 由每个音节的首字母 (包括基本字母、 元音、 辅 音字母)的区号编码 者朝韩语音节依次组成汉字 (词组) 的编码。  d. Chinese characters (phrases) consisting of more than three Korean syllables. The encoding method consists of more than three Korean syllables. The encoding method is: according to the order in which the letters are written, by the beginning of each syllable. The area code encoders of letters (including basic letters, vowels, and consonants) form the code of the Chinese characters (phrases) in turn.
例如: "销售确认书 "的朝韩语读音音节为" ¾:ol^ ¾ "在分 十区按位运算编码的朝韩文四十个元音、辅音字母的方法中, " 的首字母为 " ",区号编码为 7, "的首字母为 " ώ ", 区号编 码为 3, " "的首字母为" ",区号编码为 7, "^"的首字母为 ", 区号编码为 4, 的首字母为 "人 ", 区号编码为 4, 则 "销售确 认书" 的编码为 73744或者 ¾" 、 ^ 、¾ 、 、; 。  For example, the Korean-speaking syllable of "Sales Confirmation" is "3⁄4:ol^ 3⁄4". In the method of translating ten-square vowels and consonants in Korean, the first letter is "". , the area code is 7, "the initial letter is " ώ ", the area code is 3, the initial letter of " " is " ", the area code is 7, the initial letter of "^" is ", the area code is 4, the first The letters are "people", the area code is 4, and the "sales confirmation" code is 73744 or 3⁄4", ^, 3⁄4, ,;
( 3 ) 按汉字字形和读音的结合, 编码汉字的方法  (3) The method of encoding Chinese characters according to the combination of Chinese characters and pronunciation
按汉字的字形和读音结合,编码汉字的方法为:依照汉字的字形 和读音, 依据 (1 ) 按汉字的字形, 数字化运算编码汉字的方法 , 编码汉字部首的首码、 余件的尾码; 依据 (2)按汉字的读音, 数字化 运算编码汉字的方法, 编码汉字汉语读音的声母、 韵母; 由构成汉 字汉语读音的声母、 韵母区号编码、 汉字部首的首码和佘件的尾码, 依次组成汉字的编码; 分单字和词组进行编码。 、  According to the combination of Chinese characters and pronunciation, the method of encoding Chinese characters is: according to the glyphs and pronunciations of Chinese characters, according to (1) according to the glyph of Chinese characters, the method of encoding Chinese characters by digital operation, encoding the first code of the Chinese character radical, and the tail code of the remaining components. According to (2) according to the pronunciation of Chinese characters, the method of encoding Chinese characters by digital operation, the initials and vowels of Chinese pronunciation of Chinese characters; the initials of Chinese pronunciation of Chinese characters, the code of the final code of the finals, the first code of the Chinese characters and the last code of the Chinese characters. , in turn compose the encoding of Chinese characters; sub-words and phrases are encoded. ,
①单字的编码方法 单字的编码方法为: 由构成汉字汉语读音的声母、 韵母区号 编码、 汉字部首的首码和余件的尾码依次组成汉字的编码。 例如: "运" 的汉语读音为 "yun", 在分 0-9区按位运算编码的 汉语拼音声母、 韵母中, 声母 "y" 的区码为 2, 韵母 "im" 的区码 为 9; "运"字的部首码为 9, 余件 "云"尾码为 9, 则 "运"字的编 码为 2999。 1 single word encoding method The encoding method of the single word is as follows: The initials of the Chinese pronunciation of the Chinese characters, the vowel area code, the first code of the Chinese character radical and the last code of the remaining parts constitute the encoding of the Chinese character. For example: The Chinese pronunciation of "Yun" is "yun". In the Chinese Pinyin initials and finals coded in the 0-9 area, the area code of the initial "y" is 2, and the area code of the final "im" is 9. The radical code of the word "yun" is 9, the remainder of the "cloud" is 9, and the code of the word "yun" is 2999.
②词组的编码方法  2 phrase encoding method
词组的编码方法为:由构成汉字汉语读音的声母、韵母区号编码, 依次组成该汉字的编码; 分两字词、 三字词、 多字词进行编码。  The encoding method of the phrase is: the initials of the Chinese pronunciation of the Chinese characters and the vowel area code, which in turn constitute the encoding of the Chinese character; the two words, three words, and multiple words are encoded.
A:两字词的编码方法  A: The encoding method of two words
两字词的编码方法为: 由每个汉字的声母、韵母区号编码, 依次 组成该两字词的编码。  The encoding method of the two words is as follows: The initials of each Chinese character and the vowel area code are encoded, and the codes of the two words are sequentially composed.
例如: "信息 "的汉语拼音读音为 "xin xi ", "信"的声母为" x", 区号编码为 7, 韵母为 " in", 区号编码为 9; "息" 的声母为 " X ", 区号编码为 7,韵母为 " i ",区号编码为 2,贝 !1"信息"的编码为 7971。  For example: the Chinese phonetic pronunciation of "information" is "xin xi", the initials of "letter" are "x", the area code is 7, the final is "in", the area code is 9; the initial of "inter" is "X" , the area code is 7, the final is "i", the area code is 2, and the code of the "1" information is 7971.
B :三字词的编码方法  B: The encoding method of three words
三字词的编码方法为: 由前两个字声母的区号编码、最后一个字 的声母和韵母的区码, 依次组成该三字词的编码。  The encoding method of the three words is: the area code of the first two initials, the initials of the last word and the area code of the final, which in turn constitute the encoding of the three words.
例如: "数字化" 的拼音为 " shu zi hua", "数"字的声母为 sh, 区号编码为 9, "字" 的声母为 Z, 区号编码为 0; "化" 的声母 为 h, 区号编码为 6, 最后一个韵母为 a, 区号编码为 1, 则 "数字 化" 的编码为 9061。 For example: the pinyin of "digitization" is "shu zi hua", the initials of "number" are sh, the code of area code is 9, the initial of "word" is Z , the code of area code is 0; the initial of "chemical" is h, area code The code is 6, the last final is a, the area code is 1, and the code for "digitization" is 9061.
C :多字词的编码方法  C : Coding method for multiple words
多字词的编码方法为: 由前三个字的声母区号编码、最后一个字 的声母区号编码, 依次组成该多字词的编码。  The encoding method of the multi-word is: encoding the initial consonant area code of the first three words, the initial consonant area code of the last word, and sequentially composing the encoding of the multi-word.
例如: "中华人民共和国" 中的 "中" 的读音为 " zhong", 声母 为 zh, 区号编码为 8; "华" 的拼音为 "hua", 声母为 h, 区号编码 为 6; "人" 的拼音读音为 "ren", 声母为 r, 区号编码为 9; "国" 的拼音读音为 "guo", 声母为 g, 区号编码为 5, 则 "中华人民共和 国" 的编码为 8695。 2.表音文字的数字化运算编码方法 For example: "中中" in "People's Republic of China" reads "zhong", initials are zh, area code is 8; "hua" is "hua", initial is h, area code is 6; "person" The pinyin pronunciation is "ren", the initial is r, the area code is 9; the "national" pinyin is "guo", the initial is g, the area code is 5, and the "People's Republic" is encoded as 8695. 2. Digital operation coding method for phonetic characters
表音文字的数字化运算编码方法为:按照表音文字的字形、读音, 使用 0-9十个数字,采用加法、 减法、 分区按位运算的编码方法, 编 码组成表音文字字形、 读音的笔划、 字母, 由字母的编码或者字母 组成表音文字的编码。  The digital operation coding method of the phonetic characters is: according to the glyphs and pronunciations of the phonetic characters, using 0-9 ten digits, using the encoding method of addition, subtraction, and partition bitwise operation, encoding the strokes that make up the phonetic character glyphs and pronunciations. , letters, codes of alphabetic letters or letters.
(1)按照表音文字的字形, 数字化运算编码表音文字的方法 按照表音文字的字形, 数字化运算编码表音文字的方法为:按照 表音文字的字形, 使用 0-9十个数字,采用加法、 减法、 分区按位运 算的编码方法, 编码组成表音文字字形的字母, 由字母的编码组成 表音文字的编码, 根据表音文字的字形结构, 把表音文字分为由字 母上下左右排列组成的表音文字、 由字母从左到右排列组成的表音 文字进行数字化运算编码。  (1) According to the glyphs of the phonetic characters, the method of digitizing the coded phonetic characters according to the glyphs of the phonetic characters, the method of digitizing the coded phonetic characters is: according to the glyphs of the phonetic characters, using 0-9 ten digits, The encoding method of adding, subtracting, and partitioning bitwise operations is used to encode the letters constituting the glyphs of the phonogram, and the encoding of the vowels is composed of the encoding of the alphabet. According to the glyph structure of the phonogram, the phonogram is divided into letters and letters. The phonetic characters composed of left and right arranged, and the phonetic characters composed of letters arranged from left to right are digitally encoded.
①由字母上下左右排列组成的表音文字(朝韩文字)的编码方法 由字母上下左右排列组成的表音文只有朝韩文字。  1 The encoding method of the phonetic characters (Korean and Korean characters) consisting of the letters up and down, left and right. The table audio composed of the letters up and down and left and right is only Korean and Korean.
由字母上下左右排列组成的表音文字 (朝韩文字)的编码方法为: 按照 (朝韩) 文字的字形, 使用 0-9十个数字,采用加法、 减法、 分 区按位运算的编码方法, 编码组成 (朝韩) 文字字形的笔划、 字母, 由字母的编码组成 (朝韩) 文字的编码, 根据组成 (朝韩) 文字的 音节个数, 把 (朝韩) 文字分为由一个、 两个、 三个、 多于三个音 节组成的 (朝韩) 文字进行编码。  The encoding method of the phonetic characters (Korean and Korean characters) consisting of the upper and lower sides of the letters is: According to the glyphs of the (Korean and Korean) characters, using 0-9 ten digits, the encoding method of addition, subtraction, and partition bitwise operation is used. Coded composition (Korean and Korean) The strokes and letters of the text glyphs are composed of the letters of the letters (Korean and Korean). The encoding of the characters, according to the number of syllables of the composition (Korean and Korean), divides the (Korean and Korean) text into one and two (3), more than three syllables (Korean Korean) characters are encoded.
A: 采用加法、 减法运算编码 (朝韩文二十四个基本) 字母的方 法  A: The method of encoding using the addition and subtraction codes (the twenty-four basics in Korean)
采用加法、减法运算编码(朝韩文二十四个基本)字母的方法为: 使用 0-9十个数字, 采用加法、 减法运算编码组成 (朝韩文) 字母 的笔划, 把组成 (朝韩文) 字母的笔划归类为横、 竖、 撇、 点、 折 五种基本笔划, 相应定义其代码为 1、 2、 3、 4、 5, 把字母的笔划代 码数相加, 满十减十运算后, 韩语字母的编码分别为: ό、 天的编 码为 0; —、.己的编码为 1'; 1、 S的编码为 2; 、 ^ 、丄、 τ、 的 编码为 3; 、 . 的编码为 4; 0L、 ΊΓ、 、 L 的编码为 5; 编码为 6; λ , Η的编码为 7; 口 、 a 的编码为 8; 、': ϋ编码为 9。 (如图 14所示) The method of adding and subtracting the encoding (the twenty-four basics into Korean) is as follows: Use 0-9 ten digits, use the addition and subtraction codes to compose (Korean Korean) letters, and make the letters (Korean) The strokes are classified into five basic strokes: horizontal, vertical, 撇, point, and fold. The code is defined as 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5, and the number of stroke codes of the letters is added. After the tenth is reduced by ten, The encoding of the Korean alphabet is: ό, the encoding of the day is 0; the encoding of the _, _ is 1'; the encoding of S is 2; the encoding of ^, 丄, τ is 3; 4; 0L, ΊΓ, , L are encoded as 5; encoding is 6 ; λ, Η is encoded as 7; port, a is encoded as 8; and ': ϋ is encoded as 9. (as shown 14)
B: 采用分区按位运算编码 (朝韩文二十四个基本) 字母的方法 a.采用 八区按位运算编码(朝韩文二十四个基本)字母的方法 采用分八区按位运算编码(朝韩文二十四个基本)字母的方法为: 使用 0-9十个数字中任意的八个数字, 编号划分八个区, 每个数字 编号划分一个区, 每个区编号划分 1-3 三个位, 把 (二十四个朝韩 文基本) 字母, 按字母顺序分布在十个区的二十四个位上, 由 (朝 韩文) 字母的区号或者区位号作为该 (朝韩文) 字母的编码。 其中: 分 1-8区按位运算编码的 (朝韩文) 字母分别为:(如所图 11所 示)  B: The method of using the partitioned bitwise operation coding (the twenty-four basics of Korean to Korean) letters a. The method of using the eight-region bitwise operation coding (the twenty-four basics of Korean to Korean) is divided into eight-bit bitwise operation coding ( The method of the twenty-four basic letters of Korean to Korean is: Use any of the eight digits of 0-9 ten digits, numbering eight zones, each number is divided into one zone, each zone number is divided into 1-3 three a place, in the alphabetical order of twenty-four characters, in the alphabetical order of the twenty-four digits of the ten districts, the area code of the (Korean-Korean) letter or the location number as the (Korean) letter coding. Among them: The letters in the 1-8 area coded by the bit operation (Korean Korean) are: (as shown in Figure 11)
1区的 1- - 3位相应为- The 1-1-3 position of Zone 1 corresponds to -
2区的 1- -3位相应为- U The 1- to 3-position of Zone 2 corresponds to - U
3区的 1- -3位相应为 人 6 X  Levels 1 - 3 of Zone 3 correspond to people 6 X
4区的 1- -3位相应为 J  The 1-1-3 position of Region 4 is correspondingly J
5区的 1- -3位相应为 %  Levels 1 - 3 of Zone 5 correspond to %
6区的 1- -3位相应为 \  The 1- to 3-digit position of the 6th district is corresponding to \
7区的 1- -3位相应为 丄 JL 丁  The 1-1-3 positions in Zone 7 correspond to 丄 JL Ding
8区的 1- -3位相应为 一 )  The 1- to 3-position of the 8th zone corresponds to a)
b. 采用分十区按位运算编码 (朝韩文二十四个基本) 字母的方 法  b. The method of using the ten-digit area bitwise operation code (the twenty-four basics in Korean and Korean) letters
釆用分十区按位运算编码 (朝韩文二十四个基本)字母的方法为: 使用 0-9十个数字, 编号划分十个区, 每个数字编号划分一个区, 每个区编号划分 1-2二个位或者 1-3三个位, 把 (二十四个朝韩文 基本) 字母, 按字母顺序分布在十个区的二十四个位上, 由 (朝韩 文) 字母的区号或者区位号作为该 (朝韩文) 字母的编码。 其中: 分 1-0区按位运算编码的 (朝韩文) 字母分别为:(如所图 12所 示)  The method of using the ten-digit arithmetic coding (the twenty-four basics in Korean) is: using 0-9 ten digits, numbering ten areas, each number is divided into one area, each area number is divided. 1-2 two digits or 1-3 three digits, the letters of the twenty-four Korean-speaking basics are distributed in alphabetical order in twenty-four positions in ten districts, and the area code of the (Korean-Korean) alphabet Or the location number is the code for the (Korean) letter. Among them: The letters of the 1-0 area coded by the bit operation (Korean Korean) are: (as shown in Figure 12)
1区的 1-3位相应为: L t  The 1-3 positions in Zone 1 correspond to: L t
2区的 1-3位相应为: 己 口 ΰ  The 1-3 positions in Zone 2 correspond to:
3区的 1-2位相应为: 人 ό 4区的 1-3位相应为: X 天 The 1-2 positions in Zone 3 correspond to: The 1-3 positions in Zone 4 correspond to: X days
5区的 1-3位相应为< E  Levels 1-3 of Zone 5 correspond to < E
6区的 1 位相应为 f  The 1st position of the 6th zone is corresponding to f
7区的 1-2位相应 ¾  1-2 of the 7th district corresponding 3⁄4
8区的 1-2位相应为 : 丄  The 1-2 digits of the 8th district are: 丄
9区的 1-2位相应为 : 丁  The 1-2 digits of the 9th district are corresponding to:
0区的 1-2位相应为 : ― 1  The 1-2 bits of Zone 0 correspond to: ― 1
C :依据上述的(朝韩文二十四个基本)字母的编码, 由一个、 两 个、 三个、 多于三个音节组成的 (朝韩) 文字编码方法分别为: a.由一个音节构成的 (朝韩) 文字的编码方法  C: According to the above (the twenty-four basics of Korean to Korean) letters, one, two, three, more than three syllables (Korean Korean) text encoding methods are: a. composed of one syllable (Korean and Korean) text encoding method
由一个音节构成的(朝韩)文字的编码方法为: 依照字母的书写 顺序, 由 (朝韩文) 字母的编码依次组成 (朝韩) 文字的编码。  The encoding method of the (Korean-to-Korean) character composed of one syllable is: According to the order in which the letters are written, the encoding of the characters (in Korean) is composed of (Korean and Korean) letters.
例如: (女)"在分 1-8区按位运算编码的 (朝韩文二十四 个基本) 字母的方法中, " L " 的区号编码为 2, " 的区号编 码为 6, 则 " " 的编码为 26。  For example: (female) "In the method of bitwise operation coding (in the Korean to twenty-four basic) letters in the 1-8 area, the area code of "L" is coded as 2, and the code of the area code is 6, then "" The code is 26.
b .由两个音节构成的 (朝韩) 文字 (词组) 编码方法  b. (two Korean syllables) (words) encoding method
由两个音节构成的 (朝韩)文字(词组) 的编码方法为: 依照字 母的书写顺序, 由每个音节的首字母和尾字母的编码或者音节, 依 次组成 (朝韩) 文字 (词组) 的编码。  The encoding method of the (Korean) characters (phrases) composed of two syllables is as follows: According to the order in which the letters are written, the codes or syllables of the first and last letters of each syllable are sequentially composed (Korean Korean) characters (phrases). Coding.
例如: " (经济)"在采用加法、 减法运算编码 (朝韩文 二十四个基本)字母的方法中, Ί "的首字母为 " 7 ", 编码为 5, 尾字母为" 6 ", 编码为 0, "的首字母为"久", 编码为 9, 尾字母为 " 1 ", 编码为 2, 则 " (经济)" 的编码为 5092或 者 、 χ-ί]。  For example: "(Economy)" In the method of adding the encoding of subtraction and subtraction encoding (the twenty-four basics to Korean), the initial letter of "Ί" is "7", the code is 5, and the last letter is "6", coding. Is 0, "the first letter is "long", the code is 9, the last letter is "1", the code is 2, then the code of "(economic)" is 5092 or χ-ί].
c.由三个音节构成的 (朝韩) 文字 (词组) 的编码方法 由三个音节构成的 (朝韩)文字(词组) 的编码方法为.: 依照字 母的书写顺序, 由前两个音节的首字母的编码、 最后一个音节的首 字母和尾字母的编码或者音节, 依次组成 (朝韩) 文字 (词组) 的 编码。  c. The encoding method of the three syllables (Korean) characters (phrases) is composed of three syllables (Korean Korean) characters (phrases). The encoding method is: according to the order in which the letters are written, the first two syllables The encoding of the initials, the encoding of the first and last letters of the last syllable, or the syllables, which in turn constitute the encoding of the (Korean) text (phrase).
例如: " 4- i (信用证)"在分 1-8区按位运算编码的(朝 韩文二十四个基本)字母的方法中, "的首字母为 " λ ", 区 号编码为 1 , "去 " 的首字母为 " 6 ", 区号编码为 3, " " 的 首字母为 " ", 区号编码为 3, 尾字母为 " 6 ", 编码为 3, 则 "4 · ^ (信用证)" 的编码为 1333或者 ^ 、冬 、 。 For example: "4-i (letter of credit)" is coded in bits 1-8. In the twenty-four basic letter method of Korean, "the first letter is " λ ", the area code is 1 , the first letter of "go" is " 6 ", the area code is 3, and the initial letter of "" is "" , the area code is 3, the last letter is "6", the code is 3, then the code of "4 · ^ (letter of credit)" is 1333 or ^, winter, .
d.由多于三个音节构成的 (朝韩) 文字 (词组) 的编码方法 由多于三个音节构成的(朝韩)文字(词组) 的编码方法为: 依 照字母的书写顺序, 由每个音节的首字母的编码或者音节, 依次组 成 (朝韩) 文字 (词组) 的编码。  d. The encoding method of the (Korean) text (phrase) composed of more than three syllables The encoding method of the (Korean) text (phrase) composed of more than three syllables is: According to the writing order of the letters, each The encoding or syllable of the first letter of a syllable, which in turn constitutes the encoding of the (Korean) text (phrase).
例" ¾ ¾ ^λ (销售确认书)"在在采用加法、减法运算 编码(朝韩文)字母的方法中, " ¾ "的首字母 " " , 编码为 9, " ϋί( " 的首字母为 " ϋ ", 编码为 8, " 的首字母为 "言 ", 编码为 2, " "的首字母为" ", 编码为 0, " "的首字母为Example "3⁄4 3⁄4 ^λ (Sales Confirmation)" In the method of encoding, subtracting, and encoding (Korean) letters, the initials of "3⁄4" are encoded as 9, and the initials of " ϋί( " are " ϋ ", coded as 8 , "the initials are "words", the code is 2, the initials of "" are "", the code is 0, the initials of ""
"人 ", 编码为 5 则 ^ (销售确认书)" 的编码为"People", coded as 5 ^ (sales confirmation)" is encoded as
98205或者 ¾ 、。 、¾ 、 、 。 98205 or 3⁄4,. , 3⁄4, , .
②由字母从左到右排列组成的表音文字的编码方法  2 encoding method of phonetic characters composed of letters arranged from left to right
由字母从左到右排列组成的表音文字的编码方法为:按照表音文 字的字形, 使用 0-9十个数字,采用分区按位运算编码字母的方法, 编码组成表音文字字形的字母, 把字母分布在用 0-9十个数字编号 的十个区, 排列在每个区里用 0-9 十个数字编号的位上, 由字母的 编码或者字母,组成表音文字的编码, 根据表音文字在不同国家的区 别, 把表音文字分国家类别进行数字化运算编码。 其中:  The encoding method of the phonetic characters consisting of letters arranged from left to right is: according to the glyphs of the phonetic characters, using 0-9 ten digits, using the method of partitioning bitwise operation to encode letters, encoding the letters constituting the phonetic character glyphs , the letters are distributed in ten areas numbered with 0-9 ten digits, arranged in each area with 0-9 ten digits, and the letters or letters of the letters form the encoding of the phonetic characters. According to the difference between the phonetic characters in different countries, the phonetic characters are digitized and coded according to the country category. among them:
A: 英文的数字化运算编码方法 A: English digital operation coding method
英文的数字化运算编码方法为:按照英文的字形,使用 0-9十个 数字,采用分区按位运算编码字母的方法, 编码组成英文字形的字 母, 把字母分布在用 0-9十个数字编号的十个区, 排列在每个区里 用 0-9十个数字编号的位上, 由字母的区号或者区位号作为该字母 的编码, 再由字母或者字母的编码组成文字的编码, 按照英文字母 和单词的划分,'把英文分为字母和单词单字进行编码。  The English digital operation coding method is as follows: according to the English glyph, using 0-9 ten digits, using the method of partitioning bitwise operation to encode letters, encoding the letters forming the English glyph, and distributing the letters in numbers with 0-9 ten digits. The ten districts are arranged in each zone with 0-9 ten digits. The area code or the area code of the letter is used as the code of the letter, and the code of the letter or letter is used to compose the code of the letter. The division of letters and words, 'encodes English into letters and word words.
a.采用分区按位运算编码英文字母的方法 采用分区按位运算编码英文字母的方法包括:分八区按位运算编 码英文字母的方法、 分十区按位运算编码英文字母的方法。 a. Method of encoding English letters by partition bitwise operation The method of encoding English letters by partitioned bitwise operation includes: a method of encoding English letters by bitwise operation in eight regions, and a method of encoding English letters by bitwise operation in ten regions.
I:分八区按位运算编码英文字母的方法  I: Method of encoding English letters by bit operation in eight districts
分八区按位运算编码英文字母的方法为:使用 0-9十个数字中任 意的八个数字, 编号划分八个区, 每个数字编号划分一个区, 每个 区编号划分 1-3三个位或者 1-4四个位, 把二十六个英文字母分布 在十个区的二十六个位上, 由字母的区号或者区位号作为该字母的 编码。 其中:  The method of encoding English letters by bitwise operation is as follows: using any of the eight digits of 0-9 ten digits, the number is divided into eight zones, each number is divided into one zone, and each zone number is divided into 1-3 three. A single digit or 1-4 four digits, twenty-six English letters are distributed over twenty-six digits of ten zones, and the area code or area number of the letter is used as the code of the letter. among them:
分 1-8区按位运算编码的英文字母分别为:(如图 15所示) The English letters of the bitwise operation code in the 1-8 area are: (as shown in Figure 15)
1区的 1-4位相应为: Aa、 Bb、 Cc The 1-4 positions in Zone 1 correspond to: Aa, Bb, Cc
2区的 1-3位相应为: Ee、 Ff、 Gg  The 1-3 positions in Zone 2 correspond to: Ee, Ff, Gg
3区的 1-4位相应为: Hh、 I i、 Jj  The 1-4 positions in Zone 3 correspond to: Hh, I i, Jj
4区的 1-3位相应为: Ll、 Mm、 Nn  The 1-3 positions in Region 4 are: Ll, Mm, Nn
5区的 1-3位相应为: 0o、 PP、 Qq  The 1-3 positions in Zone 5 are: 0o, PP, Qq
6区的 1-3位相应为: Rr、 Ss、 Tt  The 1-3 positions in Zone 6 correspond to: Rr, Ss, Tt
7区的 1-3位相应为: Uu、 Vv、 Ww  The 1-3 positions in the 7th zone are: Uu, Vv, Ww
8区的 1-3位相应为: Xx、 Yy、 Zz  The 1-3 positions in the 8th zone are: Xx, Yy, Zz
II :分十区按位运算编码英文字母的方法  II: Method for encoding English letters by bit operation in divided ten areas
分十区按位运算编码英文字母的方法为:使用 0-9十个数字,编 号划分十个区, 每个数字编号划分一个区, 每个区编号划分 1-2二 个位或者 1-3三个位, 把二十六个英文字母分布在十个区的二十六 个位上, 由字母的区号或者区位号作为该字母的编码。 其中: 分 1-0区按位运算编码的英文字母分别为: (如图 16所示) The method of encoding English letters by bitwise operation is as follows: using 0-9 ten digits, the number is divided into ten zones, each number is divided into one zone, each zone number is divided into 1-2 two digits or 1-3 Three digits, twenty-six English letters are distributed in twenty-six digits of ten districts, and the area code or the area number of the letter is used as the code of the letter. Among them: The English letters of the 1-0 area bitwise operation code are: (As shown in Figure 16)
1区的 1-2位相应为: A &、 Bb The 1-2 digits of Zone 1 correspond to: A & Bb
2区的 1-2位相应为: Cc、 Dd  The 1-2 positions in Zone 2 correspond to: Cc, Dd
3区的 1-3位相应为: Ee、 Ff、 Gg  The 1-3 positions in Zone 3 correspond to: Ee, Ff, Gg
4区的 1-2位相应为: Hh、 I i  The 1-2 digits of Region 4 correspond to: Hh, I i
5区的 1-2位相应为: Jj Kk  The 1-2 digits of Zone 5 correspond to: Jj Kk
6区的 1-3位相应为: Ll、 Mm、 Nn  The 1-3 positions of the 6th zone are corresponding to: Ll, Mm, Nn
7区的 1-3位相应为- 0o、 PP、 Qq 8区的 1-3位相应为: Rr、 Ss、 Tt Levels 1-3 of Zone 7 correspond to - 0o, PP, Qq The 1-3 positions in the 8th zone are corresponding to: Rr, Ss, Tt
9区的 1-3位相应为: Uu、 Vv、 Ww  The 1-3 positions in Zone 9 are: Uu, Vv, Ww
0区的 1-3位相应为: Xx、 Yy、 Zz  The 1-3 positions in Zone 0 are: Xx, Yy, Zz
b.依据上述的英文字母编码,英文单词的编码方法为: 由英文字 母的编码或者英文字母组成英文单词。  b. According to the above English alphabet encoding, the encoding method of English words is: English words are composed of English letters or English letters.
例如: "china", 在分 1-8区按位运算编码的英文字母中, "c" 的区号编码为 1, 区位号编码为 13, "h"的区号编码为 3, 区位号编 码为 31, "i" 的区号编码为 3,区位号编码为 32, "n"的区号编码 为 4, 区位号编码为 33, "a" 的区号编码为 1, 区位号编码为 11, 则 "china"的编码为 13341或者 13 (c)、 31 (h)、 32 (i)、 43 (n)、
Figure imgf000032_0001
For example: "china", in the English letters of the bitwise operation code in the 1-8 area, the area code of "c" is 1, the area code is 13, the area code of "h" is 3, and the area code is 31. The area code of "i" is 3, the area code is 32, the area code of "n" is 4, the area code is 33, the area code of "a" is 1 and the area code is 11, "china" Code is 13341 or 13 (c), 31 (h), 32 (i), 43 (n),
Figure imgf000032_0001
B: 日文的编码方法  B: Japanese encoding method
日文的编码方法为: 按照日文的字形, 使用 0-9十个数字,采用 分区按位运算编码日文假名的方法,编码组成日文字形的假名, 把字 母分布在用 0-9十个数字编号的十个区, 排列在每个区里用 0-9十 个数字编号的位上, 由假名的区号或者区位号作为该假名的编码, 再由假名或者假名的编码组成文字的编码, 按照日文的假名和单语 划分, 把日文分为假名和单语进行编码。  The Japanese encoding method is as follows: According to the Japanese glyph, using 0-9 ten digits, using the method of partitioning bitwise operation to encode Japanese kana, encoding the pseudonyms that form the Japanese character, and distributing the letters in numbers with 0-9 ten digits. The ten districts are arranged in the digits of each district with 0-9 ten digits. The area code or the location number of the pseudonym is used as the code of the pseudonym, and the code of the pseudonym or pseudonym is used to compose the code of the text. The pseudonym and monolingual division, the Japanese is divided into pseudonyms and monolingual encoding.
a.采用分区按位运算编码日文假名的方法  a. Method of encoding Japanese kana by partition bitwise operation
釆用分区按位运算编码日文假名的方法为: 使用 0-9十个数字, 编号划分十个区, 每个数字编号划分一个区, 每个区编号划分 1 - 5 五个位或 1-6六个位, 把八十个日文假名分布在十个区的任意五十 一个位上, 由假名的区号或者区位号作为该假名的编码。 其中: 分 1-0十区按位运算编码的日文假名分别为:  The method of encoding Japanese kana by partitioning by bit operation is as follows: Use 0-9 ten digits, numbering ten zones, each number is divided into one zone, each zone number is divided into 1 - 5 five digits or 1-6 Six digits, eighty Japanese pseudonyms are distributed in any fifty of the ten districts, and the area code or the location number of the pseudonym is used as the code of the pseudonym. Among them: The Japanese kana of the 1-0 ten-digit bitwise operation code are:
1区的卜 5位相应为: * (7)、 ^ ( 、 ( * )、 无 (工)、 (才) The 5 positions in Zone 1 correspond to: * (7), ^ ( , ( * ), none (work), (only)
2区的 1—5位相应为: 力 >力、* (力 、 ( )、 < (夕 )、 i† if y)、 二 : (3 = The 1st to 5th positions in Zone 2 correspond to: Force > Force, * (force, ( ), < (夕), i† if y), 2: (3 =
3区的 1-5位相应为: 寸廿 ')、 I (' y'), )、  The 1-5 positions in Zone 3 correspond to: inch 廿 '), I (' y'), ),
·ιΤ (七 ·1ί )、 f ( ' /)、  · ιΤ (seven · 1ί ), f ( ' /),
4区的 1-5位相应为: ; tf (夕 )、 ^( ), ' f 、 - -C (r r <!: ( 卜 卜') The 1-5 positions in Region 4 correspond to: ; tf (夕), ^( ), ' f , - -C (rr <!: (卜卜')
5区的 1一 5位相应为: ( )、 {: (二)、 (2 )、 & (冬)、 ( ) The 1st and 5th places in Zone 5 correspond to: ( ), {: (2), (2), & (Winter), ( )
6区的 1—5位相应为: a' 。(八八' )、 (匕 匕。)、 The 1st to 5th positions of Zone 6 correspond to: a'. (八八'), (匕 匕.),
^ (7 7^) ( ) 、 (J  ^ (7 7^) ( ) , (J
(f (才、 # t° )  (f (only, # t° )
7区的卜 5位相应为: ί ( )、 ( )、 ( )、 The 5 digits of the 7th district correspond to: ί ( ), ( ), ( ),
8区的 1一5位相应为: I5 ( )、 ^ )、 -)、 (工)、 The 1st and 5th positions in the 8th district are: I 5 ( ), ^ ), -), (work),
J: J: ( 3 3 )  J: J: ( 3 3 )
9区的 1-5位相应为: ( )、 ¾ ( )、 ( )、 3 (口) The 1-5 positions in Zone 9 correspond to: ( ), 3⁄4 ( ), ( ), 3 (port)
0区的 1一 6位相应为: (7)、 ¾> (斗)、 ( )、 Α (工)、 ( )、 b.依据上述的日文假名编码, 日文单语的编码方法为: 由假名的 编码或者假名组成日文单语的编码。 The 1st and 6th digits of the 0 zone correspond to: (7), 3⁄4> (bucket), ( ), Α (work), ( ), b. According to the above Japanese kana code, the Japanese monolingual coding method is: The encoding or pseudonym constitutes the encoding of the Japanese monolingual.
例如: " : L,,, 在分 1-0十区按位运算编码的日文假名中, " ^ "的区号编码为 5, 区位号编码为 54, " " 的区号编码为 4, 区位号编码为 41 " "的区号编码为 3, 区位号编码为 32, 则假名 " h L "的编码为 543或者 54 ( )、 41 ( )、 32 ( )。  For example: " : L,,, In the Japanese pseudonym coded by bitwise operation in 1-0 decimal zone, the area code of " ^ " is 5, the area code is 54, the code of area code is 4, the code of the area code The area code for the 41 " " is 3, and the area code is 32, and the code for the pseudonym "h L " is 543 or 54 ( ), 41 ( ), 32 ( ).
C: 西班牙文的编码方法  C: Spanish encoding method
西班牙文编码的方法为:按照西班牙文的字形,使用 0-9十个数 字,采用分区按位运算编码字母的方法, 编码组成西班牙文字形的字 母, 把字母分布在用 0-9十个数字编号的十个区, 排列在每个区里 用 0-9十个数字编号的位上, 由字母的区号或者区位号作为该字母 的编码, 再由字母或者字母的编码组成文字的编码, 按照西班牙文 字母和单词的划分, 把西班牙文分为字母和单词单字进行编码。  The Spanish encoding method is: according to the Spanish font, using 0-9 ten digits, using the method of partitioning bitwise operation to encode letters, encoding the letters forming the Spanish character, and distributing the letters in 0-9 ten digits. The ten areas of the number are arranged in the number of 0-9 ten digits in each area. The area code or the area code of the letter is used as the code of the letter, and the code of the letter or letter is used to compose the code of the letter. The division of Spanish letters and words, encoding Spanish into letters and word words.
a.采用分区按位运算编码西班牙文字母的方法  a. Method of encoding Spanish letters using partitioned bitwise operations
采用分区按位运算编码西班牙文字母的方法包括:分八区按位运 算编码文字母的方法、 分十区按位运算编码西班牙文字母的方法。  The method of encoding Spanish letters by partitioned bitwise operation includes a method of calculating encoded letters by bitwise in eight zones, and a method of encoding Spanish letters by bitwise operation in ten regions.
I: 分八区按位运算编码西班牙字母的方法  I: Method of coding Spanish letters by bitwise operation in eight districts
分八区按位运算编码西班牙字母的方法为:使用 0-9十个数字中 任意的八个数字, 编号划的八个区, 每个数字编号划分一个区, 每 个区编号划分 1-3三个位或 1-5四个位, 把三十四个西班牙文字母 分布在十个区的二十九个位上, 由字母的区号或者区位号作为该字 母的编码。 其中: The method of encoding the Spanish alphabet by bitwise operation is as follows: use any of the eight digits of 0-9 ten digits, numbered eight regions, each number is divided into one region, each The district number is divided into 1-3 three digits or 1-5 four digits, and thirty-four Spanish letters are distributed in twenty-nine digits of ten districts. The area code or the area code of the letter is used as the letter. coding. among them:
分 1-8区按位运算编码的西班牙文字母分别为: (如图 17所 示)  The Spanish letters encoded in bits 1-8 are: (as shown in Figure 17)
1区的 1-4位相应为: Aa(0)、 Bb、 C(Ch)c(ch)、 Dd  The 1-4 bits of Zone 1 correspond to: Aa(0), Bb, C(Ch)c(ch), Dd
2区的 1-3位相应为: Εβ(έ)、 Ff、 Gg  The 1-3 positions in Zone 2 correspond to: Εβ(έ), Ff, Gg
3区的 1-4位相应为: Hh、 Ii(i)、 Jj、 Kk  The 1-4 bits of Zone 3 correspond to: Hh, Ii(i), Jj, Kk
4区的 1-3位相应为: L(L1)1(11)、 Mm、 N(N)n(n)、  The 1-3 bits in Region 4 correspond to: L(L1)1(11), Mm, N(N)n(n),
5区的 1-3位相应为: 0ο(ό)、 Pp、 Qq  The 1-3 digits of the 5th zone are: 0ο(ό), Pp, Qq
6区的 1-3位相应为: Rr、 Ss、 Tt  The 1-3 positions in Zone 6 correspond to: Rr, Ss, Tt
7区的 1-3位相应为: Uu(ii)、 Vv、 Ww  The 1-3 positions in Zone 7 correspond to: Uu(ii), Vv, Ww
8区的 1-3位相应为: Xx、 Yy、 Zzo  The 1-3 positions in the 8th district are: Xx, Yy, Zzo
II: 分十区按位运算编码西班牙字母的方法  II: Method of coding Spanish letters by bit operation
分十区按位运算编码西班牙字母的方法为: 使用 0-9十个数字, 编号划分十个区, 每个数字编号划分一个区, 每个区编号划分 1-2 二个位或 1-3三个位或 1-4四个位, 把三十四个西班牙文字母分布 在八个或十个区的二十九个位上, 由字母的区号或者区位号作为该 字母的编码。 其中:  The method of coding the Spanish alphabet by bitwise operation is as follows: Use 0-9 ten digits, numbering ten zones, each number is divided into one zone, each zone number is divided into 1-2 two digits or 1-3 Three bits or 1-4 four bits, thirty-four Spanish letters are distributed in twenty-nine positions in eight or ten zones, with the area code or the area code of the letter as the code of the letter. among them:
分 1-0区按位运算编码的西班牙文字母分别为: (如图 18所示) The Spanish letters coded in the 1-0 area by bit operation are: (Figure 18)
1区的 1-2位相应为: Aa(0)、 Bb The 1-2 bits in Zone 1 correspond to: Aa(0), Bb
2区的 1-2位相应为: C(Ch)c(ch)、 Dd  The 1-2 bits of Zone 2 correspond to: C(Ch)c(ch), Dd
3区的 1-3位相应为: Ee(6)、 Ff、 Gg  The 1-3 positions in Zone 3 correspond to: Ee(6), Ff, Gg
4区的 1-2位相应为: Hh、 Ii(i)  The 1-2 bits in Region 4 correspond to: Hh, Ii(i)
5区的 1-2位相应为: Jj、 Kk、  The 1-2 digits of the 5th district are: Jj, Kk,
6区的 1-3位相应为: L(L1)1(11)、 Mm、 N(N)n(n)  The 1-3 bits of Region 6 correspond to: L(L1)1(11), Mm, N(N)n(n)
7区的 1-3位相应为: 0ο(ό)、 Pp、 Qq>  The 1-3 digits of the 7th district are: 0ο(ό), Pp, Qq>
8区的 1-3位相应为: Rr、 Ss、 Tt、  The 1-3 positions in the 8th zone are: Rr, Ss, Tt,
9区的 1-3位相应为: Uu(ii)、 Vv、 Ww  The 1-3 positions in Zone 9 are: Uu(ii), Vv, Ww
0区的 1-3位相应为: Xx、 Yy、 Zzo c.依据上述的西班牙字文母编码, 西班牙文单词的编码方法为: 由字母的编码或字母组成西班牙文单词的编码。 The 1-3 positions in Zone 0 are: Xx, Yy, Zzo c. According to the above-mentioned Spanish word code, the encoding method of Spanish words is: The code of the Spanish word is composed of the letter code or letter.
例如: "globo", 在分 1-8区按位运算编码的西班牙文字母中, "g" 的区号编码为 1, 区位号编码为 13, " 1" 的区号编码为 3, 区 位号编码为 31, " 0" 的区号编码为 3,区位号编码为 32, "b"的区 号编码为 4, 区位号编码为 33, " 0"的区号编码为 1, 区位号编码为 11, 则 " globo" 的编码为 13341或 13 ( c)、 31 (h)、 32 ( i)、 43 (n)、 11 (a) o  For example: "globo", in the Spanish letters coded in bits 1-8, the area code of "g" is coded as 1, the area code is 13, the area code of "1" is 3, and the area code is coded as 31, the area code of "0" is 3, the area code is 32, the area code of "b" is 4, the area code is 33, the area code of "0" is 1 and the area code is 11, "globo" "The code is 13341 or 13 (c), 31 (h), 32 (i), 43 (n), 11 (a) o
D :德文的编码方法  D: German encoding method
德文的编码方法为: 按照德文的字形, 使用 0-9十个数字,釆用 分区按位运算编码德文字母的方法, 编码组成德文字形的字母, 把 字母分布在用 0-9十个数字编号的十个区, 排列在每个区里用 0-9 十个数字编号的位上, 由字母的区号或区位号作为该字母的编码,再 由字母或字母的编码组成文字的编码, 按照德文字母和单词的划分, 把德文分为字母和单词单字进行编码。  The encoding method of German is as follows: According to the German glyph, use 0-9 ten digits, use the method of partitioning bitwise operation to encode German letters, encode the letters forming the German character, and distribute the letters in 0-9. Ten areas with ten digits, arranged in each area with 0-9 ten digits, the area code or area number of the letter as the code of the letter, and then the letter or letter code to form the text. Coding, according to the division of German letters and words, the German language is divided into letters and word words to encode.
a.采用分区按位运算编码德文字母的方法  a. Method of encoding German letters by partition bitwise operation
采用分区按位运算编码德文字母的方法包括:分八区按位运算编 码德文字母的方法、 分十区按位运算编码德文字母的方法。  The method of encoding German letters by partitioned bitwise operation includes a method of encoding German letters by bitwise operation in eight regions, and a method of encoding German letters by bitwise operation in ten regions.
I: 分八区按位运算编码德文字母的方法  I: Method of encoding German letters by bitwise operation in eight districts
分八区按位运算编码德文字母的方法为:使用 0-9十个数字中任 意的八个数字, 编号划的八个区, 每个数字编号划分一个区, 每个 区编号划分 1-3三个位或者 1-4四个位, 把三十四个德文字母分布 在八个区的二十九个位上, 由字母的区号或区位号作为该字母的编 码。 其中:  The method of encoding the German letters by bitwise operation is as follows: use any of the eight digits of 0-9 ten digits, numbered eight areas, each number is divided into one area, and each area number is divided into 1- 3 three bits or 1-4 four bits, thirty-four German letters are distributed in twenty-nine positions of eight areas, and the area code or area number of the letter is used as the code of the letter. among them:
分 1-8区按位运算编码的德文字母分别为:(如图 19所示) The German letters encoded in bitwise operations in points 1-8 are: (as shown in Figure 19)
1区的 1-4位相应为: A (A) a (a)、 Bb、 Cc、 Dd The 1-4 positions in Zone 1 correspond to: A (A) a (a), Bb, Cc, Dd
2区的 1-3位相应为: Ee、 Ff、 Gg  The 1-3 positions in Zone 2 correspond to: Ee, Ff, Gg
3区的 1-4位相应为: Hh、 Ii、
Figure imgf000035_0001
Kk
The 1-4 positions in Zone 3 correspond to: Hh, Ii,
Figure imgf000035_0001
Kk
4区的 1-3位相应为: Ll、 Mm、 Nn  The 1-3 positions in Region 4 are: Ll, Mm, Nn
5区的 1-3位相应为: 0 (0) o (o)、 Pp、 Qq 6区的 1-4位相应为: Rr、 Ss、 Tt、 β The 1-3 positions in Zone 5 are: 0 (0) o (o), Pp, Qq The 1-4 positions in Zone 6 correspond to: Rr, Ss, Tt, β
7区的 1- 3位相应为: U (tl) u (tl)、 Vv、 Ww  The 1- to 3-bit of the 7th zone corresponds to: U (tl) u (tl), Vv, Ww
8区的 1-3位相应为: Xx、 Yy、 Zz  The 1-3 positions in the 8th zone are: Xx, Yy, Zz
II: 分十区按位运算编码德文字母的方法  II: Method for encoding German letters by bit operation in divided ten areas
分十区按位运算编码德文字母的方法为:使用 0-9十个数字,编 号划分十个区, 每个数字编号划分一个区, 每个区编号划分 1-2 二 个位或者 1-3三个位, 把三十四个德文字母分布在十个区的二十九 个位上, 由字母的区号或区位号作为该字母的编码。 其中:  The method of encoding the German letters by bit operation is as follows: use 0-9 ten digits, numbering ten areas, each number is divided into one area, each area number is divided into 1-2 two bits or 1- 3 three bits, thirty-four German letters are distributed in twenty-nine positions in ten areas, and the area code or area number of the letter is used as the code of the letter. among them:
分 1-0区按位运算编码的德文字母分别为:(如图 20所示) 1区的 1-2位相应为: A (A) a (a)、 Bb、  The German letters coded in the 1-0 area by bit operation are: (as shown in Figure 20) The 1-2 bits of the 1st zone are: A (A) a (a), Bb,
2区的 1-2位相应为: Cc、 Dd  The 1-2 positions in Zone 2 correspond to: Cc, Dd
3区的 1-3位相应为: Ee、 Ff、 Gg  The 1-3 positions in Zone 3 correspond to: Ee, Ff, Gg
4区的 1-2位相应为: Hh、 Ii  The 1-2 digits of the 4th zone are: Hh, Ii
5区的 1-2位相应为: Jj、 Kk  The 1-2 digits of Zone 5 correspond to: Jj, Kk
6区的 1- 3位相应为: Ll、 Mm. Nn  The 1- to 3-position of the 6th zone corresponds to: Ll, Mm. Nn
7区的 1-3位相应为' : 0 (0) o (o)、 Pp、 Qq  Levels 1-3 of Zone 7 correspond to ' : 0 (0) o (o), Pp, Qq
8区的 1-4位相应为: Rr、 Ss、 Tt、 β  The 1-4 positions of the 8th zone are corresponding to: Rr, Ss, Tt, β
9区的 1- 3位相应为: U (tl) u (tl)、 Vv、 Ww  The 1- to 3-bit of the 9th zone corresponds to: U (tl) u (tl), Vv, Ww
0区的 1-3位相应为: Xx、 Yy、 Zz  The 1-3 positions in Zone 0 are: Xx, Yy, Zz
b.依据上述的德文字母编码,德文单词的编码方法为: 由字母的 编码或字母组成德文单词的编码。  b. According to the above German letter encoding, the German word is encoded by: the encoding of the letter or the letter to form the encoding of the German word.
例如: "wenn",在分 1-0区按位运算编码的德文字母中, "w"的 区号编码为 9, 区位号编码为 93, " e"的区号编码为 3, 区位号编码 为 31, "n" 的区号编码为 6,区位号编码为 63, "n"的区号编码为. 6, 区位号编码为 63, 则 "wenn"的编码为 9366或 93 (w)、 31 ( e)、 63 (n)、 63 (n)。  For example: "wenn", in the German letter encoded by bitwise operation in the 1-0 zone, the area code of "w" is 9, the area code is 93, the area code of "e" is 3, and the location code is 31, the area code of "n" is 6, the area code is 63, the area code of "n" is 6. The area code is 63, and the code of "wenn" is 9366 or 93 (w), 31 (e) ), 63 (n), 63 (n).
E :俄文的编码方法  E: Russian encoding method
俄文的编码方法为: 按照俄文的字形, 使用 0-9十个数字,采用 分区按位运算编码俄文字母的方法, 编码组成俄文字形的字母, 把 字母分布在用 0-9十个数字编号的十个区, 排列在每个区里用 0 - 9 十个数字编号的位上, 由字母的区号或区位号作为该字母的编码,再 由字母或字母的编码组成文字的编码, 按照俄文字母和单词的划分, 把俄文分为字母和单词单字进行编码。 The Russian encoding method is as follows: According to the Russian glyph, using 0-9 ten digits, using the method of partitioning bitwise operation to encode Russian letters, encoding the letters forming the Russian character, and distributing the letters in 0-9 Ten numbers of numbered numbers, arranged in each zone with 0 - 9 On the digits of the ten digits, the area code or the area code of the letter is used as the code of the letter, and then the code of the letter or letter is used to compose the code of the letter. According to the division of Russian letters and words, the Russian is divided into letters and words. Single word encoding.
a.采用分区按位运算编码俄文字母的方法  a. Method of encoding Russian letters by partition bitwise operation
采用分区按位运算编码俄文字母的方法包括:分八区按位运算编 码俄文字母的方法、 分十区按位运算编码俄文字母的方法。  The method of encoding Russian letters by partitioned bitwise operation includes a method of encoding Russian letters by bitwise operation in eight regions, and a method of encoding Russian letters by bitwise operation in ten regions.
I: 分八区按位运算编码俄文字母的方法  I: Method of coding Russian letters by bitwise operation in eight districts
分八区按位运算编码俄文 母的方法为:使用 0-9十个数字中任 意的八个数字, 编号划的八个区, 每个数字编号划分一个区, 每个 区编号划分 1-3三个位或者 1-4四个位, 把三十二个俄文字母分布 在八个区的三十二个位上, 由字母的区号或区位号作为该字母的编 码。 其中- 分 1-8区按位运算编码的俄文字母分别为: (如图 21所示) The method of encoding the Russian mother by bitwise operation is as follows: use any of the eight digits of 0-9 ten digits, numbered eight regions, each number is divided into one region, and each region number is divided into 1- 3 three bits or 1-4 four bits, thirty-two Russian letters are distributed in thirty-two positions in eight areas, and the area code or area number of the letter is used as the code of the letter. Among them, the Russian letters encoded by bitwise operation in points 1-8 are: (Figure 21)
1区 1-4位相应为: Aa 、 E b、 B B 、 Γ r Zone 1 1-4 corresponds to: Aa, E b, B B , Γ r
2区 1-4位相应为: Ά « 、 : E e、 、 3 3  Zone 2 1-4 corresponds to: Ά « , : E e, , 3 3
3区 1-4位相应为: H H 、 ΪΪ ft、 K 、 Jl JI  Zones 1-4 correspond to: H H , ΪΪ ft, K, Jl JI
区 1-4位相应为: M M 、 H H、 0 o、 Π Π  Regions 1-4 correspond to: M M , H H, 0 o, Π Π
5区 1-4位相应为: PP 、 Cc、 Tt、 Yy  Zone 5 1-4 corresponds to: PP, Cc, Tt, Yy
6区 1-4位相应为: Φ Φ 、 x、 ii H、 H  Zones 1-4 correspond to: Φ Φ, x, ii H, H
7区 1-4位相应为: in in 、 i¾ 、 Έ ¾、 H U  Zone 7 1-4 corresponds to: in in , i3⁄4 , Έ 3⁄4, H U
8区 1-4位相应为: 、 3 3、 10 K)、 Ά  The 1-4 positions in the 8th zone are: , 3 3, 10 K), Ά
I I: 分十区按位运算编码俄文字母的方法  I I: Method of coding Russian letters in bitwise operation
分十区按位运算编码俄文字母的方法为:使用 0-9十个数字,编 号划分十个区, 每个数字编号划分一个区, 每个区编号划分 1-2 二 个位或者 1-3三个位, 把三十四个俄文字母分布在十个区的三十四 个位上, 由字母的区号或区位号作为该字母的编码。 其中- 分 1-0区按位运算编码的俄文字母分别为: (如图 22所示) The method of encoding Russian letters by bitwise operation is as follows: using 0-9 ten digits, the number is divided into ten zones, each number is divided into one zone, each zone number is divided into 1-2 two digits or 1- 3 three digits, thirty-four Russian letters are distributed in thirty-four positions in ten districts, and the area code or area number of the letter is used as the code of the letter. Among them, the Russian letters encoded by bitwise operation in the 1-0 zone are: (Figure 22)
1区 1-3位相应为: Aa、 B b、 B B Zone 1 1-3 corresponds to: Aa, B b, B B
2区 1-3位相应为: Γ Γ、 \ A , E e  Zones 1-3 correspond to: Γ Γ, \ A , E e
3区 1-3位相应为: )K 、 3 3、 H H 4区 1-3位相应为: Κ ¾、 Κ κ、 JI Ji Zones 1-3 correspond to: ) K, 3 3, HH The 1-3 positions in Zone 4 correspond to: Κ 3⁄4, Κ κ, JI Ji
5区 1-4位相应为: Μ Μ、 Η Η、 Ο Ο、 Π Π  Zone 5 1-4 corresponds to: Μ Μ, Η Η, Ο Ο, Π Π
6区 1-3位相应为: Pp、 Cc、 Tt、  Zones 1-3 correspond to: Pp, Cc, Tt,
7区 1-3位相应为: Yy、 Φ φ、 X χ  Zones 1-3 correspond to: Yy, Φ φ, X χ
8区 1_3位相应为: U n、 H H , ΠΙπι  Zone 8 1_3 corresponds to: U n, H H , ΠΙπι
9区 1-3位相应为: 、 ¾ 、 LI H  Zones 1-3 correspond to: , 3⁄4 , LI H
0区 1-4位相应为: b 、 3 3、 Κ)κ)、 H a  Zone 0 1-4 corresponds to: b, 3 3, Κ) κ), H a
b.依据上述的俄文字母编码,俄文单词的编码方法为: 由字母的 编码或字母组成俄文单词的编码。  b. According to the above Russian alphabet encoding, the encoding method of Russian words is: The encoding of Russian words is composed of letters or letters of letters.
例如: " Be i! ", 在分 1-8 区按位运算编码的俄文字母中, " B "的区号编码为 1, 区位号编码为 12, "e"的区号编码为 2, 区 位号编码为 22, " " 的区号编码为, 区位号编码为 23, 的 区号编码为 8, 区位号编码为 84, 则 " B e "的编码为 13341或 12 ( B 22 (e)、 23 O )、 84 ( ϋ )。 For example: "Be i! ", in the Russian letters coded in bits 1-8, the area code of "B" is 1, the area code is 12, and the area code of "e" is 2, location code The area code coded as 22, "" is , the area code is 23, the area code is 8, the area code is 84, then the code of "B e " is 13341 or 12 (B 22 (e), 23 O ) , 84 ( ϋ ).
F:法文的编码方法  F: French coding method
法文的编码方法为: 按照法文的字形, 使用 0-9十个数字,采用 分区按位运算编码法文字母的方法, 编码组成法文字形的字母, 把 字母分布在用 0-9十个数字编号的十个区, 排列在每个区里用 0-9 十个数字编号的位上, 由字母的区号或区位号作为该字母的编码,再 由字母或字母的编码组成文字的编码, 按照法文字母和单词的划分, 把法文分为字母和单词单字进行编码。  The French encoding method is as follows: According to the French glyph, using 0-9 ten digits, the method of encoding the French alphabet by partitioned bitwise operation, encoding the letters forming the legal character, and distributing the letters in numbers with 0-9 ten digits. The ten districts are arranged in the digits of each district with 0-9 ten digits. The area code or the area code of the letter is used as the code of the letter, and then the code of the letter or letter is used to compose the code of the letter. The division of letters and words, encoding French into letters and word words.
a.采用分区按位运算编码法文字母的方法  a. Method of encoding French letters by partition bitwise operation
采用分区按位运算编码法文字母的方法包括:分八区按位运算编 码法文字母的方法、 分十区按位运算编码法文字母的方法。  The method of encoding French characters by partitioned bitwise operation includes a method of encoding French letters by bitwise operation in eight regions, and a method of encoding French letters by bitwise operation in ten regions.
I: 分八区按位运算编码法文字母的方法  I: Method of encoding French letters by bitwise operation in eight zones
分八区按位运算编码法文字母的方法为:使用 0-9十个数字中任 意的八个数字, 编号划的八个区, 每个数字编号划分一个区, 每个 区编号划分 1-3三个位或者 1-4四个位, 把二十六个法文字母分布 在八个区的二十六个位上, 由字母的区号或区位号作为该字母的编 码。 其中: a. 分 1-8区按位运算编码的法文字母分别为: (如图 23所示) 1区的 1-4位相应为: Aa (d)、 Bb、 Cc、 Dd The method of encoding the French alphabet by bitwise operation is as follows: use any of the eight digits of 0-9 ten digits, numbered eight zones, each number is divided into one zone, and each zone number is divided into 1-3. Three bits or 1-4 four bits, twenty-six French letters are distributed over twenty-six bits in eight areas, with the area code or area number of the letter as the code for the letter. among them: a. The French letters of the bitwise operation code in the 1-8 area are: (as shown in Figure 23) The 1-4 bits in the 1st zone are corresponding to: Aa (d), Bb, Cc, Dd
2区的 1-3位相应为: Ee (eee) , Ff、 Gg  The 1-3 positions in Zone 2 correspond to: Ee (eee) , Ff, Gg
3区的 1-4位相应为: Hh、 Ii、 Jj、 Kk  The 1-4 positions in Zone 3 correspond to: Hh, Ii, Jj, Kk
4区的 1-3位相应为: Ll、 Mm、 Nn  The 1-3 positions in Region 4 are: Ll, Mm, Nn
5区的 1-3位相应为: 0o、 Pp、 Qq  The 1-3 digits of the 5th zone are: 0o, Pp, Qq
6区的 1-3位相应为: Rr、 Ss、 Tt  The 1-3 positions in Zone 6 correspond to: Rr, Ss, Tt
7区的 1-3位相应为: Uu (u)、 Vv、 Ww  The 1-3 bits in Zone 7 correspond to: Uu (u), Vv, Ww
8区的 1-3位相应为: Xx、 Yy、 Zz  The 1-3 positions in the 8th zone are: Xx, Yy, Zz
II: 分十区按位运算编码法文字母的方法  II: Method for encoding French letters by bit operation in divided ten areas
分十区按位运算编码法文字母的方法为:使用 0-9十个数字,编 号划分十个区, 每个数字编号划分一个区, 每个区编号划分 1-2二 个位或者 1-3 三个位, 把二十六个法文字母分布在十个区的二十六 个位上, 由字母的区号或区位号作为该字母的编码。 其中:  The method of encoding the French alphabet by bitwise operation is as follows: using 0-9 ten digits, the number is divided into ten zones, each number is divided into one zone, each zone number is divided into 1-2 two digits or 1-3 Three digits, twenty-six French letters are distributed in twenty-six positions in ten districts, and the area code or area number of the letter is used as the code of the letter. among them:
分 1-0区按位运算编码的法文字母分别为: (如图 24所示) The French letters of the 1-0 area bitwise operation are: (as shown in Figure 24)
1区的 1-3位相应为: Aa (di)、 Bb The 1-3 positions in Zone 1 correspond to: Aa (di), Bb
2区的 1-3位相应为: Cc、 Dd  The 1-3 positions in Zone 2 correspond to: Cc, Dd
3区的 1-3位相应为: Ee (^e§) , Ff、 Gg  The 1-3 positions in Zone 3 correspond to: Ee (^e§) , Ff, Gg
4区的 1-3位相应为: Hh、 Ii  The 1-3 positions in Zone 4 are: Hh, Ii
5区的 1-3位相应为: Jj、 Kk  The 1-3 positions in Zone 5 correspond to: Jj, Kk
6区的 1-3位相应为: Ll、 Mm、 Nn  The 1-3 positions of the 6th zone are corresponding to: Ll, Mm, Nn
7区的 1-4位相应为: 0o、 Pp、 Qq  The 1-4 positions in Zone 7 are: 0o, Pp, Qq
8区的 1-3位相应为: Rr、 Ss、 Tt、  The 1-3 positions in the 8th zone are: Rr, Ss, Tt,
9区的 1-4位相应为: Uu (u)、 Vv、 Ww  The 1-4 positions in Zone 9 are: Uu (u), Vv, Ww
0区的 1-3位相应为: Xx、 Yy、 Zz。  The 1-3 positions in Zone 0 are: Xx, Yy, Zz.
b.依据上述的法文字母编码,法文单词的编码方法为: 由字母的 编码或字母组成法文单词的编码。  b. According to the French alphabet code above, the French word is encoded by: the code of the letter or the letter to form the code of the French word.
例如: "wenn",在分 1-8区按位运算编码的法文字母中, "w"的 区号编码为 9, 区位号编码为 93, "e"的区号编码为 3, 区位号编码 为 31, "n" .的区号编码为 6,区位号编码为 63, "n"的区号编码为 6, 区位号编码为 63, 则 "wenn"的编码 9366为或 93 (w)、 31 ( e)、 63 (n)、 63 ( n) o For example: "wenn", the French code of the bitwise operation code in the 1-8 area, the area code of "w" is 9, the area code is 93, the area code of "e" is 3, and the area code is 31. , "n". The area code is 6 and the area code is 63. The area code of "n" is coded as 6, the location code is 63, then the code 9664 of "wenn" is or 93 (w), 31 (e), 63 (n), 63 (n) o
G :希腊文的编码方法  G: Greek encoding method
希腊文的编码方法为: 按照希腊文的字形, 使用 0-9十个数字, 采用分区按位运算编码希腊文字母的方法, 编码组成希腊文字形的 字母, 把字母分布在用 0-9十个数字编号的十个区, 排列在每个区 里用 0-9十个数字编号的位上, 由字母的区号或区位号作为该字母 的编码,再由字母或字母的编码组成文字的编码, 按照希腊文字母和 单词的划分, 把希腊文分为字母和单词单字进行编码。  The Greek encoding method is as follows: According to the Greek glyph, using 0-9 ten digits, the method of encoding Greek letters by partitioning bitwise operation, encoding the letters forming the Greek character, and distributing the letters in 0-9 The ten areas of the number are arranged in the number of 0-9 ten digits in each area. The area code or area number of the letter is used as the code of the letter, and then the code of the letter or letter is used to compose the code of the letter. According to the division of Greek letters and words, the Greek word is divided into letters and word words.
a.采用分区按位运算编码希腊文字母的方法  a. Method of encoding Greek letters by partition bitwise operation
采用分区按位运算编码希腊文字母的方法包括:分八区按位运算 编码希腊文字母的方法、 分十区按位运算编码希腊文字母的方法。  The method of encoding Greek letters by partitioned bitwise operation includes: a method of encoding Greek letters by bitwise operation in eight regions, and a method of encoding Greek letters by bitwise operation in ten regions.
I: 分八区按位运算编码希腊文字母的方法  I: Method of encoding Greek letters by bitwise operation in eight zones
分八区按位运算编码希腊文字母的方法为:使用 0-9十个数字中 任意的八个数字, 编号划的八个区, 每个数字编号划分一个区, 每 个区编号划分 1-3三个位, 把二十四个希腊文字母分布在八个区的 二十四个位上, 由字母的区号或区位号作为该字母的编码。 其中: 分 1-8区按位运算编码的希腊文字母分别为: (如图 25所示) The method of encoding the Greek letters by bitwise operation is as follows: use any of the eight digits of 0-9 ten digits, numbered eight regions, each number is divided into one region, and each region number is divided into 1- 3 three digits, twenty-four Greek letters are distributed in twenty-four positions in eight districts, and the area code or area number of the letter is used as the code of the letter. Among them: The Greek letters coded by bit operation in points 1-8 are: (Figure 25)
1区的 1-4位相应为: A a、 Β β、 Γ γ The 1-4 positions in zone 1 correspond to: A a, Β β, Γ γ
2区的 1-3位相应为: Δ δ、 Ε ε、 Ζ ζ  The 1-3 positions in Zone 2 correspond to: Δ δ, Ε ε, Ζ ζ
3区的 1-4位相应为: H Ά、 Θ θ、 I ι  The 1-4 positions in Zone 3 correspond to: H Ά, Θ θ, I ι
4区的 1-3位相应为: K κ、 Λ λ、 Μ μ  The 1-3 positions in Region 4 correspond to: K κ, Λ λ, Μ μ
5区的 1-3位相应为: N ν、 S ξ、 0 ο  The 1-3 positions in Zone 5 correspond to: N ν, S ξ, 0 ο
6区的 1-3位相应为: Π π、 Ρ Ρ、 ∑ σ  The 1-3 positions of the 6th zone are: Π π, Ρ Ρ, ∑ σ
7区的 1-3位相应为: T τ、 Τ υ、 Φ φ  The 1-3 positions of the 7th zone are corresponding to: T τ, Τ υ, Φ φ
8区的 1-3位相应为: X X、 Ψ ω、 Ω Ε  The 1-3 positions in the 8th zone are: X X, Ψ ω, Ω Ε
II: 分十区按位运算编码希腊文字母的方法  II: Method of encoding Greek letters by bit operation in divided ten areas
分十区按位运算编码希腊文字母的方法为: 使用 0-9十个数字, 编号划分十个区, 每个数字编号划分一个区, 每个区编号划分 1 - 2 二个位或者 1-3 三个位, 把二十四个希腊文字母分布在十个区的二 十四个位上, 由字母的区号或区位号作为该字母的编码。 其中: 分 1-0区按位运算编码的希腊文字母分别为: (如图 26所示)The method of encoding Greek letters by bitwise operation is as follows: Use 0-9 ten digits, number divides ten zones, each number is divided into one zone, each zone number is divided into 1 - 2 two digits or 1- 3 three digits, two twenty-four Greek letters distributed in ten districts On the fourteenth place, the area code or the area code of the letter is used as the code for the letter. Among them: The Greek letters encoded by bitwise operation in the 1-0 zone are: (Figure 26)
1区的 1-2位相应为 • A α、 Β β The 1-2 positions in Zone 1 correspond to • A α, Β β
2区的 1-2位相应为 ' Γ γ、 Δ δ  The 1-2 positions in Zone 2 correspond to ' Γ γ, Δ δ
3区的 1-2位相应为 . Ε ε、 Ζ ζ  The 1-2 positions in Zone 3 correspond to . Ε ε, Ζ ζ
4区的 1-2位相应为 : H η、 Θ θ  The 1-2 positions of the 4th zone correspond to: H η, Θ θ
5区的 1-3位相应为 ' I ι、 κ  1-3 of the 5th district correspond to 'I ι, κ
6区的 1-3位相应为 : Λ λ、 Μ μ  The 1-3 positions in Region 6 correspond to: Λ λ, Μ μ
7区的 1-3位相应为 : Ν ν、 S ξ、 0 ο  The 1-3 positions in Zone 7 correspond to: Ν ν, S ξ, 0 ο
8区的 1-3位相应为- , Π π、 Ρ Ρ、 ∑ σ  The 1-3 positions of the 8th zone are corresponding to - , Π π, Ρ Ρ, ∑ σ
9区的 1-3位相应为 ' Τ τ、 Τ υ、 Φ φ  The 1-3 positions of the 9th zone are corresponding to ' Τ τ, Τ υ, Φ φ
0区的 1-3位相应为 : X χ、 Ψ ω、 Ω Ε  The 1-3 positions in Zone 0 correspond to: X χ, Ψ ω, Ω Ε
b.依据上述的希腊文字母编码,希腊文单词的编码方法为: 由字 母的编码或字母组成希腊文单词的编码。  b. According to the above-mentioned Greek letter encoding, the Greek word encoding method is: The encoding of the Greek word by the letter or letter of the letter.
例如: " or η Φ μ ", 在分 1-8区按位运算编码的希腊文字母中, For example: " or η Φ μ ", in the Greek letters coded in bits 1-8,
" π " 的区号编码为 6, 区位号编码为 61, " η " 的区号编码为 3, 区位号编码为 31, " Φ " 的区号编码为 7, 区位号编码为 73, " μ " 的区号编码为 4, 区位号编码为 43, 则 " π η Φ μ " 的编码为 6374 或者 61 ( π )、 31 ( η )、 73 ( Φ )、 43 ( μ ) The area code of "π" is 6, the area code is 61, the area code of "η" is 3, the area code is 31, the area code of "Φ" is 7, the area code is 73, the area code of "μ" The code is 4, the area code is 43, and the code of "π η Φ μ " is 6374 or 61 ( π ), 31 ( η ), 73 ( Φ ), 43 ( μ )
Η:阿拉伯文的编码方法  Η: Arabic coding method
阿拉伯文的编码方法为:按照阿拉伯文的字形,使用 0-9十个数 字,采用分区按位运算编码阿拉伯文字母的方法, 编码组成阿拉伯文 字形的字母, 把字母分布在用 0-9十个数字编号的十个区, 排列在 每个区里用 0-9十个数字编号的位上, 由字母的区号或区位号作为 该字母的编码,再由字母或字母的编码组成文字的编码, 按照阿拉伯 文字母和单词的划分, 把阿拉伯文分为字母和单词单字进行编码。  The Arabic encoding method is as follows: according to the Arabic glyph, using 0-9 ten digits, using the method of partitioning bitwise operation to encode Arabic letters, encoding the letters forming the Arabic character, and distributing the letters in 0-9 The ten areas of the number are arranged in the number of 0-9 ten digits in each area. The area code or area number of the letter is used as the code of the letter, and then the code of the letter or letter is used to compose the code of the letter. , according to the division of Arabic letters and words, the Arabic is divided into letters and word words to encode.
a.采用分区按位运算编码阿拉伯文字母的方法  a. Method of encoding Arabic letters by partition bitwise operation
釆用分区按位运算编码阿拉伯文字母的方法包括:分八区按位运 算编码阿.拉伯文字母的方法、 分十区按位运算编码希腊文字母的方 法。 I: 分八区按位运算编码阿拉伯文字母的方法 The method of encoding Arabic letters by partition bitwise operation includes the method of encoding the Arabic Arabic alphabet by bitwise operation and the method of encoding the Greek alphabet by bitwise operation. I: Method of encoding Arabic letters by bitwise operation in eight zones
分八区按位运算编码阿拉伯文字母的方法为:使用 0-9十个数字 中任意的八个数字, 编号划的八个区, 每个数字编号划分一个区, 每个区编号划分 1-3 三个位, 把二十八个阿拉伯文字母分布在八个 区的二十八个位上, 由字母的区号或区位号作为该字母的编码。 其 中:  The method of encoding Arabic letters by bitwise operation is as follows: use any of the eight digits of 0-9 ten digits, numbered eight areas, each number is divided into one area, and each area number is divided into 1- 3 Three digits, twenty-eight Arabic letters are distributed in twenty-eight positions in eight districts, and the area code or area number of the letter is used as the code of the letter. among them:
a. 分 1-8区按位运算编码的阿拉伯文字母分别为: (如图 27所 示)  a. The Arabic letters coded in bits 1-8 are: (as shown in Figure 27)
1区的 1- -4位相应为: J  The 1-1-4 positions in Zone 1 correspond to: J
2区的 1- -3位相应为: P  The 1-1-3 positions in Zone 2 correspond to: P
3区的 1- -4位相应为:  The 1-1-4 positions in Zone 3 correspond to:
区的 1- -3位相应为:  The 1-1-3 position of the zone corresponds to:
5区的 1- -3位相应为:  The 1-1-3 positions in Zone 5 correspond to:
6区的 1- -3位相应为: k Γ  The 1- to 3-position of Zone 6 corresponds to: k Γ
*  *
7区的 1- -3位相应为: 已 t  The 1-1-3 positions in Zone 7 correspond to:
8区的 1- -3位相应为: z T  The 1- to 3-position of Zone 8 corresponds to: z T
II: 分十区按位运算编码阿拉伯文字母的方法  II: Method of encoding Arabic letters by bit operation in divided ten areas
分十区按位运算编码阿拉伯文字母的方法为: 使用 0-9 十个数 字, 编号划分十个区, 每个数字编号划分一个区, 每个区编号划分 1-2二个位或者 1-3三个位,把二十八个阿拉伯文字母分布在十个区 的二十八个位上, 由字母的区号或区位号作为该字母的编码。 其中: 分 1-0区拔位运算编码的阿拉伯文字母分别为: (如图 28所示) The method of encoding Arabic letters by bit operation is as follows: Use 0-9 ten digits, number divides ten zones, each number is divided into one zone, each zone number is divided into 1-2 two digits or 1- 3 three digits, twenty-eight Arabic letters are distributed in twenty-eight positions in ten districts, and the area code or area number of the letter is used as the code of the letter. Among them: The Arabic letters of the 1-0 zone extraction operation code are: (as shown in Figure 28)
1区的 1-4位相应为 J J J, The 1-4 positions in Zone 1 correspond to J J J,
2区的 1-4位相应为 <- - Levels 1-4 of Zone 2 correspond to <- -
3区的 1-4位相应为 j 0 Levels 1-4 of Zone 3 correspond to j 0
4区的 1-2位相应为 , <JL>  The 1-2 digits of the 4th district are corresponding, <JL>
5区的 1-2位相应为 >  The 1-2 digits of the 5th district are corresponding to >
6区的 1-2位相应为 4 ί  The 1-2 digits of Zone 6 correspond to 4 ί
7区的 1-3位相应为  1-3 of the 7th district are corresponding
8区的 1-3位相应为 •  1-3 of the 8th district are correspondingly •
t 9区的 1-2位相应为: t 乙 ^ t The 1-2 digits of the 9th district are: t
0区的 1 2位相应为 f  The 12 bits of zone 0 correspond to f
b.依据上述的阿拉伯文字母编码, 阿拉伯文单词的编码方法为: 由字母的编码或字母组成阿拉伯文单词的编码。  b. According to the above Arabic alphabet encoding, the Arabic word encoding method is: The encoding of Arabic words is composed of letters or letters of letters.
例如: " ", 在分 1-8区按位运算编码的文字母中, " " 的 区号编码为 1, 区位号编码为 13, " " 的区号编码为 3, 区位号编 码为 31, " " 的区号编码为 3,区位号编码为 32, " "的区号编 码为 4, 区位号编码为 33, 则 " ,, 的编码为 13341或 13 ( )、 31 ( )、 32 ( , 43 ( ) 11 ( )。  For example: " ", in the letter of the bitwise operation coded in the 1-8 area, the area code of " " is 1 , the area code is 13 , the area code of " " is 3, and the area code is 31, " " The area code is 3, the area code is 32, the area code of " " is 4, the area code is 33, then the code of " , , is 13341 or 13 ( ), 31 ( ), 32 ( , 43 ( ) 11 ( ).
(2)按照表音文字的读音, 数字化运算编码表音文字的方法 按照表音文字的读音, 数字化运算编码表音文字的方法为:按照 表音文字的读音, 使用 0-9十个数字,采用分区按位运算编码字母的 方法, 编码组成表音文字读音的字母, 由字母的编码组成表音文字 的编码, 根据表音文字的读音结构, 把表音文字分为: 由字母上下 左右排列组成的音素表音文字 (由一个字母表示语音中一个音素的 表音文字)、 由字母从左到右排列组成的音节表音文字(由一个字母 表示语音中一个音节的表音文字) 进行数字化运算编码。  (2) According to the pronunciation of the phonetic characters, the method of digitizing the coded phonetic characters according to the pronunciation of the phonetic characters, the method of digitizing the coded phonetic characters is: according to the pronunciation of the phonetic characters, using 0-9 ten digits, The method of encoding letters by partitioning bitwise operation encodes the letters constituting the pronunciation of the phonetic characters, and the coding of the alphabetic letters constitutes the encoding of the phonetic characters. According to the pronunciation structure of the phonetic characters, the phonetic characters are divided into: a phonetic phonetic text composed of a phoneme (a letter indicating the phonetic character of a phoneme in a voice), a syllable phonetic alphabet composed of letters arranged from left to right (a letter indicating the phonetic character of a syllable in a voice) digitized Operational coding.
①由字母上下左右排列组成的音素表音文字 (朝韩文字) 的编码 方法  1 Encoding method of phonetic phonetic characters (Korean and Korean characters) composed of letters arranged up, down, left, and right
由字母上下左右排列组成的音素表音文字 (朝韩文字) 的编码方 法为: 按照 (朝韩) 文字的读音, 使用 0-9十个数字,采用分区按位 运算编码字母的方法, 编码构成文字读音的元音、 辅音字母, 由元 音、 辅音字母的编码组成 (朝韩) 文字的编码, 根据组成 (朝韩) 文字读音的音节个数, 把 (朝韩) 文字分为由一个、 两个、 三个、 多于三个音节组成的 (朝韩) 文字进行编码。  The encoding method of the phoneme phonetic characters (Korean and Korean characters) consisting of the upper and lower left and right sides of the letters is as follows: According to the pronunciation of (Korean and Korean) characters, 0-9 ten digits are used, and the method of encoding the letters by partitioning by bitwise operation is used. The vowels and consonants of the text are composed of the vowels and consonants (Korean and Korean). The encoding of the characters is based on the number of syllables of the composition (Korean and Korean). Two, three, and more than three syllables (Korean Korean) characters are encoded.
Α·.采用分区按位运算编码(朝韩文四十个)元音、辅音字母的方 法为: 把 (朝韩文) 元音、 辅音字母分布在用 0-9十个数字编号的 十个区, 排列在每个区里用 0-9十个数字编号的位上,. 由 (朝韩文) 元音、 辅音字母的区号或区位号作为该 (朝韩文) 元音、 辅音字母 的编码。 其中: Α·. The method of using the partition-by-bit arithmetic coding (forty for Korean) vowels and consonants is: (in Korean) vowels and consonants are distributed in ten areas numbered 0-9 ten digits, Arranged in the number of 0-9 ten digits in each zone, by (Korean Korean) vowel, consonant letter area code or area code as the (Korean) vowel, consonant letter Coding. among them:
分 1-0区按位运算编码的(朝韩文四十个)元音、辅音字母分别 为:(如所图、13所示)  The vowels and consonants of the 1-0 area coded (forty to Korean) are: (as shown in Figure 13)
1区的 1-4位相应为: -7  The 1-4 positions in Zone 1 are: -7
2区的 1-4位相应为:  The 1-4 positions in Zone 2 correspond to:
3区的 1-4位相应为: Ό 丄 JL  The 1-4 positions in Zone 3 correspond to: Ό 丄 JL
4区的 1-4位相应为: λ 6 丁 T  The 1-4 positions in Region 4 correspond to: λ 6 D
5区的 1-4位相应为: —- I  The 1-4 positions in Zone 5 correspond to: —- I
6区的 1-4位相应为: £ y H H  The 1-4 positions in Zone 6 correspond to: £ y H H
7区的 1-4位相应为: 31 1]  The 1-4 positions in Zone 7 correspond to: 31 1]
8区的 1-4位相应为: 77 ^  The 1-4 positions in the 8th district are: 77 ^
9区的 1-4位相应为: m  The 1-4 positions in Zone 9 are: m
0区的 1-4位相应为: 丁 l  The 1-4 bits of Zone 0 correspond to: D
B: 依据上述的 (朝韩文四十个) 元音、 辅音字母的编码, 由一 个、 两个、 三个、 多于三个音节组成的 (朝韩) 文字编码方法分别 为:  B: According to the above (forty for Korean) vowels and consonants, the encoding method consists of one, two, three, and more than three syllables (Korean and Korean):
a.由一个音节构成的 (朝韩) 文字的编码方法  a. A syllable (Korean and Korean) text encoding method
由一个音节构成的 (朝韩)文字的编码方法为: 依照(朝韩)文 字的读音, 由 (朝韩文) 元音、 辅音字母的编码或者音节, 依次组 成 (朝韩) 文字的编码。  The encoding method of the (Korean-to-Korean) character composed of one syllable is: According to the pronunciation of the (Korean-Korean) text, the encoding of the vowel (concave Korean) vowels, consonants, or syllables is formed in turn (Korean).
例如: (女) ", " " 的区号编码为 1, " 的区号 编码为 2, 则 " 的编码为 12。  For example: (female) ", " " The area code is 1, and the area code is 2, then the code is 12.
b.由两个音节构成的 (朝韩) 文字 (词组) 编码方法  b. (two Korean syllables) (words) encoding method
由两个音节构成的(朝韩)文字(词组)的编码方法为:依照(朝 韩)文字的读音, 由每个音节的首字母(即元音或辅音字母)、 尾字 母 (即元音或辅音字母) 的编码或者音节, 依次组成 4(朝韩) 文字 (词组) 的编码。 The encoding method of the (Korean) text (phrase) composed of two syllables is: according to the pronunciation of (Korean and Korean) characters, the initials of each syllable (ie, vowel or consonant), and the last letter (ie, vowel) Or the syllables of the consonants, which in turn form the code of the 4 (Korean) text (phrase).
例如: " (经济) ", " 的首字母为 " ", 区号编码 为 1, 尾字母为 " 6 ", 区号编码为 4, "的首字母为 " ", 区号编码为 5, 尾字母为 ", 区号编码为 7, 则 ^1 (经 济)" 的编码为 1457或者 。 For example: "(Economy)", "The initials are "", the area code is 1 and the last letter is "6", the area code is 4, "The first letter is "", the area code is 5, and the last letter is "" , the area code is 7, then ^1 (by The code for ") is 1457 or.
c .由三个音节构成的 (朝韩) 文字 (词组) 的编码方法 由三个音节构成的(朝韩)文字(词组)的编码方法为:依照(朝 韩)文字的读音, 由前两个音节的首字母(即元音或辅音字母)、 最 后一个音节的首字母 (即元音或辅音字母) 和尾字母 (即元音或辅 音字母) 的编码或者音节, 依次组成 (朝韩) 文字 (词组) 的编码。 例如: (信用证) ", "4 " 的首字母为 "入 ", 区 号编码为 4, " 4 " 的首字母为 " ", 区号编码为 4, " 的 首字母为 " ", 区号编码为 5, 尾字母为 " ,,, 区号编码为 4, 则 " 4备 ^ (信用证)" 的编码为 4454或者 4 、 、 ) 。  c. The encoding method of the three syllables (Korean) characters (phrases) is composed of three syllables (Korean Korean) characters (phrases). The encoding method is: according to the pronunciation of (Korean and Korean) characters, the first two The first letter of a syllable (ie, a vowel or consonant), the first letter of the last syllable (ie, a vowel or consonant), and the encoding or syllable of the last letter (ie, a vowel or consonant), in turn (Korean) The encoding of the text (phrase). For example: (Letter of Credit) ", "4" has the first letter "in", the area code is 4, the initial letter of "4" is "", the area code is 4, and the initial letter is "". The area code is 5, the tail letter is ",,, the area code is 4, then the code of "4 backup ^ (letter of credit)" is 4454 or 4, , ).
d.由多于三个音节构成的 (朝韩) 文字 (词组) 的编码方法 由多于三个音节构成的 (朝韩)文字(词组) 的编码方法为: 依 照 (朝韩) 文字的读音, 由每个音节的首字母 (即元音或辅音字母) 的编码或者音节, 依次组成 (朝韩) 文字 (词组) 的编码。  d. The encoding method of (words) consisting of more than three syllables (phrases) The encoding method of (words) consisting of more than three syllables (phrases) is: according to the pronunciation of (Korean and Korean) characters The code (single) of the first letter (ie, vowel or consonant) of each syllable, or the syllables of the syllables.
例 " ^ 詩 (销售确认书)"在在采用加法、 减法运算 编码 (朝韩文) 字母的方法中, "4 " 的首字母为 " ", 区号编 码为 7, ,, 的首字母为 " ", 区号编码为 3, " " 的首字 母为" ", 区号编码为 7, " "的首字母为" ", 区号编码 为 4, " "的首字母为" Λ ",区号编码为 3,则" ¾ ^ (销 售确认书)" 的编码为 73743或者 ¾ , 、¾ 、 、 ) 。  Example "^ Poetry (Sales Confirmation)" In the method of encoding using the addition and subtraction codes (Korean Korean), the initials of "4" are "", the area code is 7, and the initials are "". , the area code is 3, the initial letter of " " is " ", the area code is 7, " " the initial letter is " ", the area code is 4, the initial letter of " " is " Λ ", and the area code is 3, then The code for "3⁄4 ^ (Sales Confirmation)" is 73743 or 3⁄4 , , 3⁄4 , , ).
②由字母从左到右排列组成的音节表音文字(日文)的编码方法 由字母从左到右排列组成的音节表音文字(日文)的编码方法为: 按照日文的读音, 使用 0-9十个数字,采用分区按位运算编码日文假 名的方法, 编码组成日文字形的假名, 把假名分布在用 0-9十个数 字编号的十个区, 排列在每个区里用 0-9十个数字编号的位上, 由 假名的区号或区位号作为该假名的编码, 再由假名的编码组成曰文 的编码, 按照日文的假名和单语划分,. 把日文分为假名和单语进行 编码。  2 The syllable phonetic transcription (Japanese) consisting of letters arranged from left to right The encoding method of syllables (Japanese) consisting of letters arranged from left to right is: According to Japanese pronunciation, use 0-9 Ten digits, using the method of partitioning bitwise operation to encode Japanese kana, encoding the pseudonyms that make up the Japanese character, and distributing the pseudonyms in ten areas numbered 0-9, numbered in each area with 0-9 On the digits of the ten digits, the area code or the location number of the pseudonym is used as the code of the pseudonym, and the code of the pseudonym is used to compose the code of the pseudonym. According to the Japanese pseudonym and monolingual, the Japanese is divided into a pseudonym and a monolingual. Encode.
Α : 采用分区按位运算编码日文假名的方法 采用分区按位运算编码日文假名的方法为:使用 0-9十个数字中 的任意八个数字, 编号划分八个区, 每个数字编号划分一个区, 每 个区编号划分 0-9十个位, 把八十个日文假名分布在八个区的八十 个位上, 由假名的区号或者区位号作为该假名的编码。 其中: Α : Method of encoding Japanese kana by partition bitwise operation The method of encoding Japanese kana by partitioned bitwise operation is as follows: using any eight digits of 0-9 ten digits, the number is divided into eight zones, each number is divided into one zone, and each zone number is divided into 0-9 ten Bits, eighty Japanese pseudonyms are distributed over eighty bits in eight districts, and the area code or location number of the pseudonym is used as the code for the pseudonym. among them:
a.分 1-8区按位运算编码的日文假名分别为 : (如图 7所示) a. The Japanese pseudonyms of the bitwise operation codes in the 1-8 area are as follows: (As shown in Figure 7)
1区的 0-9位相应为: *» (7)、 ( 、 、 ^ (二)、 (才)、 力 力)、 ( )、 < (夕 : ) it 、 : ( - )The 0-9 positions in Zone 1 correspond to: *» (7), ( , , ^ (2), (才), 力力), ( ), < (夕 : ) it , : ( - )
2区的 0-9位相应为: § )、 ^ ( 、 " ) 、 (七)、 ^ 、 The 0-9 positions in Zone 2 correspond to: § ), ^ ( , " ), (7), ^,
(夕)、 ( ")、 >、 t ( 卜) (夕), ( "), >, t (卜)
3区的 0-9位相应为: ^ (于)、 : (二:)、 & (^ ) 、 ft 、 o ( )、 The 0-9 digits of Region 3 correspond to: ^ (Y), : (B:), & (^), ft, o ( ),
(八)、 (匕)、 A (7: >、 o 、 « ( * ) (8), (匕), A (7: >, o, « ( * )
4区的 0-9位相应为: (^ )、 ❖ (S )、 if (Λ) 、 ( ¾ (乇)、 The 0-9 digits of Region 4 correspond to: (^), ❖ (S), if (Λ), (3⁄4 (乇),
^ ( 、 ( 4 )、 ^ i3-) >、 无 (二) 、 «t (3 )^ ( , ( 4 ), ^ i 3 -) >, none (2), «t ( 3 )
5区的 0-9位相应为: ( )、 9 ( ) . ¾ ' 、 扎( 、 (口)、 The 0-9 positions in Zone 5 correspond to: ( ), 9 ( ) . 3⁄4 ' , Zha ( , ( 口 ) ,
h ( 7)、 >、 A (工) 、  h ( 7), >, A (work),
6区的 0-9位相应为:力、* (力')、 、 if (y)、 (= 、  The 0-9 positions in Zone 6 correspond to: force, * (force'), , if (y), (=,
K 、 ) K , )
7区的 0-9位相应为: ( W)、 '(、/) 、 f ( 、 )、 The 0-9 positions in Zone 7 correspond to: (W), '(, /), f ( , , ),
( )、 (lf)、 (7': >、 ^(^) 、 ( (^) ( ), (lf), (7': >, ^(^) , ( (^)
8区的 0-9位相应为: (£ (八。)、 ^ (匕。)、 ^ ( ) The 0-9 digits of the 8th zone are: (£ (eight.), ^ (匕.), ^ ( )
B: 依据上述的日文假名编码, 日文单语的编码方法为: 由假名 的编码或假名组成日文单语编码。  B: According to the above Japanese kana code, the Japanese monolingual encoding method is: Japanese pseudo-language encoding by pseudonym encoding or pseudonym.
例如: " h L ", 在分 1-8八区按位运算编码的日文假名中, " " 的区号编码为 3, 区位号编码为 34, " , 的区号编码为 2, 区位号编码为 26, 区位号编码为 41 " b "的区号编码为 2, 区位号 编码为 22, 则假名 " L "的编码为 322或 34 ( )、 26 ( )、 22 ( V )。  For example: "h L ", in the Japanese pseudonym coded by bitwise operation in 1-8 eight areas, the area code of " " is 3, the area code is 34, " , the area code is 2, and the area code is 26 The area code coded as 41 "b" is coded as 2, the area code code is 22, and the code name of the pseudonym "L" is 322 or 34 ( ), 26 ( ), 22 (V).
3.标点、 符号的编码方法  3. Punctuation, symbol encoding method
标点、符号的编码方法为:按照标点的字形,使用 0-9十个数字, 釆用加法、 减法、 按位运算编码的方法, 编码組成标点符号字形的 笔划, 由笔划的编码组成标点、 符号的编码, 按标点、 符号的分类, 把标点、 符号, 分为标点符号、 特殊符号进行编码。 The coding method of punctuation and symbol is: according to the glyph of the punctuation, using 0-9 ten digits, using the method of addition, subtraction, bitwise operation coding, coding to form the punctuation glyph Strokes, the coding of strokes constitutes the coding of punctuation and symbols. According to the classification of punctuation and symbols, punctuation and symbols are divided into punctuation marks and special symbols.
(1) .标点符号的编码方法  (1). Punctuation method of punctuation
标点符号的编码方法为: 把标点符号的笔划归类为横 ( -)、 竖 Punctuation is encoded as follows: Punctuation strokes are classified as horizontal (-), vertical
( I )、 撇 ( )、 点 (、)、 折 (乙) 五种基本笔划, 相应定义其代 码为 1、 2、 3、 4、 5, 标点符号的笔划代码数字相加, 满十减十运算 后得出标点符号的编码, 按构成标点符号的部件数量, 分为单标点 符号、 双标点符号进行编码。 ( I ), 撇 ( ), point (,), fold (B) five basic strokes, correspondingly define the code of the code 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, punctuation mark number plus, full ten minus ten After the operation, the coding of the punctuation marks is obtained, and the number of components constituting the punctuation marks is divided into single punctuation marks and double punctuation marks for encoding.
① . 单标点符号的编码分别为: 句号 (。) 的编码为 0, 连接号 (―)、破折号(一)的编码为 1,逗号(,)的编码为 3,顿号(、: )、 间隔号(.)、着重号(.)、省略号( )的编码为 4, 感叹号(!) 的编码为 6,分号(;)的编码为 7, 冒号(:)的编码为 8, 问号(? ) 的编码为 9。  1. The encoding of single punctuation marks is: The code of period (.) is 0, the code of connection number (―), dash (1) is 1, and the code of comma (,) is 3, the number (, : ), The code of the interval (.), the emphasis (.), and the ellipsis ( ) is 4, the code of the exclamation mark (!) is 6, the code of the semicolon (;) is 7, the code of the colon (:) is 8, the question mark (? The code is 9.
② . 双标点符号的编码分别为: 单书名号 (〈〉) 的编码为 55, 双书名号(《》)的编码为 10, 竖书单引号(门)的编码为 55, 竖书 双引号 (『』) 的编码为 00, 横书双引 (:" ") 号的编码为 86, 横书 单引号 ,) 的编码为 43,括号()的编码为 43 , 空方括号([ 3) 的编码为 09, 实方括号(【】) 的编码为 09。 (如图 29所示)  2. The coding of the double punctuation marks are: the code of the single book name (<>) is 55, the code of the double book name ("") is 10, the code of the single book quotation mark (door) is 55, the double quotation mark of the vertical book (" The code of the 』) is 00, the code of the horizontal book double quote (:" ") is 86, the code of the horizontal book quotation mark,) is 43, the code of the parentheses () is 43, the code of the square brackets ([3) For 09, the square brackets ([]) are encoded as 09. (as shown in Figure 29)
(2) .特殊符号的编码方法  (2). Coding method for special symbols
特殊符号的编码方法为:使用 0-9十个数字,采用按位运算编码 的方法进行编码。  The encoding method of special symbols is: using 0-9 ten digits, encoding by bitwise arithmetic coding.
特殊符号的编码分别为:空格、 加号、 减号、 乘号、 除号的编码 为 0, &、 $、 %、 £、 Θ、 Ξ、 Ψ、 Ω、 Π、 @的编码分别为 00、 01、 02、 03、 04、 05、 06、 07、 08、 09。  The codes of special symbols are: space, plus sign, minus sign, multiplication sign, and the code of the divisor is 0, and the codes of &, $, %, £, Θ, Ξ, Ψ, Ω, Π, @ are respectively 00. 01, 02, 03, 04, 05, 06, 07, 08, 09.
4.数字的编码: 零、 0、 0的编码为 0, 壹、 一、 1的编码为 1, 贰、 二、 2的编码为 2, 叁、 三、 3的编码为 3, 肆、 四、 4的编码为 4, 伍、 五、 5的编码为 5, 陆、 六、 6的编码为 6, 柒、 七、 7的编 码为 7, 捌、 八、 8的编码为 8, 玖、 九、 9的编码为 9, 拾、 十的编 码为 10。  4. Number coding: The code of zero, 0, 0 is 0, the code of 壹, 1 and 1 is 1, the code of 贰, 2, 2 is 2, the code of 叁, 3, 3 is 3, 肆, IV. The code of 4 is 4, the code of Wu, 5, 5 is 5, the code of land, 6 and 6 is 6, the code of 柒, 七, 7 is 7, the code of 捌, 八, 8 is 8, 玖, 九, The code of 9 is 9, and the code of pickup and ten is 10.
利用上述世界文字信息数字化运算编码方法能够编码汉字(表意 文字), 表音文字、 标点符号、 数字。 Using the above-mentioned world text information digitization operation coding method can encode Chinese characters Text), phonogram, punctuation, numbers.
世界文字信息数字化输入方法  World text information digitization input method
世界文字信息数字化输入方法为:依据本发明的世界文字信息数 字化运算编码方法, 编码需要输入的文字, 得出文字的数字编码, 使用 0-9十个数字输入编码, 用空格键表示完成输入文字的编码, 用翻页键在候选字栏里选择需要输入的文字, 用 1-0十个数字键或 者空格键确认在候选字栏里选定的文字, 即可完成文字的数字化输 入, 根据世界文字的分类, 把世界文字分类为汉字(表意文字)、表 音文字、 标点、 符号、 数字进行输入。  The world text information digitization input method is: according to the world text information digitization operation coding method of the invention, encoding the text that needs to be input, obtaining the digital code of the text, using 0-9 ten digits input coding, and using the space bar to complete the input text. Encoding, use the page turning key to select the text to be entered in the candidate field, and use 1-0 ten-digit keys or space bar to confirm the selected text in the candidate column, and then complete the digitized input of the text, according to the world. Classification of texts, classifying world characters into Chinese characters (ideograms), phonetic characters, punctuation, symbols, and numbers.
1.汉字的数字化输入方法 1. Digital input method of Chinese characters
汉字的数字化输入方法为:依据本发明的世界文字信息数字化运 算编码方法, 编码需要输入的汉字, 得出汉字的数字编码, 使用 0-9 十个数字输入编码, 用空格键表示完成输入汉字的编码, 用翻页键 在候选字栏选择里需要输入的汉字, 用 1-0十个数字键或者空格键 确认在候选字栏里选定的汉字, 即可完成汉字的数字化输入, 按照 汉字的字形、 读音, 把汉字的数字化输入方法分为: 按照汉字字形 输入汉字的方法, 按照汉字读音输入汉字的方法, 按照汉字音形输 入汉字的方法。  The digitized input method of Chinese characters is: according to the world text information digitization operation coding method of the present invention, encoding the Chinese characters that need to be input, and obtaining the digital code of the Chinese characters, using 0-9 ten-digit input codes, and using the space bar to indicate the completion of inputting Chinese characters. Encoding, use the page turning key to select the Chinese characters in the candidate word column selection, use 1-0 ten-digit keys or space bar to confirm the Chinese characters selected in the candidate word column, and then complete the digital input of Chinese characters, according to the Chinese characters. The glyph and the pronunciation are divided into: the method of inputting Chinese characters according to the Chinese character glyph, the method of inputting Chinese characters according to the Chinese character pronunciation, and the method of inputting Chinese characters according to the Chinese character sound form.
(1).按照汉字的字形, 输入汉字的方法为. - (1). According to the glyph of Chinese characters, the method of inputting Chinese characters is -
①依据本发明的世界文字信息数字化运算编码方法,编码需要输 入的汉字, 得出汉字的字形数字化编码; 1 according to the invention, the world text information digitization operation coding method, encoding the Chinese characters that need to be input, and obtaining the glyph digitization coding of the Chinese characters;
②用 0-9十个数字键依次输入汉字的编码,打空格键或者数字键 表示完成输入汉字的编码;  2 Use 0-9 ten-digit keys to input the encoding of Chinese characters in turn, and press the space bar or numeric key to indicate the encoding of the input Chinese characters;
③用翻页键在候选字栏里选择需要输入的汉字;  3 Use the page key to select the Chinese characters you want to input in the candidate field;
④用 1-0十个数字键或者空格键确认在候选字栏里选定的汉字, 即可完成汉字的数字化输入。  4 Use 1-0 ten-digit keys or space bar to confirm the Chinese characters selected in the candidate column, and then complete the digitized input of Chinese characters.
例如: "中"字, 依据本发明的汉字字形数字化运算编码方法, 编码 "中"字, 得出 "中"字的字形数字化编码 82; 使用 0 键依 次键入编码 82, 打空格键表示完成输入 "中"字的编码; 使用翻页 键在候选字栏里选择 "中 "字; 使用 1-0键或者空格键确认在候选 字栏里选定的 "中"字, 即可完成 "中" 的数字化输入。 For example: "中中", according to the Chinese character glyph digitization operation coding method of the present invention, encode the "middle" word, and obtain the glyph digitization code 82 of the "middle"word; use the 0 key to type the code 82 in turn, and the space bar to indicate the completion of the input. "Chinese" word encoding; use page turning The key selects the "middle" word in the candidate word column; use the 1-0 key or the space bar to confirm the "middle" word selected in the candidate word column, and the digital input of "middle" can be completed.
(2).按照汉字的读音, 输入汉字的方法为 - (2). According to the pronunciation of Chinese characters, the method of inputting Chinese characters is -
①依据本发明的汉字读音数字化运算编码方法,编码需要输入的 汉字, 得出汉字的读音数字化编码; 1 according to the invention, the Chinese character pronunciation digital operation coding method, encoding the Chinese characters that need to be input, and obtaining the digitized coding of the Chinese characters;
②用 0-9十个数字键依次键入汉字的编码,打空格键表示完成输 入汉字的编码;  2 Use the 0-9 ten-digit keys to type the encoding of the Chinese characters in turn, and press the space bar to indicate the encoding of the input Chinese characters.
③用翻页键在候选字栏里选择需要输入的汉字;  3 Use the page key to select the Chinese characters you want to input in the candidate field;
④用 1-0十个数字键或者空格键确认在候选字栏里选定的汉字, 即可完成汉字的数字化输入。  4 Use 1-0 ten-digit keys or space bar to confirm the Chinese characters selected in the candidate column, and then complete the digitized input of Chinese characters.
例如: "中"字的汉语读音为" zh0 ng",依据本发明的汉字读音 数字化运算编码方法,编码 " zh0 ng", 得出 " ζΐιδ ng"的编码 81831, 用 0-9键依次键入 81831,打空格键表示完成输入 " zh0 ng"的编码, 用翻页键在候选字栏里选择 "中"字, 用 1-0键或者空格键确认在 候选字栏里选定的 "中"字, 即可完成 "中" 的数字化输入。  For example: the Chinese pronunciation of "中中" is "zh0 ng", according to the Chinese character pronunciation digital operation coding method of the present invention, encoding "zh0 ng", and the code "8181" of "ζΐιδ ng" is obtained, and the number 8931 is input with 0-9 keys. , press the space bar to complete the input "zh0 ng" code, use the page key to select the "middle" word in the candidate field, use the 1-0 key or the space bar to confirm the "middle" word selected in the candidate column. , you can complete the digital input of "Medium".
或者:  Or:
①依据本发明的汉字读音数字化运算编码方法,编码组成汉字读 音音节的字母 (包括声母、 韵母、 假名、 元音、 辅音)、 声调, 得出 音节的数字化编码;  1 according to the present invention, a Chinese character pronunciation digital operation coding method, encoding letters (including initials, finals, pseudonyms, vowels, consonants) and tones constituting a Chinese syllable syllable, and obtaining a digitized code of a syllable;
②用 0-9十个数字键依次键入音节的编码,打空格键表示完成输 入音节的编码;  2 Type the syllable code in sequence with 0-9 ten-digit keys, and press the space bar to complete the encoding of the input syllable;
③用 1-0十个数字键或者空格键在提示栏确认汉字读音音节; 3 Use 1-0 ten-digit keys or space bar to confirm the Chinese syllables in the prompt bar;
④用翻页键在候选字栏里选择需要输入的汉字; 4 Use the page key to select the Chinese characters you want to input in the candidate field;
⑤用 1-0十个数字键或者空格键确认在候选字栏里选定的汉字, 即可完成汉字的数字化输入。  5 Use 1-0 ten-digit keys or space bar to confirm the Chinese characters selected in the candidate column, and then complete the digitized input of Chinese characters.
例如: "中"字的汉语读音音节为 " zh0 ng",依据本发明的汉字 读音数字化运算编码方法, 编码 " zh0 ng", 得出 " zh0 ng" 的编 码 881 ; 用 0-9键依次键入编码 881, 打空格键表示完成输入 " zh0 ng"的编码;用 1-0键或者空格键在提示栏确认拼音音节 " zh0 ng"; 用翻页键在候选字栏里选择 "中"字; 用 1-0键或者空格键确认在 候选字栏里选定的 "中"字, 即可完成 "中" 的数字化输入。 For example: the Chinese pronunciation syllable of "中" is "zh0 ng", according to the Chinese character pronunciation digital operation coding method of the present invention, encoding "zh0 ng", and the code 881 of "zh0 ng" is obtained; Code 881, press the space bar to complete the input "zh0 ng"code; use the 1-0 key or space bar to confirm the Pinyin syllable "zh0 ng" in the prompt bar; use the page key to select the "中" word in the candidate column; Use the 1-0 key or the space bar to confirm The "middle" word selected in the candidate field will complete the digital input of "middle".
或者:  Or:
①依据本发明的汉字读音数字化运算编码方法,编码组成汉字读 音音节的字母(包括声母、 韵母、 假名、 元音、 辅音), 得出字母的 区位号编码;  1 according to the invention, the Chinese character pronunciation digital operation coding method, encoding the letters constituting the Chinese character pronunciation syllable (including initials, finals, pseudonyms, vowels, consonants), and obtaining the location number code of the letters;
②用 0-9十个数字键依次键入字母(包括声母、 韵母、 假名、 元 音、 辅音) 的区位号编码, 打空格键或者数字键表示完成输入字母 的编码;  2 Use the 0-9 ten-digit keys to type the location code of the letters (including initials, finals, pseudonyms, vowels, consonants), and press the space bar or numeric keys to complete the encoding of the input letters.
③用 1-0十个数字键或者空格键在提示栏确认汉字读音音节; 3 Use 1-0 ten-digit keys or space bar to confirm the Chinese syllables in the prompt bar;
④用翻页键在候选字栏里选择需要输入的汉字 4 Use the page key to select the Chinese characters you want to input in the candidate field.
⑤用 1-0十个数字键或者空格键确认在候选字栏里选定的汉字, 即可完成汉字的数字化输入。  5 Use 1-0 ten-digit keys or space bar to confirm the Chinese characters selected in the candidate column, and then complete the digitized input of Chinese characters.
例如: "中"字的汉语读音音节" ζΐιδ ng"由" zh"、 " ong"组成, 依据本发明的汉字读音数字化运算编码方法, 编码 " zh"、 " ong"; 用 0-9键依次键入 " zh" 的区号位编码 81, 打空格键表示完成输入 "zh"的编码; 依次键入" ong"的区号位编码 83, 打空格键表示完 成输入 "ong" 的编码; 用 1-4键或者空格键在提示栏确认标有声调 的音节 " zh0 ng"; 用翻页键在候选字栏里选择 "中"字; 用 1-0键 或者空格键确认在候选字栏里选定的 "中"字, 即可完成 "中" 的 数字化输入。  For example: the Chinese pronunciation syllable " ζΐιδ ng" of "中中" consists of "zh", "ong", according to the Chinese character pronunciation digital operation coding method according to the present invention, encoding "zh", "ong"; with 0-9 keys in turn Type the area code of "zh" to encode 81, press the space bar to complete the encoding of the input "zh"; type the area code of the "ong" bit in sequence 83, and press the space bar to complete the encoding of the input "ong"; use the 1-4 key Or use the space bar to confirm the syllable " zh0 ng" marked with the tone in the prompt bar; use the page key to select the word "中" in the candidate field; use the 1-0 key or the space bar to confirm the selected in the candidate column. In the "word, you can complete the digital input".
(3).汉字音形数字化运算编码输入汉字的方法为:  (3). The method of inputting Chinese characters into Chinese characters and digits is:
①依据本发明的汉字音形数字化运算编码方法,编码需要输入汉 字, 得出汉字的音形数字化编码;  1 According to the invention, the Chinese character sound form digital operation coding method, the coding needs to input the Chinese character, and the Chinese character's sound shape digital coding is obtained;
②用 0-9十个数字键依次键入汉字的编码,打空格键表^^完成输 入汉字的编码;  2 Use the 0-9 ten-digit keys to type the encoding of the Chinese characters in turn, and hit the space key table ^^ to complete the encoding of the input Chinese characters;
③用翻页键在候选字栏里选择需要输入的汉字;  3 Use the page key to select the Chinese characters you want to input in the candidate field;
④用 1-0十个数字键或者空格键确认在候选字栏里选定的汉字, 即可完成汉字的数字化输入。  4 Use 1-0 ten-digit keys or space bar to confirm the Chinese characters selected in the candidate column, and then complete the digitized input of Chinese characters.
例如: "中"字, 依据汉字音形数字化运算编码方法编码 "中" 字, 得出 "中"字的音形数字化编码 8882; 用 0-9十个数字键依次 键入 "中"字的编码, '打空格键表示完成输入 "中" 的编码; 用翻 页键在候选 里选择 "中"字; 用 1-0键或者空格键确认在候选字 栏里选定的、 "中"字, 即可完成 "中 " 的数字化输入。 For example: "中", according to the Chinese character, the digitization operation coding method encodes the "middle" word, and the "middle" word is obtained by digitizing the code 8882; using 0-9 ten-digit keys in turn Type the code of the "medium" word, 'type the space bar to indicate the completion of the input"; use the page key to select the "middle" word in the candidate; use the 1-0 key or the space bar to confirm the selection in the candidate field. The "中" word can complete the digital input of "Medium".
2.表音文字的数字化输入方法  2. Digital input method of phonetic characters
表音文字的数字化输入方法为:依据本发明的世界文字信息数字 化运算编码方法, 编码需要输入的表音文字, 得出表音文字的数字 编码, 使用 0-9十个数字输入编码, 用空格键表示完成输入表音文 字的编码, 用翻页键在候选字栏里选择需要输入的表音文字, 用 1-0 十个数字键或者空格键确认在候选字栏里选定的表音文字, 即可完 成表音文字的数字化输入, 按照表音文字的字形结构, 把表音文宇 分为: 由字母上下左右排列组成的表音文字, 由字母从左到右排列 组成的表音文字进行数字化输入。  The digitized input method of the phonetic characters is: according to the world text information digitization operation coding method of the invention, encoding the phonetic characters that need to be input, and obtaining the digital code of the phonetic characters, using 0-9 ten-digit input codes, using spaces The key indicates the encoding of the input phonetic text. Use the page key to select the phonetic character to be input in the candidate field. Use the 1-0 ten-digit key or the space bar to confirm the phonetic text selected in the candidate field. , the digital input of the phonetic characters can be completed. According to the glyph structure of the phonetic characters, the phonetic texts are divided into: the phonetic characters composed of letters arranged from top to bottom and left and right, and the phonetic characters composed of letters arranged from left to right. Make a digital input.
(1) .由字母上下左右排列组成的表音文字的数字化输入方法为: (1) The digitized input method for the phonetic characters consisting of the upper and lower left and right letters is:
①依据本发明的世界文字信息数字化运算编码方法,编码需要输 入的表音文字, 得出表音文字的数字化编码; 1 according to the present invention, the world text information digitization operation coding method, encoding the phonetic characters to be input, and obtaining the digitized code of the phonetic characters;
②用 0-9十个数字键依次键入表音文字的编码,打空格键表示完 成输入表音; ^字的编码;  2 Use 0-9 ten number keys to type the code of the phonetic text in turn, and press the space bar to complete the input table tone; ^ code of the word;
③用翻页键在候选字栏里选择需要输入的表音文字;  3 Use the page key to select the phonetic text you want to input in the candidate field.
④用 1-0 十个数字键或者空格键确认在候选字栏里选定的表音 文字, 即可完成表音文字的数字化输入。  4 Use 1-0 ten-digit keys or space bar to confirm the phonetic characters selected in the candidate field, and then complete the digitized input of the phonetic characters.
例如: "^ ", 依据本发明的世界文字信息数字化运算编码方 法, 得出 " "的数字化编码 5092; 用 0-9十个数字键依次键入 5092, 打空格键表示完成输入 ^1 " 的编码; 用翻页键在候选栏 里选择 ^ "; 用 1-0键或者空格键确认里选定的 " ¾ ^1 ", 即 可完成 " 的数字化输入。  For example: "^", according to the world text information digitization operation coding method of the present invention, the digital code 5092 of "" is obtained; type 0092 is input with 0-9 ten-digit keys, and the space key is used to complete the coding of input ^1". Use the page key to select ^ " in the candidate column; use the 1-0 key or the space bar to confirm the selected "3⁄4 ^1", and you can complete the digital input.
(2) .由字母从左到右排列组成的表音文字的数字化输入方法为: (2) The digitized input method for the phonetic characters consisting of letters arranged from left to right is:
①依据本发明的世界文字信息数字化运算编码方法,编码需要输 入的表音文字, 得出表音文字的数字编码; 1 according to the present invention, the world text information digitization operation coding method, encoding the phonetic characters to be input, and obtaining the digital code of the phonetic characters;
②用 0-9十个数字键依次键入表音文字的编码,打空格键表示完 成输入表音文字的编码; ③用翻页键在候选字栏里选择需要输入的表音文字;2 Use 0-9 ten-digit keys to type the encoding of the phonetic characters in turn, and press the space bar to complete the encoding of the input phonetic characters; 3 Use the page key to select the phonetic text you want to input in the candidate field.
④用 1-0十个数字键或者空格键确认里选定的表音文字,即可完 成表音文字的数字化输入。 4 Use the 1-0 ten-digit keys or the space bar to confirm the selected phonetic characters, and then complete the digitized input of the phonetic characters.
例如: " china", 依据本发明的世界文字信息数字化运算编码方 法, 得出 " china" 的数字化编码 13341 ; 用 0-9十个数字键依次键 入 13341, 打空格键表示完成输入 " china" 的编码; 用翻页键在候 选栏里选择" china";用 1-0键或者空格键确认里选定的 " china", 即可完成 " china" 的数字化输入。  For example: "china", according to the world text information digitization operation coding method of the present invention, the digital code 13341 of "china" is obtained; 13343 is entered in sequence with 0-9 ten-digit keys, and the space bar is pressed to complete the input of "china". Coding; Use the page key to select "china" in the candidate column; use the 1-0 key or the space bar to confirm the selected "china", and you can complete the digital input of "china".
或者:  Or:
①依据本发明的世界文字信息数字化运算编码方法,编码组成表 音文字的字母, 得出字母的区位号数字编码;  1 according to the present invention, the world text information digitization operation coding method, encoding the letters constituting the phonetic characters, and obtaining the digit number of the letter;
②用 0-9十个数字键依次键入字母的区位号编码,打空格键或者 数字键表示完成输入字母的编码;  2 Use the 0-9 ten-digit keys to type the area code of the letter in turn, and press the space bar or the number key to complete the encoding of the input letter;
③用 1-0 十个数字键或者空格键依次确认在候选栏里选定的字 母, 即可完成表音文字的数字化输入。  3 Use 1-0 ten-digit keys or space bar to confirm the selected characters in the candidate column, and then complete the digitized input of the phonetic characters.
例如: " china", 依据本发明的世界文字信息数字化运算编码方 法, 得出组成 "china" 的字母 (即部件) c、 h、 i、 n、 a的区位号 编码 13、 31、 32、 43、 11; 依次键入 " c" 的区位号编码 13, 打空 格键, 用数字键或者空格键在候选字栏里确认 c; 依次键入 "h" 的 区位号编码 31, 打空格键, 用数字键或者空格键在候选字栏里确认 ; 依次键入 " i" 的区位号编码 32, 打空格键, 用数字键或者空格 键在候选字栏里确认 i ; 依次键入" n"的区位号编码 43, 打空格键, 用数字键或者空格键在候选字栏里确认 n; 依次键入 "a" 的区位号 编码 11, 打空格键, 用数字键或者空格键在候选字栏里确认 a, 即 可完成 " china" 的数字化输入。  For example: "china", according to the world text information digitization operation coding method of the present invention, the letter number code 13, 31, 32, 43 of the letters (ie, parts) c, h, i, n, a which constitute "china" is obtained. , 11; type the location code of "c" in sequence 13, press the space bar, use the numeric keys or the space bar to confirm c in the candidate field; type the area code of "h" in sequence 31, press the space bar, use the number keys Or the space bar is confirmed in the candidate field; type the area number code 32 of "i" in turn, press the space bar, use the number key or the space bar to confirm i in the candidate word column; type the area code of "n" in sequence 43, Use the space key or the space bar to confirm n in the candidate field; type the area code of "a" in sequence 11 and type the space bar. Use the number keys or the space bar to confirm a in the candidate field. The digital input of "china".
或者:  Or:
①依据本发明的世界文字信息数字化运算编码方法,编码组成表 音文字的字母, 得出字母的区位号数字编码;  1 according to the present invention, the world text information digitization operation coding method, encoding the letters constituting the phonetic characters, and obtaining the digit number of the letter;
②用 0-9十个数字键依次键入字母的区位号编码;打空格键表示 完成输入表音文字的编码, 即可完成表音文字的数字化输入。 例如: " china", 依据本发明的世界文字信息数字化运算编码方 法, 得出组成 " chiha" 的字母 (即部件) c、 h、 i、 n、 a的区位号 编码 13、 31、 32、 43、 11; 依次键入 " c" 的区位号编码 13, 依次 键入 "h" 的区位号编码 31, 依次键入 " i " 的区位号编码 32, 依次 键入 "n" 的区位号编码 43, 依次键入 "a" 的区位号编码 11; 打空 格键表示完成输入 " china".的编码, 即可完成 " china" 的数字化 输入。 2 Use 0-9 ten-digit keys to type the area code of the letter in turn; press the space bar to complete the encoding of the input phonetic text, and then complete the digitized input of the phonetic text. For example: "china", according to the world text information digitization operation coding method of the present invention, the letter number codes 13, 31, 32, 43 of the letters (ie, parts) c, h, i, n, a which constitute "chiha" are obtained. , 11; type "c" in the location code 13, then type "h" in the location code 31, type "i" in the location code 32, type "n" in the location code 43, then type " The location code of a" is coded 11; the space bar means to complete the input of "china". The digital input of "china" can be completed.
或者:  Or:
①依据本发明的世界文字信息数字化运算编码方法,编码组成表 音文字的字母, 得出字母的区号数字编码;  1 according to the invention, the world text information digitization operation coding method, encoding the letters constituting the phonetic characters, and obtaining the area code digital code of the letters;
②用 0-9十个数字键依次键入字母的区号编码,打空格键表示完 成输入字母的编码;  2 Use the 0-9 ten-digit keys to type the area code of the letter in turn, and press the space bar to complete the code of the input letter;
③用 1-0 十个数字键或者空格键依次确认在候选字栏里选定的 字母, 打空格键表示完成输入表音文字的编码, 即可完成表音文字 的数字化输入。  3 Use 1-0 ten-digit keys or space bar to confirm the selected letters in the candidate column. Press the space bar to complete the encoding of the input phonetic characters, and then complete the digitized input of the phonetic characters.
例如: " china", 依据本发明的世界文字信息数字化运算编码方 法, 得出组成 " china" 的字母 (即部件) c、 h、 i、 n、 a的区号编 码 1、 3、 3、 4、 1; 入 " c"的区号编码 1 , 打空格键, 用数字 在候选字栏确认 c; 入 "h"的区号编码 3, 打空格键, 用数字键 1 在候选字栏确认 h; 入 " i "的区号编码 3, 打空格键, 用数字键 2 在候选字栏确认 i ; 入 "n 的区号编码 4, 打空格键, 用数字键 3 在候选字栏确认 n; ^入 "a 的区号编码 1, 打空格键, 用数字键 1 在候选字栏确认 a; 打空格键表示完成输入 " china" 的编码, 即可 完成 " china" 的数字化输入。  For example: "china", according to the world text information digitization operation coding method of the present invention, the letter number (1, 3, 3, 4) of the letters (ie, parts) c, h, i, n, a constituting "china" is obtained. 1; Enter the area code of "c" code 1, hit the space bar, use the number to confirm c in the candidate field; enter the area code of "h" code 3, hit the space bar, use the number key 1 to confirm h in the candidate column; i "The area code 3, press the space bar, use the number key 2 to confirm i in the candidate field; enter the area code of "n", press the space bar, use the number key 3 to confirm n in the candidate field; ^ into "a" Area code 1, press the space bar, use the number key 1 to confirm a in the candidate field; press the space bar to complete the input of the "china" code, you can complete the digital input of "china".
3.标点、 符号的数字化输入方法  3. Digital input method for punctuation and symbols
标点符号的数字化输入方法为:依据本发明的世界文字信息数字 化运算编码方法, 编码需要输入的标点符号, 得出标点符号的数字 编码, 使用 0-9十个数字输入编码, 用空格键表示完成输入标点符 号的编码, 用翻页键在候选字栏里选择需要输入的标点符号, 用 1 - 0 十个数字键或者空格键确认在候选字栏里选定的标点符号, 即可完 成标点符号的数字化输入。 The digitized input method of punctuation marks is: according to the world text information digitization operation coding method of the invention, encoding the punctuation marks that need to be input, and obtaining the digital code of the punctuation marks, using 0-9 ten-digit input codes, and completing with the space bar. Enter the code of the punctuation. Use the page key to select the punctuation mark to be entered in the candidate field. Use the 1 - 0 ten-digit key or the space bar to confirm the punctuation selected in the candidate bar. Digital input of punctuation marks.
例如:顿号"、 ",依据本发明的世界文字信息数字化运算编码方 法, 得出顿号 "、 "的编码 4; 键入顿号"、 "的编码 4, 打空格键表 示完成输入顿号 "、"的编码;用翻页键在候选字栏里选择顿号 "、 "; 用数字键确认在候选字栏里选定的顿号 "、";  For example: the nickname ",", according to the world text information digitization operation coding method of the present invention, the code "4" of the suffix "," is entered; the code number 4 is entered, "the code 4 is entered, and the space bar key is used to complete the input code". , "code; use the page key to select the number in the candidate field", "; use the number keys to confirm the selected number in the candidate column", ";
4.数字的输入方法  4. Digital input method
数字的输入方法为:依据本发明的世界文字信息数字化运算编码 方法, 编码需要输入的数字, 得出数字的编码, 使用 0-9十个数字 输入编码, 用空格键表示完成输入数字的编码, 用翻页键在候选字 栏里选择需要输入的数字, 用 1-0十个数字键或者空格键确认在候 选字栏里选定的, 即可完成数字的输入。  The input method of the number is: according to the world text information digitization operation coding method of the invention, encoding the number that needs to be input, obtaining the code of the number, using 0-9 ten-digit input code, and using the space bar to complete the coding of the input number. Use the page key to select the number you want to enter in the candidate field. Use the 1-0 ten-digit key or the space bar to confirm the selection in the candidate field to complete the digital input.
例如: 数字 "八"或者 "捌", 依据本发明的世界文字信息数字 ^:运算编码方法,得出数字"八"或者"捌"的编码 8;键入数字"八" 或者 "捌" 的编码 8, 打空格键表示完成输入数字 "八"或者 "捌" 的编码; 用翻页键在候选字栏里选择数字 "八"或者 "捌"; 用数字 键确认在候选字栏里选定的数字 "八"或者 "捌", 即可完成数字 "八"或者 "捌" 的输入。  For example: the number "eight" or "捌", according to the world text information number ^: operation coding method of the present invention, the code "8" or "捌" is obtained; the code of the number "eight" or "捌" is input. 8. Press the space bar to complete the input of the number "eight" or "捌"; use the page key to select the number "eight" or "捌" in the candidate field; use the number keys to confirm the selected in the candidate field. The number "eight" or "捌" can be used to complete the input of the number "eight" or "捌".
二.世界文字信息编码输入处理装置 、 世界文字信息编码输入处理装置包括:装置的组成设备、装置的 工作流程。  2. World text information coding input processing device, and world text information coding input processing device include: a component device of the device and a workflow of the device.
( ) .装置的组成设备  ( ). The device of the device
装置的组成设备由硬件和软件组成,硬件包括键盘、鼠标、主机、 显示屏、 数字键显示屏、 打印机、 调制解调器、 路由器, 软件包括 信息交换码、 机内码、 世界文字库、 字形码、 字形交换码, 其中: The components of the device are composed of hardware and software. The hardware includes keyboard, mouse, host, display, digital key display, printer, modem, router, software including information exchange code, internal code, world font, glyph, glyph Exchange code, where:
1.键盘的数字键位上或类似键盘的显示窗口设定有数字、汉字部 首, 汉语拼音字母、 汉字注音字母、 表音文字字母、 标点、 符号:1. The numeric keypad on the keyboard or the display window similar to the keyboard is set with numbers, Chinese character heads, Chinese pinyin letters, Chinese phonetic alphabets, phonetic alphabet letters, punctuation, symbols:
2.显示屏的设定有提示栏、候选字栏、正文编辑栏, 其中提示栏 包括编码输入框和字符显示框。 (如图 31所示) 2. The display setting has a prompt bar, a candidate bar, and a body edit bar, wherein the prompt bar includes a code input box and a character display frame. (as shown in Figure 31)
提示栏:  Tip bar:
编码输入框显示输入的编码。 字符显示框显示字母或音节及其位码。 The code input box shows the code of the input. The character display box displays letters or syllables and their bit numbers.
候选字框: 显示需要选择的世界文字、 符号、 数字。  Candidate Box: Displays the world text, symbols, and numbers that need to be selected.
正文编辑栏: 显示所选择的世界文字、 符号、 数字。  Body edit bar: Displays the selected world text, symbols, numbers.
3.数字键显示屏为在 0-9十个数字键上设置显示屏,每个数字键 显示屏所显示的内容可根据不同的输入法状态显示出对应设定的字 符。 (数字键盘的简要设置如图 32所示)  3. The numeric key display is to set the display on the 0-9 ten-digit keys. The content displayed on each numeric key display can display the corresponding set characters according to different input method status. (The brief setting of the numeric keypad is shown in Figure 32)
1数字键设定的汉字部首为: 一、 3、 门、 已、 弓、 子、^、 马、 ^ (金); 设定的汉语拼音字母为: a、 b、 c、 d、 p、 o; 设定的汉语 注音字母为: 、 、 丫、 ; 设定的表音文字字母为: Aa、 Aa、 A ά、 Bb、 Cc、 Dd、 ch、 E b、 B B、 Γ r、 A A、 B E、 A α、 B β、 、 ι 、 ^、 >· 、 > 、 、 J 、 、 _k> 、 *> (7)、 、 ( 、 ( )、 无 (工)、 (才)、 力> (力)、 ( )、 < (夕)、 【† ( ^ )、 : ( - ) 设定的标点、 符号为: 连接号、 破折号; 设定数字为: 壹、 一、 1。  1 The number of Chinese characters set by the number keys is: 1, 3, gate, has, bow, child, ^, horse, ^ (gold); The set of Chinese pinyin letters are: a, b, c, d, p, o; The set Chinese phonetic alphabets are: , , 丫, ; The set phonetic alphabet letters are: Aa, Aa, A ά, Bb, Cc, Dd, ch, E b, BB, Γ r, AA, BE , A α, B β, , ι , ^, >· , > , , J , , _k> , *> (7), , ( , ( ), none (work), (only), force > (force) , ( ), < (夕), [† ( ^ ), : ( - ) The punctuation marks and symbols are: connection number, dash; setting numbers are: 壹, one, 1.
2数字键设定的汉字部首为: I、 二、 小、 夕、 久、 设定的 汉语拼音字母为: c、 d、 e、 f、 g 、 m、 I; 设定的汉语注音字母为: Π、 匸、 亡、 I; 设定的表音文字字母为: Cc、 Dd 、 Ee、 Ff、 Gg、 ch、 Εέ、 Γ Γ、 ¾ « . ac . 3 3、 έ、 、 E e、 Γ γ、 Δ δ、 Ε ε、 Ζ ζ、 、 ϋ 、 ti 、 t 、 4 、 、 _ 、 ^ 、 c^ 、 、 力 >力、* (力 ; 、 ( )、 < (夕 夕')、 «" 【f ( y)、 Z C  2 The Chinese character radicals set by the number keys are: I, 2, small, eve, long, and the set of Chinese pinyin letters are: c, d, e, f, g, m, I; The set Chinese phonetic alphabet is : Π, 匸, 死, I; The set phonogram letters are: Cc, Dd, Ee, Ff, Gg, ch, Εέ, Γ Γ, 3⁄4 « . ac . 3 3, έ, , E e, Γ γ, Δ δ, Ε ε, Ζ ζ, ϋ , ti , t , 4 , , _ , ^ , c^ , , force > force, * (force; , ( ), < (夕夕'), «" [f ( y), ZC
§ (廿)、 L ( )、 t ( )、 (七)、 ( )、 (夕)、 ( ~)、 ( )、 (于)、 (卜); 设定的数字为: 贰、 二、 2。  § (廿), L ( ), t ( ), (7), ( ), (X), ( ~), ( ), (Y), (Bu); The set numbers are: 贰, 2, 2 .
3数字键设定的汉字部首为: j、 十、 三、 t、 之; 设定的汉语 拼音字母为: h、 i、 j、 k、 d、 t、 u、 U; 设定的汉语注音字母为: 力、 亡、 、 U; 设定的表音文字字母为: Ee、 Εέ、 Ff、 Gg、 Hh、 Ii (ί)、 Jj、 Kk 、 H H , ϊϊ ίϊ、 K K、 JI Ji、 ¾ Λ 3 3、 H η、 Θ θ、 Ι ι、 Ε ε、 Ζ ζ、 、 > 、 、 α 、 Η 、 丄 、 αι_、 c 、 ^、 j' 、 U 、 J 、 § (廿开 *)、 L I ( )、 ( Ί、 (七 )、 乇 f ( 、 /)、 ¾: (t), 【: (二)、 ί¾、(2 )、 ¾ ( )、 、 八)、 (匕)、 ^ (7)、 « (*); 设定的标点、 符号为: 逗号、横书音引号(右边)、 括号(右边); 设定的数字为: ^¾、 、 3 o The Chinese character radicals set by the 3 number keys are: j, ten, three, t, and; The set Chinese pinyin letters are: h, i, j, k, d, t, u, U; The letters are: Force, Death, U; The set of phonetic letters are: Ee, Εέ, Ff, Gg, Hh, Ii (ί), Jj, Kk, HH, ϊϊ ϊ ϊ, KK, JI Ji, 3⁄4 Λ 3 3, H η, Θ θ, Ι ι, Ε ε, Ζ ζ, , > , , α , Η , 丄, αι_, c , ^, j' , U , J , § (廿*), LI ( ), ( Ί, (7), 乇f ( , /), 3⁄4: (t), [: (2), ί3⁄4, (2), 3⁄4 ( ), 八), (匕), ^ (7) , « (*); The punctuation marks and symbols are: comma, horizontal quotation marks (right), and parentheses (right); the set numbers are: ^3⁄4, , 3 o
4数字键设定的汉字部首为: 、、厂、工、土、士、幺、火、干、 ; 设定的汉语拼音字母为: 1、 m、 n、 h、 i 、 ai、 ei; 设定的汉语注 音字母为: 、 为、 ^、 \; 设定的表音文字字母为: Hh、 Ii(i)、 Ll、 Mm、 Nn、 M M、 H H、 O o、 Π π、 、 K κ、 JT JI、 K κ、 Λ λ、 Μ μ、 Η η、 Θ θ、 、 、 Ε 、 、 乂 、 δ 、 τ 、 Τ 、 J 、 J 、 、 A 、 、 (夕 )、 ' 千千 、 ^ 4 The number of Chinese characters set by the number keys is: , , factory, work, earth, stone, 幺, fire, dry, ; The set of Chinese pinyin letters are: 1, m, n, h, i, ai, ei; The set Chinese phonetic alphabets are: , , , ^, \; The set phonetic alphabets are: Hh, Ii(i), Ll, Mm, Nn, MM, HH, O o, Π π, , K κ , JT JI, K κ, Λ λ, Μ μ, Η η, Θ θ, 、, Ε, 乂, δ, τ, Τ, J, J, , A, , (夕), '千千, ^
• ( y 7* ) Λ -c { - (卜 卜 *)、 ( tf • ( y 7* ) Λ -c { - (卜卜*), (tf
( )、 (¾)、 ^ ( ^ ) ( )、 无 (工)、 Λ (3); 设 定的标点、 符号为: 顿号、 间隔号、 着重号、 省略号、 横书单引号、 搬号, 设定的数字为: 肆、 四、 4。 ( ), ( 3⁄4 ), ^ ( ^ ) ( ), none (work), Λ ( 3 ); The punctuation and symbols set are: horn, interval, emphasis, ellipsis, cross-book quotation, number, The set numbers are: 肆, 4, 4.
5数字键设定的汉字部首为: 乙、 4、 、 、 廿、 («, 设定的 汉语拼音字母为: o、 p、 q、 g 、 k、 j、 a o、 ou; 设定的汉语注音 字母为: 《、 万、 幺、 2, 设定的表音文字字母为: Jj、 Kk、 0ο(ό) 0(0)o(o)、 Pp、 Qq、 Ll、 Pp、 Cc、 Tt、 Yy、 M M、 H H、 O O、 Π π、 N v、 Ξ ξ、 O o、 I i 、 Κ κ、 : E 、 、 卜 、 Ξ 、 、 、 一 、 ) 、 、 、 L 、 J? 、 & (于)、 【: (二)、 ( )、The Chinese character radicals set by the 5 number keys are: B, 4, , , 廿, («, the set of Chinese pinyin letters are: o, p, q, g, k, j, ao, ou ; set Chinese The phonetic alphabet is: ", 10,000, 幺, 2, the set phonetic alphabet letters are: Jj, Kk, 0ο (ό) 0 (0) o (o), Pp, Qq, Ll, Pp, Cc, Tt, Yy, MM, HH, OO, Π π, N v, Ξ ξ, O o, I i , Κ κ, : E , , 卜 , Ξ , , , , , , , , , , L , J? , & ( ), [: (2), (),
& ( )、 ) 、 ( )、 ( )、 (口)、 h& ( ), ) , ( ), ( ), (port), h
( 7 )、 (4)、 (工)、 ^ (9); 设定的标点、 1 符号为: 单书名,号、 竖书单引号; 设定的数字为: 伍、 五、 5。 (7), (4), (work), ^ (9); The punctuation and 1 symbol are: single book name, number, and vertical book quotation marks; the set numbers are: Wu, V, 5.
6 字键设定的汉字部首为: 匚、 卜、 升, 设定的汉语拼音字母 为: 1、 m、 n、 r、 s、 t、 h、 j、 a n、 en; 设定的汉语注音字母为: 厂、 、 、 设定的表音文字字母为: Rr、 Ss、 Tt、 LI (11)、 Mm、 Nn、 Φ Φ、 X x、 Ii u、 ¾ q、 Pp、 Cc、 Π π、 P p、 ∑ σ 、 Π π、 Ρ ρ、 Σ σ、 ]: 、 ^| 、 、 ^、ε、 ^、Η 、 、 4 、 f 、c≤J、0'、 (± (i° ( 、 八 °)、 (匕 e、 匕。)、 (7 : )、 〜 、、 )、
Figure imgf000056_0001
、 (寸 ')、 (、 )、 f ( )、 ( '); 设定飾点、 符号为: 感汉号、 横书双引号, 设定的数字为: 陆、 六、 6。
The Chinese character set by the 6-key is: 匚, 卜, 升, and the set of Chinese pinyin letters are: 1, m, n, r, s, t, h, j, an, en; The letters are: factory, , , and set the phonetic alphabet letters: Rr, Ss, Tt, LI (11), Mm, Nn, Φ Φ, X x, Ii u, 3⁄4 q, Pp, Cc, Π π, P p, ∑ σ , Π π, Ρ ρ, Σ σ, ]: , ^| , , ^, ε, ^, Η , , 4 , f , c ≤ J, 0', (± (i° ( , , 八°), (匕e, 匕.), (7: ), ~, , ),
Figure imgf000056_0001
, (inch '), (, ), f ( ), ( '); Set the decoration, the symbol is: Sense Han, Hengshu double quotation, the set number is: Lu, VI, 6.
7数字键上设定的汉字部首为: ij、 Π、 八、 、 人、 入、 Ρ、 15 、 U; 设定的汉语拼音字母为: r、 s、 t、 u、 v、 w、 q、 r、 a ng 、 eng , 设定的汉语注音字母为: 〈、 丁、 虫、 ±; 设定的表音文字 字母为: 0o、 Pp、 Qq、 Uu(ii)U(tl)u(tl)、 Vv、 Ww、 Nn、 0ο(ό) 0(0)o(o)、 Pp、 Qq、 ΙΠιπ、 ¾、 ¾ 、 HlH、 Yy、 Φ φ、 X x、 Τ τ:、 Τ υ、 Φ φ、 N v、 Ξ ξ、 Ο ο、 丄 、 JL 、 τ 、 ττ 、 -| 、 ή 、 JL ^ ·¾· 、 、 ^ 、 ^ 、 ^ 、 ^ 、 ^ 、 、 ( )、 (3 ) ( )、 ( ^)、 ( )、 , ( )、 (f)、 (、,)、 -e (r). (卜')、 l£ ( )、 ( )、 ' (7')、 ^ ( )、 (r ( )设定的标点、 符号为分号, 设定 的数字为: 柒、 七、 7。 ' The Chinese characters set on the 7 number keys are: ij, Π, 八, 、, 入, Ρ, 15 , U; The set of Chinese Pinyin letters are: r, s, t, u, v, w, q, r, a ng, eng, the set Chinese phonetic alphabet is: 〈,丁,虫,±; The fixed phonetic alphabets are: 0o, Pp, Qq, Uu(ii)U(tl)u(tl), Vv, Ww, Nn, 0ο(ό) 0(0)o(o), Pp, Qq, ΙΠιπ, 3⁄4, 3⁄4, HlH, Yy, Φ φ, X x, Τ τ:, Τ υ, Φ φ, N v, Ξ ξ, ο ο, 丄, JL, τ, ττ , -| , ή , JL ^ ·3⁄4· , , ^ , ^ , ^ , ^ , ^ , , ( ), (3 ) ( ), ( ^), ( ), , ( ), (f), (,,), -e (r) (b), l£ ( ), ( ), '(7'), ^ ( ), (r ( ) set punctuation, the symbol is a semicolon, the set numbers are: 柒, 七, 7. '
8数字键上设定的汉字部首为: 勺、 、 几、 、 刀、 力、 大、 口、 口、 、 广; 设定的汉语拼音字母为: u、 v、 w, x、 y、 z、 zh、 ch、 ong 、 ie; 设定的汉语注音字母为: 4、 尸、 日、 厶; 设定的 表音文字字母为: Rr、 Ss、 Tt、 β、 Xx、 Yy、 Zz、 U n、 Η、 ΠΙ ni、 h -b 3 s、 )io、 I a、 Π π、 P p、 ∑ σ、 X x、 Ψ ω、 Ω 、 ττ 、 一 、 ] 、 丄 、 、 " 、 《: 、 ^ 、 4 、 、 、 t 、 ^ > ^ 、 ( )、 »9> ( 二)、 无 (工 )、The Chinese character radicals set on the 8 number keys are: spoon, , , , , knife , force , big , mouth , mouth , and wide ; the set of Chinese pinyin letters are : u, v, w, x, y, z , zh, ch, ong, ie ; set Chinese phonetic alphabets are: 4, corpse, day, 厶; set the phonetic alphabet letters are: Rr, Ss, Tt, β, Xx, Yy, Zz, U n , Η, ΠΙ ni, h -b 3 s, ) io, I a, Π π, P p, ∑ σ, X x, Ψ ω, Ω, ττ, I, ], 丄, , " , ": , ^ , 4 , , , t , ^ > ^ , ( ), »9> (2), none (work),
J: J: ( 3 3 )、 t (八 、 If (匕°)、 (: )、 ^ ^ ( 。)、 /U ( )、 ( )、 (^)、 ( -)、 J: ( H ) . 设定的标点、 符号为: 冒号、 横书双引号; 设定的数字为: 捌、 八、 8。 J: J: ( 3 3 ), t (eight, If (匕°), (: ), ^ ^ ( .), /U ( ), ( ), (^), (-), J: ( H ) The punctuation marks and symbols are: colon, horizontal double quotes; the set numbers are: 捌, 八, 8.
9数字键上设定的汉字部首为: i 、 厶、 1_、小、 巾、 山、无 、 个 、 ? 、 尸、 女、 乡、 日、 曰; 设定的汉语拼音字母为: X、 1、 z、 sh、 r、 in、 Un; 设定的汉语注音字母为: 、 亏、 厶、 廿; 设定的 表音文字字母为: Uu0 (tl)、 Vv、 Ww. ¾ 、 、 H H、 Τ τ、 Τ ϋ、 Φ φ、 Τ 、 τ 、 ΐΜ 、 , S 、 丁 ·] 、 ^ι 、 、 、 ( )、 ( )、 ¾ ( )、 ( 1^、 ¾ (°); 设定的标点、 符号为: 问号、 实方括号、 空方括号; 设定的数字为: 玖、 九、 9。 The Chinese characters set on the 9 number keys are: i, 厶, 1_, small, towel, mountain, none, one, ? , corpse, female, township, day, 曰; The set of Chinese pinyin letters are: X, 1, z, sh, r, in, Un ; the set Chinese phonetic alphabets are: , loss, 厶, 廿; The phonetic alphabets are: Uu0 (tl), Vv, Ww. 3⁄4 , , HH, Τ τ, Τ ϋ, Φ φ, Τ, τ, ΐΜ, , S, 丁·], ^ι, , , ( ) , ( ), 3⁄4 ( ), ( 1^, 3⁄4 (°); The punctuation marks and symbols are: question mark, solid square brackets, empty square brackets; the set numbers are: 玖, 九, 9.
0数字键设定的汉字部首为: 、 寸、 弋、 ¾ 、 木、 月; 设定的 汉语拼音字母为: x、 y、 z、 c、 s、 ing; 设定的表音文字字母为: Xx、 Yy、 Zz、 ¾ 3 3 、 ) K)、 H ϋ、 X x、 ψ ω、 Ω 、一、 ] 、 7λ 、 丁 4、 T】 、 、 、 f 、 h ( 7)、 (斗)、 ("、 (工)、 、 ^ ( ); 设定的标点、 符号为: 句号、 双书名号、 竖书双 引号、 空方括号、 实方括号、 空格、 加号、 减号、 乘号、 除号, &、The Chinese character radicals set by the 0 number keys are: , inch, 弋, 3⁄4, wood, month; the set of Chinese pinyin letters are: x, y, z, c, s, ing ; the set phonetic alphabet is : Xx, Yy, Zz, 3⁄4 3 3 , ) K), H ϋ, X x, ψ ω, Ω, I, ], 7λ, D, 4, T], , , f, h (7), (Dou) , (", (work), , ^ ( ); Set punctuation, symbols are: period, double book name, double quotation marks, empty square brackets, solid square brackets, spaces, plus, minus, multiplication, division, &,
$、 %、 £、 Θ、 Ξ、 Ψ、 Ω、 Π、 .@; 设定的数字为: 零、 0、 0。 $, %, £, Θ, Ξ, Ψ, Ω, Π, .@; The set numbers are: zero, 0, 0.
〇.处理装置的工作流程  〇.Processing device workflow
处理装置的工作流程为: 在设定有汉字部首、表音文字字母、标 点、 符号、 数字的键盘或类似键盘的显示窗口的数字键位上敲击与 汉字部首、 汉语拼音字母、 汉字注音字母、 表音文字字母、 标点、 符号、 数字相对应的数字键位后; 键盘即输出汉字部首、 汉语拼音 字母、 汉字注音字母、 表音文字字母、 标点、 符号、 数字所对应的 数字编码; 数字编码通过软件, 在世界文字库中进行检索, 检索结 果经过软件可输出到显示器的显示屏上显示, 也可输出到打印机上 打印世界文字, 并可通过调制解调器、 路由器采用有线或无线传输 方式把世界文字的编码传轮输到其他世界文字信息处理装置进行处 理。  The workflow of the processing device is: tapping on the numeric keys of the display window with the Chinese character radical, the phonetic alphabet, the punctuation, the symbol, the number or the like keyboard, and the Chinese character radical, the Chinese pinyin alphabet, the Chinese character After the phonetic alphabet, the phonetic alphabet, the punctuation, the symbol, the number corresponding to the numeric key position; the keyboard outputs the Chinese character radical, the Chinese pinyin alphabet, the Chinese phonetic alphabet, the phonetic alphabet, the punctuation, the symbol, the number corresponding to the number Coding; digital coding is searched in the world font library by software. The search results can be output to the display of the display through software, or output to the printer to print the world text, and can be transmitted by cable or wireless via modem or router. The method transmits the code of the world character to other world text information processing devices for processing.
利用上述世界文字信息编码输入方法及其处理装置能编码输入 世界文字信息, 广¾用于计算机系统和通讯系统。 世界文字编码排序检索方法及其检索系统  The above-mentioned world text information encoding input method and its processing device can encode and input world text information, and are widely used in computer systems and communication systems. World text coding sorting retrieval method and retrieval system thereof
下面描述采用本发明的世界文学信息数字化运算编码方法的世 界文字编码排序检索方法及其检索系统。  Next, a world character code sorting retrieval method and a retrieval system using the world literature information digitizing operation encoding method of the present invention will be described.
世界文字编码排序检索方法及其检索系统包括:世界文字编码排 序检索方法、 世界文字排序检索系统。  The world text encoding sorting retrieval method and its retrieval system include: a world text encoding sorting retrieval method, and a world text sorting retrieval system.
一.世界文字编码排序检索方法  1. World text encoding sorting retrieval method
世界文字编码排序检索方法包括编码方法、排序方法、检索方法。 (-) .世界文字的编码方法  The world text encoding sorting retrieval method includes an encoding method, a sorting method, and a searching method. (-) . World text encoding method
世界文字的编码方法为采用本发明的世界文字信息数字化运算 编码方法对世界文字进行编码。  The coding method of the world character is to encode the world character by the world text information digitization operation coding method of the present invention.
世界文字的排序方法  World text sorting method
世界文字的排序方法包括: 印刷出版类检索系统的排序方法,电 子出版类检索系统的排序方法。 1.印刷出版类检索系统的世界文字排序方法 The sorting methods of the world text include: a sorting method of the printing and publishing type retrieval system, and a sorting method of the electronic publishing type retrieval system. 1. World text sorting method for printing and publishing type retrieval system
印刷出版类检索系统的世界文字排序方法包括:汉字印刷出版类 检索系统的排序方法, 表音文字印刷出版类检索系统的排序方法。  The world text sorting method of the printing and publishing type retrieval system includes: a sorting method of the Chinese character printing and publishing type retrieval system, and a sorting method of the phonogram type printing and publishing type retrieval system.
(1). 汉字印刷出版类检索系统的排序方法  (1). Sorting method of Chinese character printing and publishing class retrieval system
汉字印刷出版类检索系统的排序方法包括: 索引的排序方法,正 文的排序方法。  The sorting methods of the Chinese character printing and publishing class retrieval system include: an index sorting method and a text sorting method.
①. 索引的排序方法  1. Index sorting method
索引的排序方法包括:汉字运算编码索引排序方法,汉字部首索 引排序方法, 汉语拼音音节索引排序方法, 汉字注音音节索引排序 方法, 词目分类索引排序方法。  The index sorting methods include: Chinese character operation coding index sorting method, Chinese character radical index sorting method, Chinese Pinyin syllable index sorting method, Chinese character phonetic syllable index sorting method, and word classification index sorting method.
A: 汉字运算编码索引的排序方法  A: Sorting method of Chinese character operation coding index
汉字运算编码索引的排序方法包括:单字索引的排序方法,词组 索引的排序方法, 单字带词组索引的排序方法。  The sorting method of the Chinese character operation coding index includes: a sorting method of a single word index, a sorting method of a phrase index, and a sorting method of a single word with a phrase index.
a.单字索引的排序方法  a. Single word index sorting method
单字索引的排序由单字的数字编码、单字、单字的页位码从左到 右分三列组成或由单字的数字编码、 单字、 单字的页位码从左到右 分二列组成。 单字的编码列的排序按一位码、 二位码、 三位码、 四 位码的顺序按编码数从小到大排列; 单字列排在编码的右边或下方; 页位码排在单字列的右边。  The ordering of the single word index is composed of a single word digital code, a single word, a single word page bit code consisting of three columns from left to right or consisting of a single word digital code, a single word, a single word page bit code from left to right and two columns. The ordering of the coded columns of a single word is arranged in the order of one code, two bit code, three bit code, and four bit code from small to large; the single word column is arranged on the right or the bottom of the code; the page bit code is arranged in the single word column. right.
b.词组排序方式的排序方法  b. Sorting method of phrase sorting method
汉字运算编码索引排序的词组排序由词组的编码、词组、词组的 页位码从左到右分三列组成或由词组的编码和词组、 词组的页位码 从左到右分二列组成。 词组的编码列的排序按一位码、 二位码、 三 位码、 四位码的顺序按编码数从小到大排列; 页位码排在词组列的 右边。  The phrase ordering of the Chinese character operation coding index sorting consists of the phrase encoding, phrase, and phrase page bit code from left to right in three columns or consists of the phrase encoding and phrase, and the page number of the phrase are divided into two columns from left to right. The ordering of the coded columns of the phrase is arranged in the order of one code, two-digit code, three-digit code, and four-digit code from small to large; the page bit code is arranged to the right of the phrase column.
c单字带词组排序方式的排序方法  c single word with phrase sorting method
汉字运算编码索引的单字带词组排序由单字的编码、汉字、汉字 的页位码从左到右分三列组成或由单字的编码和汉字、 汉字的页位 码从左到右分二列组成。 单字的编码列的排序按一位码、 二位码、 三位码、 四位码的顺序按编码数从小到大排列; 汉字列排在编码的 右边或下方, 在汉字列的第一行排列词组的第一个字, 第二行以下 排列第一个字相同的词组; 页位码排在汉字列的右边。 The single-word phrase sequence of Chinese character operation coding index consists of single-word coding, Chinese character, Chinese character page number code from left to right, or consists of single-word coding and Chinese character, Chinese character page number code from left to right into two columns. . The ordering of the coded columns of a single word is arranged in the order of one code, two bit code, three bit code, and four bit code according to the code number from small to large; the Chinese character column is arranged in the code. On the right or below, the first word of the phrase is arranged in the first line of the Chinese character column, and the phrase with the same word in the second line is arranged below the second line; the page bit code is arranged on the right side of the Chinese character column.
B: 汉字部首索引排序方法  B: Chinese character radical index sorting method
汉字部首索引的排序包括部首目录、 检字表两部分, 其中: a.部首目录  The ordering of the Chinese character radical index includes two parts: the radical directory and the checklist, where: a.
部首目录由汉字部首、检字表页码分二列组成,汉字部首列按部 首笔划数从小到大分行排列, 同笔划数的, 按起笔横、 竖、 撇、 点、 折的顺序排列, 在同笔划数的部首列第一行标明笔划数, 并在部首 的右边标明检字表的页码。  The catalogue of the radicals consists of the Chinese character radical and the page number of the checklist. The first column of the Chinese character is arranged from small to large according to the number of strokes of the radical, and the number of strokes is the same as the horizontal, vertical, 撇, point, and fold. Arrange, mark the number of strokes in the first line of the first column of the same stroke number, and mark the page number of the word list on the right side of the radical.
b.检字表  b. Checklist
检字表由汉字、正文页位码分二列组成,在检字表每页的左上角 或右上角标明页数和这一页所包括的全部汉字部首。 汉字列的排序, 按汉字部首笔划数从小到大排列; 同部首的汉字排在一类, 并在第 一行标明部首, 按除去部首外剩余的部件 (简称余件) 笔划数从小 到大排列; 余件笔划数相同的排在一类, 并在第一行标明余件的笔 划总数, 按余件起笔横、 竖、 撇、 点、 折顺序排列。 正文页位码排 在每个汉字的右边。  The word list consists of two columns: Chinese character and body page bit code. The number of pages and the total number of Chinese characters included in this page are indicated in the upper left or upper right corner of each page of the word list. The order of the Chinese character column is arranged according to the number of strokes of the Chinese character radicals from small to large; the Chinese characters of the same radical are arranged in one class, and the radicals are marked in the first row, and the remaining parts (excluding the remaining pieces) are removed. Arrange from small to large; the number of strokes of the remaining pieces is in the same category, and the total number of strokes of the remaining parts is marked in the first line, in the order of horizontal, vertical, 撇, point, and fold. The body page number code is placed on the right side of each Chinese character.
C: 汉语拼音音节索引排序方法  C: Chinese Pinyin syllable index sorting method
汉语拼音音节索引的排序由拼音音节、例字、页位码从左到右分 三列组成, 拼音音节按拼音字母次序分类排列, 把第一个拼音字母 相同的拼音音节排列在同一类, 每类音节的第一行用大写拼音字母 标明音节的第一个拼音字母, 每个音节右边举一个字做例字, 例字 的右边为正文的页位码。  The ordering of the Pinyin syllable index consists of three columns: the Pinyin syllable, the example word, and the page bit code from left to right. The Pinyin syllables are arranged in alphabetical order, and the first Pinyin syllables of the same Pinyin alphabet are arranged in the same class. The first line of a syllable is marked with a capitalized pinyin to indicate the first pinyin of the syllable. One word is given to the right of each syllable, and the right side of the word is the page number of the body.
D: 汉字注音音节索引排序方法  D: Chinese character phonetic syllable index sorting method
注音音节索引的排序由注音音节、例字、页位码从左到右分三列 组成, 注音音节按注音字母次序分类排列, 把第一个注音字母相同 的注音音节排在同一类, 每类音节的第一行用注音字母标明音节的 第一个注音字母, 每个注音音节右边举一个字做例字, 例字的右边 是正文的页位码。  The ordering of the phonetic syllable index consists of three steps: the phonetic syllable, the example word, and the page bit code from left to right. The phonetic syllables are arranged in alphabetical order, and the first phonetic syllables with the same phonetic alphabet are in the same class, each class. The first line of the syllable is marked with the phonetic letter to indicate the first phonetic letter of the syllable. The right side of each phonetic syllable is a word for the example, and the right side of the word is the page number of the body.
E: 词目分类索引排序方法 词目分类索引的排序由分类词目和正文页位码分二列组成。分类 词目按知识内容和学科属性分门别类排列, 并在每类词目的第一行 标明类属, 每类词目按词目第一个字的笔划数从小到大排列, 同笔 划数的, 按起笔横、 竖、 撇、 点、 折顺序排列; 正文页位码排在每 个词目的右边。 E: Sorting method of term classification index The ordering of the term classification index consists of two categories: the classification term and the body page bit code. The classification terms are arranged according to the knowledge content and the subject attributes, and the generic line is indicated in the first line of each type of word. Each type of word is arranged from small to large according to the number of strokes of the first word of the word, and the number of strokes is The strokes are arranged horizontally, vertically, 撇, point, and fold; the body page digits are placed to the right of each word.
②. 正文的排序方法  2. The text sorting method
正文的排序由汉字字头和解释、页码、位码组成。汉字字头和解 释的排序按拼音音节次序排列或汉字注音音节次序排列, 或者按知 识内容和学科属性分门别类分页排列, 按拼音或注音音节次序排列 的同音字按阴平、 阳平、 上声、 去声、 轻声的顺序排列; 页码按页 码数由小到大顺序排列在每页的四周空白处; 汉字的位置码按位置 码数由小到大顺序排列在汉字字头的左边。  The sorting of the text consists of the Chinese character prefix and interpretation, page number, and bit code. The Chinese character prefix and the order of interpretation are arranged in the order of Pinyin syllables or in the order of Chinese phonetic syllables, or arranged according to the knowledge content and subject attributes. The homophones arranged in the order of pinyin or phonetic syllables are Yinping, Yangping, Shangsheng, Desheng The order is arranged in a soft order; the page number is arranged in the order of the page number from the smallest to the largest in each page; the position code of the Chinese character is arranged in the order of the position code from the smallest to the largest in the left of the Chinese character.
(2) . 表音文字印刷出版类检索系统的排序方法  (2) . Sorting method of phonogram printing and publishing class retrieval system
表音文字印刷出版类检索系统的排序方法包括: 索引的排序方 法, 正文的排序方法。  The sorting method of the phonogram printing and publishing class retrieval system includes: an indexing method of the index, a sorting method of the body text.
① . 索引的排序方法  1 . Index sorting method
索引的排序由表音文字的编码、表音文字、表音文字的页位码从 左到右分三列组成或者由表音文字的编码, 表音文字、 表音文字的 页位码从左到右分二列组成。 表音文字的编码列的排序按编码数从 小到大排列, 表音文字排在编码的右边或下方; 页位码排在表音文 字的右边,  The ordering of the index consists of the encoding of the phonetic characters, the phonetic characters, and the page number of the phonetic characters. The page number consists of three columns from left to right or is encoded by the phonetic characters. The page number of the phonetic characters and the phonetic characters is from the left. It consists of two columns to the right. The coding column of the phonetic text is sorted by the number of codes from small to large, and the phonetic characters are arranged on the right or the bottom of the code; the page bit code is arranged on the right side of the phonetic word.
② . 正文的排序方法  2. The sorting method of the text
正文的排序由表音文字字头和解释、页码、表音文字的位置码组 成。 字头和解释的排序按表音文字字母次序分页排列, 页码按页码 数由小到大顺序排列在每页的四周空白处; 表音文字的位置码按位 置码数由小到大顺序排列在字头的左边。  The sorting of the text consists of the phonetic text prefix and the position code of the interpretation, page number, and phonetic text. The sorting of the prefix and the explanation are arranged in alphabetical order according to the alphabetical alphabetical order. The page number is arranged in the order of the page number from the smallest to the largest in the space around each page; the position code of the phonogram is arranged in the order of the position code from small to large. The left side of the prefix.
2.电子出版类排序检索系统的世界文字排序方法。  2. World text sorting method for electronic publishing sorting retrieval system.
电子出版类排序检索系统的世界文字排序由提示拦、 候选字栏、 正文拦组成。 (如图 30所示)其中:  The world text sorting of the electronic publishing sorting retrieval system consists of a prompt block, a candidate word column, and a text block. (as shown in Figure 30) where:
(1). 提示栏由编码输入框、提示框从左到右排列组成; 提示框由 字母或者音节的位置码、 字母或者音节从左到右排列组成; (1). The prompt bar consists of the code input box and the prompt box arranged from left to right; The position code, letter or syllable of a letter or syllable is arranged from left to right;
(2) .候选字栏由世界文字的位置码、世界文字从左到右排列组成; (2) The candidate column consists of the position code of the world text and the world text from left to right;
(3) . 正文栏由世界文字及其解释从左到右分行排列组成。 (3) The text bar consists of world text and its interpretation from left to right.
Θ. 世界文字检索方法  Θ. World word search method
世界文字检索方法包括:印刷出版类排序检索系统的世界文字检 索方法, 电子出版类排序检索系统的世界文字检索方法。  The world word search method includes a world text search method for a print publishing sorting retrieval system, and a world text search method for an electronic publishing sorting and retrieval system.
1.印刷出版类排序检索系统的世界文字检索方法  1. World text retrieval method for printing and publishing sorting retrieval system
印刷出版类排序检索系统的世界文字检索方法包括:汉字的检索 方法、 表音文字的检索方法  The world text retrieval method of the printing and publishing sorting retrieval system includes: a Chinese character retrieval method, and a phonetic character retrieval method.
(1).汉字的检索方法  (1). Search method of Chinese characters
印刷出版类排序检索系统的汉字检索方法包括:按汉语拼音音节 索引检索汉字的方法, 按汉字注音音节索引检索汉 的方法, 按汉 字部首索引检索汉字的方法, 按汉字运算编码索引检索汉字的方法, 按词目分类索引检索汉字的方法; 其中按汉字运算编码索引检索汉 字的方法可以单独使用, 也可与以上汉字的检索方法组合使用。  The Chinese character retrieval method of the printing and publishing sorting retrieval system includes: a method for searching Chinese characters according to the Chinese Pinyin syllable index, a method for searching Chinese characters according to the Chinese character phonetic syllable index, a method for searching Chinese characters according to the Chinese character radical index, and searching for Chinese characters according to the Chinese character operation coding index. Method, the method for retrieving Chinese characters according to the index of the word classification; wherein the method for retrieving Chinese characters according to the Chinese character operation coding index can be used alone or in combination with the above Chinese character retrieval method.
① .按汉语拼音音节索引检索汉字的方法  1. Method for searching Chinese characters according to Chinese Pinyin syllable index
按汉语拼音音节索引检索汉字的方法为:按汉字的拼音音节在汉 语拼音音节索引中査到相同读音的音节、 同音例字及页位码, 根据 同音例字的页位码在正文中找到所需检索的汉字及解释。  The method of retrieving Chinese characters according to the Pinyin syllable index of Chinese characters is as follows: the syllables, homophones and page bit codes of the same pronunciation are found in the Pinyin syllable index of Chinese characters according to the Pinyin syllables of Chinese characters, and the page number code of the homophones is found in the text. Chinese characters and explanations to be searched.
② .按汉字注音音节索引检索汉字的方法  2. Method for searching Chinese characters according to Chinese character phonetic syllable index
按汉字注音音节索引检索汉字的方法为:按汉字的注音音节在汉 字注音音节索引中査到相同读音的注音音节、 同音例字及页位码, 根据同音例字的页位码在正文中査到所需检索的汉字及解释。  The method of searching Chinese characters according to the Chinese phonetic syllable index is as follows: according to the phonetic syllables of Chinese characters, the phonetic syllables, homophones and page bit codes of the same pronunciation are found in the index of the Chinese phonetic syllables, and the page bit code of the homophones is checked in the text. Go to the Chinese characters and explanations you need to retrieve.
③ .按汉字部首索引检索汉字的方法  3. Method for retrieving Chinese characters according to the Chinese character radical index
按汉字部首索引检索汉字的方法为: 根据汉字的部首的笔划数, 在汉字部首目录中查到部首及部首在检字表中的页码, 根据页码在 检字表中查到部首; 按余件的笔划数,在该部首的汉字列中查到所需 检索的汉字及正文页位码; 依据正文页位码在正文中査到所需检索 的汉字及解释。  According to the Chinese character radical index, the method of retrieving Chinese characters is as follows: According to the number of strokes of the radicals of the Chinese characters, the page numbers of the radicals and radicals in the checklist are found in the Chinese character radicals directory, and are found in the checklist according to the page number. The radicals; according to the number of strokes of the remaining pieces, the Chinese characters and the body page digits to be searched are found in the Chinese character column of the radical; the Chinese characters and explanations to be searched are found in the text according to the body page digit code.
④ .按汉字运算编码索引检索汉字的方法 按汉字运算编码索引检索汉字的方法分单字排序索引检索方法, 词组排序索引检索方法, 单字带词组排序索引裣索方法。 4. Method for searching Chinese characters according to Chinese character operation coding index The method of searching Chinese characters according to Chinese character operation coding index is divided into single word sorting index retrieval method, phrase sorting index retrieval method, single word with phrase sorting index searching method.
A: 按单字排序索引检索汉字的方法  A: How to retrieve Chinese characters by sorting index by word
按单字排序索引检索汉字的方法为:采用本发明的世界文字信息 数字化运算编码方法编出需要检索的汉字的编码, 根据编码在编码 索引中查到需要检索的单字及页位码, 根据页位码在正文中查到所 需检索的单字及解释。  The method for retrieving Chinese characters according to the single-word sorting index is: using the world text information digitizing operation encoding method of the present invention to compile the encoding of the Chinese characters that need to be searched, and finding the single word and the page bit code that need to be retrieved in the encoding index according to the encoding, according to the page position. The code finds the word and explanation to be retrieved in the text.
B : 按词组排序索引检索汉字的方法  B : How to retrieve Chinese characters by phrase sort index
按词组排序索引检索汉字的方法为:依据本发明的世界文字信息 数字化运算编码方法编出需要检索的词组的编码, 根据编码在编码 索引中査到词组及页位码, 根据页位码在正文中查到所需检索的词 组及解释。  The method for retrieving Chinese characters according to the phrase sorting index is as follows: according to the world text information digitizing operation encoding method of the present invention, the encoding of the phrase to be retrieved is compiled, and the phrase and the page bit code are found in the encoding index according to the encoding, according to the page bit code in the body text. Find the phrase and explanation you need to search.
C : 按单字带词组排序索引检索汉字的方法  C : Method for retrieving Chinese characters by word segmentation index
按单字带词组排序索引检索方法为:依据本发明的世界文字信息 数字化运算编码方法编出需要检索的词组的第一个汉字的编码, 根 据编码在编码索引中査到词组的第一个汉字、 词组及词组的页位码, 根据页位码在正文中査到所需检索的词组及解释。  The method for retrieving index by word in a single-word phrase is: encoding the first Chinese character of a phrase to be retrieved according to the encoding method of the world text information digitization operation according to the present invention, and finding the first Chinese character of the phrase according to the encoding in the encoding index, The page number of the phrase and phrase, according to the page number code, find the phrase and explanation to be retrieved in the text.
⑤.按词目分类索引检索汉字的方法  5. Method for searching Chinese characters by index of index
按词目分类索引检索汉字的方法为:按所需检索的词目的类别和 词目第一个字笔划数在词目索引中査到词目及页位码, 根据页位码 在正文中查到词目及解释。  The method for retrieving Chinese characters according to the index of the word classification is as follows: the category of the word to be retrieved and the number of strokes of the first word of the word are found in the index of the word and the page number code, and the page number code is checked in the text. To the word and explanation.
(2) . 表音文字检索方法  (2) . Table music search method
表音文字检索方法为:依据本发明的世界文字信息数字化运算编 码方法编出需要检索的表音文字的编码, 依据编码在编码索引中查 到需要检索的表音文字及其页位码, 依据页位码在正文中査到所需 检索的表音文字字头及解释。  The method for searching the phonetic characters is: according to the method for digitizing and encoding the world text information according to the present invention, the code of the phonetic characters to be searched is compiled, and the phonetic characters and the page bit code that need to be searched are found in the code index according to the code, according to The page bit code finds the phonetic text prefix and interpretation of the desired search in the text.
2. 电子出版类排序检索系统的世界文字检索方法  2. World text retrieval method for electronic publishing sorting retrieval system
电子出版类排序检索系统的世界文字检索方法为采用本发明的 世界文字信息数字化运算编码输入方法, 输入编码检索世界文字, 包括: 汉字的检索方法, 表音文字的检索方法。 (1) .汉字的检索方法包括:输入汉字读音音节编码检索汉字的方 法, 输入汉字运算编码检索汉字的方法; 其中输入汉字运算编码检 索汉字的方法可以单独使用, 也可与输入汉字读音音节字母编码检 索汉字的方法组合使用。 . The world character retrieval method of the electronic publication sorting and retrieval system is a world text information digitization operation coding input method according to the present invention, and the input code retrieves the world text, and includes: a Chinese character retrieval method, and a phonetic character retrieval method. (1). The Chinese character retrieval method includes: inputting the Chinese character pronunciation syllable encoding method for searching Chinese characters, inputting Chinese character operation encoding and searching Chinese characters; wherein inputting Chinese character operation encoding and searching Chinese characters can be used alone or with input Chinese syllable syllable letters The method of encoding and searching for Chinese characters is used in combination. .
① . 输入汉字读音音节编码检索汉字的方法  1. Input Chinese character pronunciation syllable coding method for searching Chinese characters
输入汉字读音音节编码检索汉字的方法为: 按汉字的读音音节, 釆用本发明的世界文字信息数字化运算编码方法, 编出需要检索的 汉字读音音节的编码; 在提示栏的编码输入框输入音节的编码, 在 提示栏的提示框査到音节及音节的位置码; 输入音节的位置码, 在 候选字栏查到所需检索的汉字及汉字的位置码; 输入汉字的位置码, 在正文栏中査到所需检索的汉字及解释。  The method for inputting Chinese character pronunciation syllable code to search for Chinese characters is as follows: According to the pronunciation syllable of Chinese characters, using the world text information digitization operation coding method of the present invention, the coding of the Chinese character pronunciation syllables to be searched is compiled; the syllable is input in the coding input box of the prompt column. Encoding, find the position code of the syllable and syllable in the prompt box of the prompt bar; input the position code of the syllable, find the position code of the Chinese character and Chinese character to be retrieved in the candidate word column; input the position code of the Chinese character, in the text column Find the Chinese characters and explanations you need to search.
② . 输入汉字运算编码检索汉字的方法  2. Input Chinese character operation code to search Chinese characters
输入汉字运算编码检索汉字的方法为:采用本发明的世界文字信 息数字化运算编码方法编出需要检索的汉字的编码; 在提示栏的编 码输入框输入汉字的编码, 在候选字栏査到需要检索的汉字及汉字 的位置码; 输入所需检索的汉字的位置码, 在正文栏中查到所需检 索的汉字及解释。  The method for inputting Chinese character operation coding to search for Chinese characters is: using the world text information digitization operation coding method of the present invention to encode the Chinese character that needs to be searched; inputting the coding of the Chinese character in the coding input box of the prompt column, and searching for the required search in the candidate word column. The position code of the Chinese characters and Chinese characters; Enter the position code of the Chinese characters to be searched, and find the Chinese characters and explanations to be searched in the text column.
(2) . 表音文字的检索方法  (2) . Retrieval method of phonetic characters
表音文字的检索方法为:采用本发明的世界文字信息数字化运算 编码方法编出需要检索的表音文字的编码,' 在提示栏的编码输入框 输入表音文字的编码, 在候选字栏查到需要检索的表音女字及表音 文字的位置码, 输入所需检索的表音文字的位置码, 在正文栏中査 到所需检索的表音文字及解释。  The method for searching the phonetic characters is: using the world text information digitization operation coding method of the present invention to encode the code of the phonetic characters to be searched, 'Enter the code of the phonetic characters in the code input box of the prompt column, and check the candidate word column. To the position code of the phonetic characters and phonetic characters that need to be searched, enter the position code of the phonetic characters to be searched, and find the phonetic characters and explanations of the required words in the text bar.
二. 世界文字排序检索系统  World word sorting retrieval system
世界文字排序检索系统包括: 印刷出版类世界文字排序检索系 统、 电子出版类世界文字排序检索系统。  The world text sorting retrieval system includes: a world-class sorting and retrieval system for printing and publishing, and a world text sorting and retrieval system for electronic publishing.
( ) . 印刷出版类世界文字排序检索系统  ( ) . Printing and publishing world text sorting retrieval system
印刷出版类世界文字排序检索系统为:使用汉语拼音音节索引检 索方法、 汉字注音音节索引检索方法、 汉字部首索引检索方法、 汉 字运算编码索引检索方法、 表音文字运算编码索引检索方法、 词目 分类索引检索方法六种检索方法的汉字、 表音文字、 世界文字对照 的各类字典、 词典、 辞典、 手册、 工具书。 其中汉字运算编码索引 检索方法、 表音文字运算编码索引检索方法可以单独使用, 也可以 与其他检索方法组合使用。 The printing and publishing world text sorting retrieval system is: using the Chinese Pinyin syllable index retrieval method, the Chinese character phonetic syllable index retrieval method, the Chinese character radical index retrieval method, the Chinese character operation coding index retrieval method, the phonetic transcription operation coding index retrieval method, the term Classification index retrieval method Six kinds of retrieval methods of Chinese characters, phonetic characters, world-style comparison of various dictionaries, dictionaries, dictionaries, manuals, and reference books. The Chinese character operation coding index retrieval method and the phonogram operation coding index retrieval method may be used alone or in combination with other retrieval methods.
« . 电子出版类世界文字排序检索系统  « . Electronic publishing world text sorting retrieval system
电子出版类世界文字排序检索系统为:使用汉语拼音音节检索方 法, 汉语拼音字母编码检索方法、 汉字注音字母编码检索方法、 汉 字运算编码检索方法、 表音文字检索方法五种检索方法的汉字、 表 音文字、 世界文字对照的电脑字典、 辞典、 工具书, 电子字典、 辞 典、 工具书, 光盘字典、 辞典、 工具书, 磁盘字典、 辞典、 工具书, 磁带字典、 辞典、 工具书, 磁卡字典、 辞典、 工具书。 其中汉语拼 音字母编码检索方法、 汉字注音字母编码检索方法、 汉字运算编码 检索方法、 表音文字检索方法均可以单独使用, 也可以与其他检索 方法组合使用。 世界文字计算机语言编写方法 . 下文描述采用本发明的世界文字信息数字化运算编码方法及其 处理装置, 输入世界文字编码的世界文字计算机语言编写方法及其 执行方式。  The electronic publishing world text sorting retrieval system is: Chinese Pinyin syllable retrieval method, Chinese Pinyin alphabet encoding retrieval method, Chinese character phonetic alphabet encoding retrieval method, Chinese character operation coding retrieval method, and phonetic character retrieval method. Audio text, world text comparison computer dictionary, dictionary, reference book, electronic dictionary, dictionary, reference book, CD dictionary, dictionary, reference book, disk dictionary, dictionary, reference book, tape dictionary, dictionary, reference book, magnetic card dictionary, Dictionary, reference book. The Chinese pinyin alphabetic code retrieval method, the Chinese character phonetic alphabet code retrieval method, the Chinese character operation code retrieval method, and the phonetic character retrieval method may be used alone or in combination with other retrieval methods. World Word Computer Language Writing Method. The following describes a world text information digitizing operation encoding method and processing apparatus thereof, and a world word computer language writing method and its execution method.
世界文字计算机语言编写方法及其执行方式包括:世界文字计算 机语言编写方法, 世界文字计算机语言执行方式。  The world word computer language writing method and its execution methods include: the world word computer language writing method, the world word computer language language.
一.世界文字计算机语言编写方法  I. World word computer language writing method
世界文字计算机语言编写方法为: 使用世界文字、 标点、 符号、 数字作编写字符, 根据计算机语言的类型、 格式、 内容、 用途编写 计算机语言; 采用本发明的世界文字信息编码输入方法及其处理装 置, 编码输入世界文字符; 按照计算机语言的分类, 把世界文字计 算机语言分为: 机器语言、 汇编语言、 髙级语言进行编写。  The writing method of the world word computer language is: writing characters using world characters, punctuation, symbols, numbers, writing computer language according to the type, format, content and use of computer language; using world text information coding input method and processing device thereof , encoding input world characters; according to the classification of computer language, the world word computer language is divided into: machine language, assembly language, level language to write.
( ) .机器语言的编写方法  ( ). How to write machine language
机器语言的编写方法为:  The way to write machine language is:
1.使用世界文字、数字、标点、符号说明计算机机器语言所要完 成的任务。 1. Use the world's words, numbers, punctuation, and symbols to describe the computer language The task.
2.使用任意四位十进制数表示说明机器语言所要完成任务的世 界文字、 数字、 标点、 符号, 或采用本发明的世界文字信息数字化 运算编码方法使用四位十进制数, 对表明机器语言完成任务的世界 文字、 数字、 标点、 符号进行编码, 不足四位的编码在编码前面使 用 0加够四位数, 使用四位十进制数的编码表示说明机器语言所要 完成任务的世界文字、 数字、 标点、 符号。  2. Use any four decimal digits to represent the world characters, numbers, punctuation, symbols that describe the tasks to be completed in the machine language, or use the four-digit decimal number of the world text information digitization operation method of the present invention to indicate that the machine language accomplishes the task. World text, numbers, punctuation, and symbols are encoded. The encoding of less than four digits is preceded by 0 plus four digits. The encoding of the four digits is used to indicate the world characters, numbers, punctuation, and symbols that the machine language is to accomplish. .
3.使用四位二进制数表示一个十进行数,共使用十六位二进制数 表示四位十进数。  3. Use a four-digit binary number to represent a ten-digit number, using a total of sixteen-digit binary numbers to represent a four-digit decimal number.
〇.汇编语言的编写方法  〇. How to write assembly language
汇编语言的编写方法为:  The assembly language is written as:
1.使用世界文字、数字、标点、符号说明计算机汇编语言所要完 成的任务。  1. Use the world's words, numbers, punctuation, and symbols to illustrate the tasks to be accomplished in computer assembly language.
2.使用任意四位十进制数表示说明汇编语言所要完成任务的世 界文字、 数字、 标点、 符号, 或者采用本发明的世界文字信息数字 化运算编码方法, 使用四位十进制数, 对表明汇编语言所要完成任 务的世界文字、 数字、 标点、 符号进行编码, 不足四位的编码在编 码前面使用 0加够四位数, 使用四位十制数的编码表示说明汇编语 言所要完成的任务的世界文字、 数字、 标点、 符号。  2. Use any four-digit decimal number to represent the world characters, numbers, punctuation, symbols, or the world text information digitization coding method of the present invention. The four-digit decimal number is used to indicate that the assembly language is to be completed. The world text, numbers, punctuation, and symbols of the task are encoded. The code of less than four digits is preceded by 0 plus four digits. The code of the four digits is used to represent the world text and numbers of the tasks to be completed by the assembly language. , punctuation, symbols.
Θ.高级语言编写方法  Θ. High-level language writing method
高级语言的编写方法为使用世界文字、数字、标点、符号作编写 符号, 按计算机高级语言的内容、 用途依照自然语言、 数字语言格 式编写。  The high-level language is written in the form of symbols using world characters, numbers, punctuation, and symbols. It is written in natural language and digital language format according to the content and purpose of the computer's high-level language.
二.世界文字计算机语言程序的执行方式  2. The implementation of the world word computer language program
(-) .直接执行方式  (-) . Direct execution mode
世界文字计算机语言程序由语言提供的编译器编译转换生成虚 拟十六位机器码, 再由语言提供的解释器直接解释执行。  The world word computer language program is compiled and converted by a language-provided compiler to generate a virtual sixteen-bit machine code, which is then interpreted directly by an interpreter provided by the language.
«.间接执行方式  «.Indirect execution
世界文字计算机语言程序由语言提供的编译器编译转换生成虚 拟十六位机器码, 再由支持世界文字计算机语言 网络浏览器提供的 解释器执行。 The world word computer language program is compiled and converted by a language-provided compiler to generate a virtual sixteen-bit machine code, which is then provided by a web browser supporting the world computer language language. The interpreter executes.
利用上述世界文字计算语言编写方法及执行方式能编写各种不 同用途的世界文字计算机语言。 世界文字计算机蕊片指令设计方法  The above-mentioned world word computing language writing method and execution method can be used to write various world computer languages for different purposes. World Word Computer Chip Instruction Design Method
下文描述采用本发明的世界文字计算机语言编写方法及其执行 方式编写机器语言的世界文字计算机蕊片指令设计方法。  The following describes a world word computer chip instruction design method for writing a machine language using the world word computer language writing method of the present invention and its execution mode.
世界文字计算机蕊片指令设计方法为: 使用汉字、表音文字、字 母、 标点、 符号、 数字作为指令设计符号, 按计算机蕊片指令所要 完成的任务设计指令; 采用本发明的世界文字信息数字化运算编码 方法使用四位十进制数编码表示一个世界文字符; 使用十六位二进 数 0和 1表示计算机蕊片所要完成的任务。  The design method of the world text computer chip instruction is: using Chinese characters, phonetic characters, letters, punctuation, symbols, numbers as instruction design symbols, task design instructions to be completed according to computer chip instructions; using the world text information digitization operation of the present invention The encoding method uses a four-digit decimal number encoding to represent a world character; the sixteen-digit binary digits 0 and 1 represent the tasks to be performed by the computer chip.
依照上述方法, 具体的计算机蕊片指令设计方法为:  According to the above method, the specific computer chip instruction design method is:
一.使用汉字、表音文字、字母(包括假名)、数字、标点、 符号 表明计算机蕊片要完成的任务。  1. Use Chinese characters, phonetic characters, letters (including pseudonyms), numbers, punctuation, and symbols to indicate the tasks to be completed by the computer chip.
二.使用任意四位十进制数表示说明机器语言所要完成任务的世 界文字、 数字、 标点、 符号, 或采用本发明的世界文字信息数字化 运算编码方法,用四位十进制数编码表明计算机蕊片指令要完成的 任务的汉字、 表音文字、 字母、 单词、 数字、 标点、 符号。  2. Use any four-digit decimal number to indicate the world characters, numbers, punctuation, symbols, or the world text information digitization operation coding method of the machine language to be completed by the machine language, and use the four-digit decimal number code to indicate that the computer chip instructions are to be Completed tasks of Chinese characters, phonetic words, letters, words, numbers, punctuation, symbols.
三.采用本发明的世界文字计算机语言 (编写) 方法及其执行方 式使用四位二进数表示一个十进制数, 一共使用十六二进制九表示 四位十进制数。  3. The world word computer language (writing) method and its implementation using the present invention uses a four-digit binary number to represent a decimal number, and a total of sixteen binary nines are used to represent a four-digit decimal number.
利用上述世界文字计算机蕊片指令设计方法能设计世界文字计 算机蕊片指令。 世界文字计算机蕊片指令  The world word computer chip command can be designed by using the above-mentioned world word computer chip instruction design method. World Word Computer Chip Instructions
下文介绍一种采用本发明的世界文字计算机蕊片指令设计方法 设计的世界文字计算机蕊片指令。  The following is a description of a world word computer chip command designed using the world word computer chip command design method of the present invention.
世界文字计算机蕊片指令包括:汉字类计算机蕊片指令,表音文 字类计算机蕊片指令。 控制类指令、 图形指令、 字符类指令, 一.汉字类计算机蕊片指令 The world text computer chip instructions include: Chinese character computer chip instructions, phonetic text class computer chip instructions. Control class instructions, graphics instructions, character class instructions, 1. Chinese character computer chip instructions
汉字类计算机蕊片指令包括: 控制类、 图形类、 字符类指令。 (-).控制类指令  The Chinese character computer chip instructions include: control class, graphic class, and character class instructions. (-). Control class instructions
例如: 值 字符  For example: value character
0000 空、 零  0000 empty, zero
0008 □ 值 字符  0008 □ value character
7847 (换行)
Figure imgf000068_0001
7847 (new line)
Figure imgf000068_0001
(-).图形指令 (-). Graphics instructions
例如: 值 图形  For example: value graphic
0081 *  0081 *
〇.字符类指令:  〇. Character class instructions:
例如: 值 字符  For example: value character
0082 中  0082
二.表音文字类计算机蕊片指令  2. Phonogram type computer chip instructions
表音文字类计算机蕊片指令包括:控制类、 图形类、字控空回符类指令。 (-).控制类指令 制空、  The phonetic and text type computer chip instructions include: control class, graphic class, word control null return class instruction. (-). Control class instructions
零符格 例如: 值 字符 控制符  Zero character For example: Value Character Control character
0000 (null) UL  0000 (null) UL
(空、零)  (empty, zero)
〇.图形类指令  〇.Graphic instructions
例如: 值 图形  For example: value graphic
0081 ★ 0081 ★
.字符类指令  Character class instruction
例如: 值 字符  For example: value character
0082 A  0082 A
世界文字计算机程序语言  World word computer programming language
下文描述采用本发明的世界文字计算机程序编写方法及其执行方 式编写执行的世界文字计算机程序语言, 其特征是:  The following describes a world word computer programming language that is written and executed using the world word computer program writing method of the present invention and its execution method, and is characterized by:
一. 使用汉字、 表音文字、 字母、 假名、 数字、 标点、 符号构成 语句进行分类描述、 操作计算机程序, 程序语句集合组成的世界性 计算机语言。 1. Composition using Chinese characters, phonetic characters, letters, kana, numbers, punctuation, symbols The statement is a worldwide computer language composed of a classification description, an operation computer program, and a collection of program statements.
二.采用或不采用本发明的世界文字信息数字化运算编码方法编 码组成程序语句的汉字、 表音文字、 字母、 假名、 数字、 标点、 符 号。  2. The Chinese characters, phonetic characters, letters, pseudonyms, numbers, punctuation marks, symbols constituting the program statements are encoded with or without the world text information digitization coding method of the present invention.
三.采用或不采用本发明的世界文字编码输入方法及其处理装置 把程序语句输入计算机。  3. World text encoding input method and processing apparatus thereof with or without the present invention Input program statements into a computer.
四.采用本发明的世界性计算机程序编写方法及其执行方式编写 程序语句。  4. The program statement is written by using the worldwide computer program writing method and the execution manner thereof.
接下来描述本发明世界文字计算机程序语言使用的字符,常量与 变量, 数据类型, 运算表达式, 程序流程控制, 数据的输出输入。  Next, the characters, constants and variables, data types, arithmetic expressions, program flow control, and data output and input used in the world word computer program language of the present invention will be described.
一. 世界文字计算机程序语言使用的字符  1. Characters used in the world of computer programming languages
(一) . 汉字;  (1) Chinese characters;
». 表音文字、 字母: A- -Z; 假名:  ». Phonetic alphabet, letters: A--Z; Kana:
o. 十个阿拉件数字: 0- 9; o. Ten Ala figures: 0- 9;
Φ . 算术运算符: +、 一、 *、 /、 %、  Φ . Arithmetic operators: +, one, *, /, %,
ω. 关系运算符:〉、 〈、〉 =、 〈=、 e = ω. Relational operators: 〉, 〈, 〉 =, 〈=, e =
位运算符:》、 《、〉〉>、 、 、  Bitwise operators: ",", >>>, ,,
(七) . 逻辑运算符:!、 、 1、 Λ、  (7) . Logical operators:! , , 1, Λ,
赋值运算符: =、 0P= (赋值 =);  Assignment operators: =, 0P = (assignment =);
条件运算符: ? :;  Conditional operator: ? :;
常量、 变量的分类  Classification of constants and variables
(一). 常量  (a). Constant
常量包括数据型常量, 字符型常量, 字符串常量, 真假型常量。 Constants include data type constants, character type constants, string constants, and true and false constants.
1. 数据型常量包括整数型常量、 浮点数型常量。 1. Data type constants include integer constants and floating point constants.
(1) . 整数型常量  (1) . Integer constants
整数型常量包括八进制,整数十进制整数,十六进制整数三种形 式来表示, 八进制整数以中国数字八开头表示, 十六进制数以中国 数字十六开头表示。  Integer constants are represented by three forms: octal, integer decimal integer, and hexadecimal integer. The octal integer is represented by the Chinese number eight, and the hexadecimal number is represented by the Chinese number sixteen.
(2) . 浮点数型常量 浮点数型常量包括单精度型和双精度型两种类型,分别以 "单或 float"和 "双或 doable"来表示, 浮点数用十进制数形式和科学计 数法形式表示, 在常数后加上 "单"代表单精度型, 加上 "双"表 示双精度型, 不加汉字或字母则默认为双精度型。 (2) . Floating point constant Floating-point constants include both single-precision and double-precision types, which are represented by "single or float" and "double or doable" respectively. Floating point numbers are expressed in decimal numbers and scientific notation, plus after constants. "Single" stands for single-precision type, plus "double" means double-precision type, and without Chinese characters or letters, it defaults to double-precision type.
2. 字符型常量  2. Character constants
字符型常量用一对单引号括起一个汉字或字母表示。 Character constants are enclosed in a single Chinese character or letter in a pair of single quotes.
例如:  E.g:
3. 字符串常量  3. String constants
字符串常量用双引号括起一行汉字或字母表示。 String constants are enclosed in double quotation marks in a line of Chinese characters or letters.
例如:  E.g:
4. 真假型常量用 "真或 true"和 "假或 false"两种值表示。 例如:  4. True or false constants are represented by either "true or true" and "false or false". E.g:
〇. 变量  〇. Variable
变量由标识符、类型和作用域共同构成, 包括数值变量、字符串 变量; 数值变量包括简单变量和下标变量。  Variables consist of identifiers, types, and scopes, including numeric variables and string variables; numeric variables include simple variables and subscript variables.
0. 数据类型  0. Data type
数据类型包括基本类型, 数组类型, 类类型。  Data types include basic types, array types, and class types.
1. 基本类型  Basic type
基本类型包括整数类型, 浮点数类型, 字符类型和真假类型。 Basic types include integer types, floating point types, character types, and true and false types.
(1) . 整数类型 (1) . Integer type
整数类型包括 8位字节型, 16位字型, 32位两字型, 64位四字 型,取值范围分别为 -27- ( 27-1 ) 1-215- ( 215-1 )、 -231- ( 231-1 )、 -263-) 263-1 )。  The integer types include 8-bit byte type, 16-bit font type, 32-bit two-word type, 64-bit four-word type, and the range of values is -27-( 27-1 ) 1-215- ( 215-1 ), - 231- ( 231-1 ), -263-) 263-1 ).
(2) . 浮点数类型包括单精度类型, 双精度类型。  (2) . Floating point types include single precision type, double precision type.
单精度类型为 32 位, 数的范围为 1. 402398466e— 45f— 3. 40262347e + 38f 。 双精度类型为 64 位, 数的范围为 4. 940656465334e- 324- l. 79976931348623157e + 308。  The single precision type is 32 bits, and the range of numbers is 1. 402398466e - 45f - 3. 40262347e + 38f. The double type is 64 bits and the range of numbers is 4. 940656465334e- 324-l. 79976931348623157e + 308.
(3) . 字符类型  (3) . Character type
字符类型为 16位字型, 数的范围从 0-65536。  The character type is a 16-bit font, and the number ranges from 0-65536.
(4) . 真假类型 真假类型的取值只有一位, 其值为逻辑上的 0真或 true与假或 false Q (4) . True and false types The value of the true and false type has only one bit, and its value is logically 0 true or true with false or false Q.
整数类型、浮点数类型和字符类型可以通过类型转换相互转换混 合运算。  Integer types, floating point types, and character types can be converted to each other by type conversion.
2. 数组类型  2. Array type
数组类型包括整数数组, 浮点数数组, 字符数组。  Array types include arrays of integers, arrays of floating point numbers, and arrays of characters.
3. 类类型  3. Class type
类类型包括接口类、 包类、 字符串处理类、 异常处理类、 数据流 处理类、 图形绘制和处理类、 文字和颜色类、 交互式事件处理类、 抽象窗口工具类、 图像与声音处理类, 网络功能类。  Class types include interface classes, package classes, string handling classes, exception handling classes, data stream processing classes, graphics drawing and processing classes, text and color classes, interactive event processing classes, abstract window tools classes, image and sound processing classes , network function class.
类型的定义格式由对象变量和方法组成,对象变量用来定义一个 对象的内部数据格式, 方法用来定义一个对象的行为。  The definition format of a type consists of object variables and methods. The object variables are used to define the internal data format of an object. The method is used to define the behavior of an object.
三. 运算表达式  Three. Operational expression
运算表达式由运算符和操作数组成,按运算符的类型分为算术表 达式, 关系运算表达式, 位运算表达式, 逻辑表达式, 赋值表达式, 条件表达式, 进行混合运算的表达式为复合表达式。 其中:  The operation expression consists of an operator and an operand. It is divided into an arithmetic expression according to the type of the operator, a relational operation expression, a bit operation expression, a logical expression, an assignment expression, a conditional expression, and an expression for performing a mixed operation. Is a compound expression. among them:
H . 算术表达式包括四则运算、 求余运算、 自加运算、 自减运 算。  H. Arithmetic expressions include four arithmetic operations, remainder operations, self-addition operations, and self-decreasing operations.
« . 关系运算表达式包括相等性运算、 顺序运算。  « . Relational operation expressions include equality operations, sequential operations.
Θ. 位运算表达式包括按位运算、 移位运算。  位. Bit operation expressions include bitwise operations, shift operations.
四. 程序流程控制  Program flow control
程序流程控制包括顺序执行、 选择执行、 循环执行三种方式。 (-) . 顺序执行按程序的先后顺序操作。  Program flow control includes three modes: sequential execution, selective execution, and cyclic execution. (-) . The sequential execution is performed in the order of the program.
α. 选择执行在多个程序中选择满足条件的一个程序执行操作。 (¾.循环执行方式分当型循环和直到型循环两种方式, 当型循环 先判断条件表达式的值,结果为真或 true时反复执行操作一个程序, 直到表达式的值为假或 falst 时停止循环操作。 直到型循环先执行 操作一个程序后对条件表达式进行判断, 结果为真或 trae再次执行 操作原程序, 结果为假或 false则停止循环操作。  α. Select Execute Select a program execution operation that satisfies the condition among multiple programs. (3⁄4. The loop execution mode is divided into two types: the type loop and the type loop. The type loop determines the value of the conditional expression first. When the result is true or true, the program is repeatedly executed until the value of the expression is false or falst. The loop operation is stopped. Until the type loop executes the operation first, the conditional expression is judged. The result is true or the trace is executed again. If the result is false or false, the loop operation is stopped.
五. 数据的输出输入 H.数据的输入采用本发明的世界文字编码输入计算机方法及其 处理装置把数据输入计算机。 V. Output of data H. Input of Data The data input to the computer method of the present invention and its processing device are used to input data into a computer.
〇. 数据的输出由程序语言处理数据输出。  〇. The output of the data is processed by the program language.
利用上述世界文字计算机程序设计语言,能编写世界文字计算机 程序。  Using the above-mentioned world word computer programming language, it is possible to write a world word computer program.
世界文字计算机操作系统设计方法及其操作方式  World Word Computer Operating System Design Method and Its Operation Mode
下文描述采用本发明的世界文字信息编码输入方法及其处理装 置编码输入处理世界文字的世界文字计算机操作系统设计方法及其 操作方式。  The following describes a world text computer operating system design method and its operation mode using the world text information encoding input method of the present invention and its processing device encoding input and processing world text.
世界文字计算机操作系统设计方法及其操作方式包括:世界文字 计算机操作系统设计方法, 世界文字计算机操作系统的操作方式。  The design method and operation mode of the world word computer operating system include: world word computer operating system design method, world word computer operating system operation mode.
一. 世界文字计算机操作系统设计方法为:  1. The design method of the world word computer operating system is:
( -). 使用图形、汉字、字母、假名、标点、符号、数字作操作符, 按计算机操作系统的类型、 用途、 任务、 设计计算机操作系统。  (-). Use graphics, Chinese characters, letters, pseudonyms, punctuation, symbols, numbers as operators, according to the type of computer operating system, purpose, task, design computer operating system.
O.使用世界文字命名文件,并使用此世界文字文件名访问用世 界文字标明的文件所在磁盘中的存放地址。  O. Use World Text to name the file and use this world literal file name to access the storage address on the disk where the file marked with world text is located.
〇.采用本发明的世界文字编码输入方法及其处理装置编码输入 处理世界文字字符。  世界. The world character encoding input method of the present invention and its processing device code input are used to process world text characters.
依照上述方法, 具体的世界文字计算机操作系统设计方法分为: 计算机安装基本引导操作系统(BIOS),计算机安装后多任务操作系 统的设计方法。  According to the above method, the specific design method of the world word computer operating system is divided into: a computer installation basic boot operating system (BIOS), and a computer-installed multi-task operating system design method.
( ) . 计算机安装基本引导操作系统 (BIOS ) 的设计方法 计算机安装基本引导操作系统(BIOS)的设计方法为: 使用世界 文字把操作命令分行编辑成菜单、 表格形式显示在显示屏上提供选 择操作。 ( ) . Computer installation basic boot operating system (BIOS) design method Computer installation basic boot operating system (BIOS) design method is: use world text to edit the operation command line into a menu, table form display on the display to provide selection operation .
. 计算机安装后多任务操作系统的设计方法  . Design method of multitasking operating system after computer installation
计算机安装后多任务操作系统的设计方法为:使用图形、世界文 字、 数字把操作命令设计成窗口画面显示在显示屏上提供选择操作。  The design method of the multitasking operating system after computer installation is to design the operation command into a window screen using graphics, world text, and numbers to provide a selection operation on the display screen.
(其中):  (among them):
二. 世界文字计算机操作系统的操作方式 (-). 使用鼠标、 手指、 电子感应笔点击、 触控、 移运显示在显示 屏上的、 世界文字操作符完成操作操作。 2. How the world's word computer operating system operates (-). Use the mouse, finger, electronic pen to click, touch, and move the world text operator displayed on the display to complete the operation.
0. 使用声控读入操作指令完成操作。  0. Complete the operation using the voice-activated read operation command.
使用键盘敲入指令完成操作。  Use the keyboard to type in the instructions to complete the operation.
利用上述世界文字计算机操作系统设计方法及操作方式能设计 和操作计算机操作系统。 世界文字计算机操作系统及其操作方法  The computer operating system can be designed and operated by using the above-mentioned world word computer operating system design method and operation mode. World word computer operating system and its operation method
最后,将对一种采用本发明的世界文字计算机操作系统设计方法 及其操作方式设计的世界文字计算机操作系统及其操作方法作一说 明。  Finally, a world word computer operating system and its operation method designed by using the world word computer operating system design method and its operation mode of the present invention will be described.
世界文字计算机操作系统及其操作方法包括:世界文字计算机操 作系统, 世界文字计算机操作系统的操作方法。  The world word computer operating system and its operating methods include: the world word computer operating system, the operating method of the world word computer operating system.
一. 世界文字计算机操作系统, 其特征是:  1. The world word computer operating system, which is characterized by:
(-).使用世界文字命名文件,并使用此世界文字文件名访问用世 界文字标明的文件所在磁盘中的存放地址。  (-). Use the world text to name the file and use this world text file name to access the storage address on the disk where the file marked with the world text is located.
«. 使用图形, 世界文字、数字把操作命令设计成窗口画面显示 在显示屏上, 提供选择操作。  «. Use graphics, world text, numbers to design the operation commands into a window display. On the display, a selection operation is provided.
(¾. 采用本发明的世界文字信息、 编码输入方法及其处理装置, 编码输入世界文字操作符进行操作。  (3⁄4. The world character information, the code input method, and the processing device thereof according to the present invention are coded and input to the world character operator for operation.
接下来描述本发明世界文字世界文字计算机操作系统的桌面图 标, 窗口结构。  Next, the desktop icon and window structure of the world-wide word computer operating system of the present invention will be described.
1.桌面图标为: "我的电脑"、 "我的文档"、 "回收站"、 "我的公 文包"。  1. The desktop icons are: "My Computer", "My Documents", "Recycle Bin", "My Briefcase".
2. 窗口结构为: 标题栏、 菜单栏、 工具栏、 地址栏、 按钮、 滚 动条、对象框、状态栏。其中对象框由 "标签"、 "下拉列表框"、 "标 尺"、 "预览框"、 "命令按钮"组成, 状态栏其中的 "输入法" 由中 文、 英文、 日文、 俄文、 德文、 法文、 韩文、 西班牙文、 阿拉伯文、 希腊文字输入法组成。  2. The window structure is: title bar, menu bar, toolbar, address bar, button, scroll bar, object frame, status bar. The object frame is composed of "tag", "drop-down list box", "ruler", "preview box", "command button", and the "input method" in the status bar is Chinese, English, Japanese, Russian, German, French, Korean, Spanish, Arabic, Greek text input method.
二. 世界文字计算机操作系统操作方法 世界文字计算机操作系统操作方法包括:触控操作方法、声控操 作方法、 键盘操作方法。 2. World Word Computer Operating System Operation Method The operation method of the world word computer operating system includes: a touch operation method, a voice control operation method, and a keyboard operation method.
H. 触控操作方法  H. Touch operation method
触控操作方法包括: 鼠标的操作方法, 手指、 电子感应笔的操作 方法。  The touch operation method includes: a mouse operation method, a finger, and an electronic sensor pen operation method.
I . 鼠标的操作方法包括: 指向、 单击、 双击、 拖动、 转动。  I. The operation method of the mouse includes: pointing, clicking, double clicking, dragging, and rotating.
2. 手指、 电子感应笔的操作方法: 分指向、 点触、 书写。  2. How to operate your finger and electronic sensor pen: Point, touch, and write.
(3. 声控操作方法为: 用声音读入操作指令。  (3. The voice control operation method is: Read the operation command with sound.
Θ. 键盘操作方法为: 敲击键位键入指令。  Θ. The keyboard operation method is: Type the command by typing the key.
利用上述世界文字计算机操作系统及其操作方法能完成世界文 字计算机系统的操作。  The operation of the world text computer system can be completed by using the above-mentioned world word computer operating system and its operation method.
世界文字信息数字化运算编码处理系统方案与现有技术相比,具 有以下优点:  Compared with the prior art, the world text information digitization operation coding processing system has the following advantages:
1.统一使用 0— 9十个数字对世界文字信息进行数字化运算编码 处理, 彻底解决世界文字信息编码处理的简易性和高效率的矛盾。  1. Unified use of 0-9 digits to digitally encode and process world text information, completely solve the contradiction between the simplicity and high efficiency of world text information encoding processing.
2. 建立了一整套世界文字信息数字化运算编码及输入计算机、 世界文字编码排序检索、 世界文字计算机语言和操作系统及蕊片指 令设计方法系统。  2. Established a set of world text information digitization operation coding and input computer, world text code sorting retrieval, world word computer language and operating system and chip instruction design method system.
3. 开创了一种通用于计算机世界文字编码输入方法、 世界文字 编码排序检索方法的世界文字信息数字化运算编码方法。 以上结合本发明的优选实施例对本发明进行了详细描述,本领域 中的技术人员应该理解本发明可以其它具体的方式实现, 同时不脱 离本发明的精神或基本特性。 因此目前公开的实施例无论从哪个方 面来看都认为是说明性的而不是限定性的。  3. Created a world text information digitization operation coding method commonly used in computer world text encoding input method and world text encoding sorting retrieval method. The present invention has been described in detail with reference to the preferred embodiments of the present invention, and those skilled in the art should understand that the invention can be practiced in other specific embodiments without departing from the spirit or essential characteristics of the invention. The presently disclosed embodiments are therefore considered to be illustrative and not restrictive.
比方说, 图 3所示的英文字母按 1一 0区排列, 这只是比较符合 人们生活习惯的一种排列方式, 它也可以采取和语言使用地人们的 习惯相吻合的排列。 另外, 本发明中所述的计算机装置可以是含有 软件的手机, 也可以是个人数字助理 PDA, 或模拟数字键盘, 或掌上 电脑。 因此, 本发明的范围由附带的权利要求书而不是以上所作 的说明限制。 For example, the English letters shown in Figure 3 are arranged in the 1st and 0th regions. This is just a sort of arrangement that is more in line with people's living habits. It can also be arranged in accordance with the habits of people who use language. In addition, the computer device described in the present invention may be a mobile phone containing software, or a personal digital assistant PDA, or an analog numeric keypad, or a palmtop computer. The scope of the invention is therefore intended to be limited by the appended claims

Claims

权 利 要 求 Rights request
1.世界文字的编码输入方法,其用于对世界文字编码并输入计 算机装置中, 所述计算机装置包含数字键盘, 所述方法包括: A code input method for world text for encoding and inputting world text into a computer device, the computer device comprising a numeric keypad, the method comprising:
对于世界文字中的每一种文字,将组成该种文字或能确定该种文 字的若干基本部件, 分配到数字键盘的相应数字键上, 每一基本部 件的编码由区码和位码唯一确定, 区码为部件所在键的数字, 位码 为基本部件在所属数字键中的位置编号;  For each type of text in the world text, some basic components that make up the type of text or can be determined are assigned to the corresponding numeric keys of the numeric keypad, and the encoding of each basic component is uniquely determined by the area code and the bit code. , the area code is the number of the key where the part is located, and the bit code is the position number of the basic part in the corresponding number key;
选择待输入文字的种类;  Select the type of text to be entered;
对于待输入种类文字的每一字,将其分解为所述若干部件的一个 组合;  For each word of the category text to be entered, it is decomposed into a combination of the several components;
用该组合中的每个部件相对应的区码和位码按顺序排列作为对 该文字的编码; 以及  The area code and the bit code corresponding to each component in the combination are arranged in order as the encoding of the text;
输入该字的编码。  Enter the code for the word.
2.根据权利要求 1所述的编码输入方法, 其中  2. The code input method according to claim 1, wherein
所述世界文字分为表意文字和表音文字;对于表音文字来说,所 述部件是该表音文字的字母; 对于表意文字来说, 所述基本部件可 以分别包括构成所述表意文字字形的基本笔划, 构成表意文字读音 的拼音字母, 构成表意文字音形的基本笔划和拼音字母。  The world characters are divided into ideograms and phonetic characters; for the phonetic characters, the components are letters of the phonetic characters; and for ideograms, the basic components may respectively comprise the ideograms The basic strokes, the pinyin letters that make up the ideograms, and the basic strokes and pinyin letters that make up the ideograms.
3.根据权利要求 2所述的编码输入方法, 其中  The code input method according to claim 2, wherein
所述表音文字包括英、 法、 德、 意大利、 西班牙、 俄、 希腊、 阿 拉伯文字、 日语、 朝韩语, 所述表意文字包括中文; 对于中文来说, 所述基本部件可以分别包括构成汉字字形的基本笔划, 构成汉字汉 语读音的拼音字母或声母、 韵母, 构成汉字音形的汉字基本笔划和 拼音字母或声母、 韵母; 对于日语, 所述基本部件可以分别包括日 文中的汉字字形的基本笔划, 构成日文文字的假名、 以及构成日文 汉字的日语读音的假名; 对于朝韩语, 所述基本部件分别包括构成 韩文中的汉字字形的基本笔划, 构成韩文文字的朝韩语字母, 以及 汉字的朝韩语读音的朝韩语字母。  The phonetic characters include English, French, German, Italian, Spanish, Russian, Greek, Arabic, Japanese, Korean, and the ideogram includes Chinese; for Chinese, the basic components may respectively comprise Chinese characters The basic strokes, which constitute the pinyin letters or initials of the Chinese pronunciation of Chinese characters, the finals of the Chinese characters that constitute the Chinese character, and the initials and pinyin or initials; for Japanese, the basic components can respectively include the basic strokes of the Chinese characters in Japanese. , a pseudonym that constitutes a Japanese character, and a pseudonym of a Japanese pronunciation that constitutes a Japanese kanji; for Korean, the basic components include basic strokes constituting a Chinese character in Korean, Korean Korean characters constituting Korean characters, and Korean to Chinese characters The Korean alphabet of the pronunciation.
4.根据权利要求 3所述的编码输入方法,其中按汉字字形对汉字 编码时所述基本部件是汉字的基本笔划, 其编码仅由其区码确定, 并且按如下方法确定基本笔划及其区码: The code input method according to claim 3, wherein the Chinese characters are in Chinese characters The basic component at the time of encoding is a basic stroke of a Chinese character, the encoding of which is determined only by its area code, and the basic stroke and its area code are determined as follows:
①把汉学的笔划归类为横、 竖、 撇、 点、 折五种基本笔划, 相应 定义其代码为 1、 2、 3、 4、 5, 以此形成一划编码;  1 The strokes of Sinology are classified into five basic strokes: horizontal, vertical, 撇, point, and fold. The codes are defined as 1, 2, 3, 4, and 5 to form a stroke code.
②横、 竖、 撇、 点、 折两两组合, 每个组合各自的笔划代码数字 相加, 并进行满十减十运算, 以此形成二划组合编码;  2 horizontal, vertical, 撇, point, folding two two combinations, each combination of the respective stroke code numbers are added, and the full ten minus ten operation, thereby forming a two-line combination code;
③横、 竖、 撇、 点、 折任意三划组合, 各自的组合笔划代码数字 相加, 进行满十减十运算, 以此形成三划组合编码;  3 horizontal, vertical, 撇, point, fold any three stroke combination, the respective combination stroke code numbers are added, perform a full ten minus ten operation, thereby forming a three-line combination code;
④横、 竖、 撇、 点、 折多于三划的组合, 各自的组合笔划代码数 字相加, 进行满十减十运算, 以此形成多于三划组合编码。  4 combinations of horizontal, vertical, 撇, point, and fold are more than three strokes, and the respective combined stroke code numbers are added, and the full ten minus ten operation is performed to form more than three stroke combination codes.
5.根据权利要求 4所述的编码输入方法,其中所说的基本部件及 其区码为:  The code input method according to claim 4, wherein said basic component and its area code are:
一划编码包括横、 竖、 撇、 点、 折, 相应的代码为 1、 2、 3、 4、 The code includes a horizontal, vertical, 撇, point, and fold, and the corresponding code is 1, 2, 3, 4,
5; 5;
二划组合编码包括横横组合、 横竖组合、 横撇组合、 横点组合、 横折组合; 竖竖组合、 竖撇组合、 竖点组合、 竖折组合; 撇撇组合、 撇点组合、 撇折组合; 点点组合、 点折组合; 折折组合; 其相应的 编码分别为: 2、 3、 4、 5、 6; 4、 5、 6、 7; 6、 7、 8; 8、 9; 0; 三划组合编码包括: 寸、 弋、 , 其编码为 0; 3、 门、 己、 弓、 子、 乡、 马, 其编码为 1; 夕、 欠、 、 小, 其编码为 2; t、、 、 , 其编码为 3; 工、 土、牛、 幺, 其编码 4; 廿、 〈《, 其编码为 5; 升, 其编码为 6; 、 3 、 3, 其编码为 7; 大、 口、 、 广, 其编 码为 8; 尤、 小、 巾、 山、 、 个 、 ? 、 尸、 女, 其编码为 9; The combination of two strokes includes horizontal and horizontal combination, horizontal and vertical combination, horizontal and horizontal combination, horizontal combination, and horizontal combination; vertical and vertical combination, vertical and vertical combination, vertical combination, and vertical combination; 撇撇 combination, 组合 point combination, and 撇Combination; point combination, point combination; folding combination; the corresponding codes are: 2, 3, 4, 5, 6; 4, 5, 6, 7; 6, 7, 8; 8, 9; 0; The three-line combination code includes: inch, 弋, and its code is 0; 3. gate, hex, bow, child, township, horse, whose code is 1; eve, owe, small, and its code is 2; t, , , the code is 3; work, earth, cow, 幺, its code 4; 廿, 〈, its code is 5; liter, its code is 6; 3, 3, its code is 7; large, mouth, , wide, its code is 8; especially, small, towel, mountain, , , ? , corpse, female, whose code is 9;
④横、 竖、 撇、 点、 折多于三划的组合: 木、 月、 、 火、 水、 日, 其相应的编码分别为 0、 0、 2、 4、 7、 9。 4 combinations of horizontal, vertical, 撇, point, and fold more than three strokes: wood, month, fire, water, day, and their corresponding codes are 0, 0, 2, 4, 7, and 9, respectively.
6.根据权利要求 4所述的编码输入方法, 其中  The code input method according to claim 4, wherein
依据所定义的基本笔划, 笔划组合, 及其区码, 按如下步骤对汉 字编码:  According to the defined basic strokes, stroke combinations, and their area codes, the Chinese characters are coded as follows:
根据汉字的部首划分,把汉字划分为部首和除部首以外组成汉字 的余件, 用 0-9 十个数字分别编码汉字的部首和余件, 依照汉字的 书写笔顺, 按优先取多于三划组合编码, 后取三划组合编码, 再取 二划组合编码, 最后取一划编码的取码顺序, 部首取码不超两码, 余件取码不超三码, 把部首和余件的编码组合成该汉字的编码, 每 个汉字最多取四码, 最少取一码。 According to the division of the radicals of Chinese characters, the Chinese characters are divided into the radicals and the remainders of the Chinese characters except the radicals. The radicals and the remaining parts of the Chinese characters are encoded by 0-9 digits, according to the Chinese characters. Write the stroke order, take more than three stroke combination code according to the priority, then take the three stroke combination code, then take the two stroke combination code, and finally take the code acquisition order of the code, the radicals take no more than two codes, and the remaining pieces are coded. Not more than three yards, the encoding of the radicals and the remaining pieces is combined into the encoding of the Chinese characters. Each Chinese character takes up to four yards, and at least one yard.
7.根据权利要求 6所述的编码输入方法,其中对汉字编码的步骤 包括:  The code input method according to claim 6, wherein the step of encoding the Chinese characters comprises:
确定单个汉字是独体字还是合体字;  Determine whether a single Chinese character is a single character or a fit word;
对于独体字, 按整字编码;  For single characters, coded in whole words;
对于合体字, 则分部首和余件进行编码。  For the fit word, the first and remaining parts are encoded.
8.根据权利要求 7所述的编码输入方法,其中对独体字编码的步 骤包括:  The code input method according to claim 7, wherein the step of encoding the single character comprises:
确定独体字是否超过四码;  Determine if the single character is more than four yards;
对超过四码独体汉字,取独体字的前三码和尾码,依次组成该字 的编码;  For more than four yards of Chinese characters, the first three codes and the last code of the single character are sequentially composed of the code of the word;
对不超过四码的独体字,取完独体字的全部编码,依次组成该字 的编码;  For a single character of no more than four yards, the entire code of the single character is taken, and the code of the word is formed in turn;
9.根据权利要求 7所述的编码输入方法,其中对合体字分部首和 余件进行编码的步骤包括:  The code input method according to claim 7, wherein the step of encoding the combined word header and the remainder is:
确定合体字是否超过四码的合体字;  Determine if the fit word exceeds four characters of the fit word;
对于不超过四码合体字, 部首取一码, 余件取一至三码, 依次组 成该字的编码;  For a code that does not exceed four codes, the radical takes one code, and the remaining one takes one to three codes, and the code of the word is formed in turn;
对于超过四码合体字, 部首取一码, 余件取前两码和尾码, 依次 组成该字的编码。  For more than four coded words, the radical takes one code, and the remaining one takes the first two codes and the last code, which in turn constitute the code of the word.
10.根据权利要求 7所述的编码输入方法, 其中对合体字分部首 和余件进行编码的步骤包括:  10. The encoding input method according to claim 7, wherein the step of encoding the header portion and the remainder of the combined word portion comprises:
确定合体字是否超过四码的合体字;  Determine if the fit word exceeds four characters of the fit word;
对于不超过四码合体字, 部首取两码, 余件取一至两码, 依次组 成该字码。  For no more than four coded words, the radical takes two codes, and the remaining ones take one to two codes, which are combined in turn.
对于超过四码合体字, 部首取首码和尾码, 余件取首码和尾码, 依次组成该字的编码。 For more than four coded words, the radical takes the first code and the last code, and the remaining pieces take the first code and the last code, which in turn constitute the code of the word.
11.根据权利要求 6所述的编码输入方法, 其中对由单字组成的 词组的编码包括步骤: The code input method according to claim 6, wherein the encoding of the phrase consisting of a single word comprises the steps of:
对二字词的编码为:每字各取首码和尾码,依次组成该词组的编 码;  The encoding of the two words is: taking the first code and the last code of each word, and sequentially composing the encoding of the phrase;
对三字词的编码为: 前二字各取首码, 后一字取首码和尾码, 依 次组成该词组的编码; 以及  The encoding of the three words is: the first two words each take the first code, the latter word takes the first code and the last code, and the code of the phrase is composed in turn;
对多字词的编码为: 前三字和尾字各取前一码, 共四码, 依次组 成该词组的编码。  The encoding of the multi-word is as follows: The first three words and the last word are each taken from the previous code, and a total of four codes are sequentially combined to form the encoding of the phrase.
12.根据权利要求 6— 11之一所述编码输入方法的检索方法, 包 括步骤:  12. A method of searching for an encoded input method according to any one of claims 6-11, comprising the steps of:
编出所需检索的汉字的编码,  Write the code of the Chinese character that needs to be retrieved,
在提示栏中输入汉字的编码得到汉字的位置码, 以及  Enter the code of the Chinese character in the prompt bar to get the position code of the Chinese character, and
根据所需检索的汉字的位置码在正文栏中査到所需检索的汉字 及解释。  According to the position code of the Chinese character to be retrieved, the Chinese character and explanation to be searched are found in the text column.
13.根据权利要求 3所述的编码输入方法, 其中按汉字汉语拼音 字母编码汉字时, 所述基本部件包括构成汉字汉语读音的拼音字母 和该汉字的声调, 汉字的编码由构成该汉字汉语读音的拼音字母的 区码和声调码依次组成, 其中所述声调码由 0— 9十个数字中任选的 个不同数字对汉语声调作的编码构成。  The encoding input method according to claim 3, wherein when the Chinese character is encoded according to the Chinese character pinyin alphabet, the basic component comprises a pinyin letter constituting the Chinese pronunciation of the Chinese character and a tone of the Chinese character, and the encoding of the Chinese character constitutes the Chinese pronunciation of the Chinese character. The area code and the tonal code of the pinyin letters are sequentially composed, wherein the tone code is composed of a code of Chinese tones selected by any one of 0-9 digits.
14.根据权利要求 3所述的编码输入方法, 其中按汉字汉语拼音 字母编码汉字时, 所述基本部件包括构成汉字汉语读音的拼音字母, 汉字的编码由拼音字母的区码依次组成。  The encoding input method according to claim 3, wherein when the Chinese characters are encoded according to the Chinese character pinyin letters, the basic components include pinyin letters constituting the Chinese pronunciation of the Chinese characters, and the encoding of the Chinese characters is sequentially composed of the area codes of the alphabetical letters.
15.根据权利要求 13或 14所述的编码输入方法, 其中所述拼音 字母按 1-8区分布:  The code input method according to claim 13 or 14, wherein said pinyin letters are distributed in a 1-8 area:
1区的 1-4位分布的字母相应为: a、 b、 c、 d  The letters in the 1-4 position of Region 1 correspond to: a, b, c, d
2区的 1-3位分布的字母相应为: e> f、 g  The letters of the 1-3 position in Region 2 correspond to: e> f, g
3区的 1-4位分布的字母相应为: h、 i、 j、 k  The letters in the 1-4 position of Region 3 correspond to: h, i, j, k
4区的 1-3位分布的字母相应为: 1、 m、 n  The letters of the 1-3 position in Region 4 correspond to: 1, m, n
5区的 1-3位分布的字母相应为: 0、 P> q  The letters of the 1-3 position in Region 5 correspond to: 0, P> q
6区的 1-3位分布的字母相应为: Γ、 s、 t 7区的 1-3位分布的字母相应为: u、 v、 w The letters of the 1-3 position in Region 6 correspond to: Γ, s, t The letters of the 1-3 position in the 7th zone correspond to: u, v, w
8区的 1-3位分布的字母相应为: x、 y、 z o  The letters of the 1-3 position in the 8th zone correspond to: x, y, z o
16.根据权利要求 13或 14所述的编码输入方法, 其中所述拼音 字母按 1-0区分布:  The code input method according to claim 13 or 14, wherein said pinyin letters are distributed in a 1-0 area:
1区的 1- -2位相应为: a» b  The 1- to 2-position of Zone 1 corresponds to: a» b
2区的 1- -2位相应为: c d  The 1- to 2-position of Zone 2 corresponds to: c d
3区的 1- -3位相应为: 6、 f、 g  The 1- to 3-position of Zone 3 corresponds to: 6, f, g
4区的 1- -2位相应为: h、 i  The 1- to 2-position of Region 4 corresponds to: h, i
5区的 1- -2位相应为: j、 k  The 1-to-2 position of Region 5 corresponds to: j, k
6区的 1- -3位相应为: 1、 m、 n  The 1- to 3-position of Region 6 corresponds to: 1, m, n
7区的 1- -3位相应为: 0、 P、 q  The 1-1-3 bits of Zone 7 correspond to: 0, P, q
8区的 1- -3位相应为: Γ、 s、 t  The 1- to 3-position of the 8th zone corresponds to: Γ, s, t
9区的 1- -3位相应为: u、 V、 w  The 1- to 3-position of Zone 9 corresponds to: u, V, w
0区的 1- -3位相应为: X、 y、 z  The 1- to 3-bit of zone 0 corresponds to: X, y, z
17.根据权利要求 13或 14所述编码输入方法的检索方法, 包括 按汉字的拼音音节输入拼音字母,  17. A method of searching for a code input method according to claim 13 or 14, comprising inputting pinyin letters according to a pinyin syllable of a Chinese character,
在索引栏中得到拼音音节和所需查找的汉字的位置码, 以及 根据汉字的位置码从正文栏中查到所需检索的汉字及解释。 The pinyin syllable and the position code of the Chinese character to be found are obtained in the index column, and the Chinese characters and explanations to be searched are found from the text column according to the position code of the Chinese character.
18.根据权利要求 3所述的编码输入方法, 其中所述按汉字汉语 读音对汉字编码时所述基本部件是构成汉字的汉语读音字母的声 母、 韵母, 并且由构成汉字汉语读音的声母、 韵母的区码和位码依 次组成汉字的编码。 The encoding input method according to claim 3, wherein the basic component of the Chinese character pronunciation according to the Chinese character is the initial and finals of the Chinese pronunciation alphabet constituting the Chinese character, and the initials and finals constituting the Chinese pronunciation of the Chinese character. The area code and bit code form the code of the Chinese character in turn.
19.根据权利要求 3所述的编码输入方法, 其中所述按汉字汉语 读音对汉字编码时所述基本部件包括构成汉字汉语读音音节的声 母、 韵母的区码, 并且由构成汉字汉语读音音节的声母、 韵母的区 码依次组成汉字的编码。  The encoding input method according to claim 3, wherein said basic component for encoding a Chinese character according to a Chinese character of a Chinese character comprises a region code of an initial and a final vowel that constitutes a Chinese syllable of a Chinese character, and is composed of a Chinese syllable syllable constituting a Chinese character. The area code of the initial and final are composed of the Chinese characters.
20.根据权利要求 3所述的编码输入方法, 其中所述按汉字汉语 读音对汉字编码时所述基本部件是构成汉字的汉语读音字母的声 母、 韵母和声调, 由构成汉字汉语读音的声母、 韵母的区码和声调 码依次组成汉字的编码。 The encoding input method according to claim 3, wherein the basic component of the Chinese character pronunciation according to the Chinese character is the initial, the final and the tone of the Chinese pronunciation alphabet constituting the Chinese character, and the initials constituting the Chinese pronunciation of the Chinese character, The code and tone of the finals The codes in turn constitute the encoding of the Chinese characters.
21.根据权利要求 20所述的编码输入方法, 其中声调的编码为: 阴平 (-) 编码为 1, 阳平 (/) 编码为 2, 上声 (V ) 编码为 3, 去声 The code input method according to claim 20, wherein the coding of the tone is: a flat (-) code is 1, a positive (/) code is 2, an upper (V) code is 3, and a sound is removed.
C ) 编码为 4。 C) The code is 4.
22.根据权利要求 18— 20之一所述的编码输入方法,其中汉语拼 音声母、 韵母的区码和位码如此确定:  The code input method according to any one of claims 18 to 20, wherein the area code and the bit code of the Chinese pinyin initial and the final are determined as follows:
1区的 1-4位分布的声母、 韵母相应为: b、 P、 a» o  The initials and finals of the 1-4 position in Zone 1 correspond to: b, P, a» o
2区的 1-4位分布的声母、 韵母相应为: m、 f、 e、 i  The initials and finals of the 1-4 positions in Zone 2 correspond to: m, f, e, i
3区的 1-4位分布的声母、 韵母相应为: d、 t、 u、 u  The initials and finals of the 1-4 positions in Region 3 are: d, t, u, u
4区的 1-4位分布的声母、 韵母相应为: π、 1、 ai、 ei  The initials and finals of the 1-4 positions in Region 4 correspond to: π, 1, ai, ei
5区的 1-4位分布的声母、 韵母相应为: g、 k、 ao» ou  The initials and finals of the 1-4 positions in Region 5 are: g, k, ao» ou
6区的 1-4位分布的声母、 韵母相应为- h、 j an en  The initials and finals of the 1-4 positions in Region 6 correspond to - h, j an en
7区的 1-4位分布的声母、 韵母相应为: q、 X、 ang> eng The initials and finals of the 1-4 positions in the 7th district are: q, X, ang> eng
8区的 1-4位分布的声母、 韵母相应为: zh、 ch、 ong、 ie 9区的 1-4位分布的声母、 韵母相应为: sh、 r、 in、 un 0区的 1-4位分布的声母、 韵母相应为: z、 c、 s、 ing o The initials and finals of the 1-4 positions in the 8th region are: 声, ch, ong, ie, the initials of the 1-4 positions of the 9th region, the finals are: 1-4 of sh, r, in, un 0 The initials and finals of the bit distribution are: z, c, s, ing o
23.根据权利要求 18— 20之一所述的编码输入方法,其中汉语 音声母、 韵母的区码和位码如此确定:  The code input method according to any one of claims 18 to 20, wherein the area code and the bit code of the Chinese initial and the final are determined as follows:
1区的 1-4位相应为: 勺、 夕、 丫、 万  The 1-4 positions in Zone 1 correspond to: Spoon, eve, 丫, 10,000
2区的 1-4位相应为: π、 匸、 亡、 I  The 1-4 positions in Zone 2 correspond to: π, 匸, 死, I
3区的 1-4位相应为: 勿、 亡、 、 u  The 1-4 positions in Zone 3 are: Do not, die, u
4区的 1-4位相应为: 、 为、 、 \  The 1-4 positions in Zone 4 are: , , , , \
5区的 1-4位相应为: 〈〈、 万、 幺、  The 1-4 positions in Zone 5 correspond to: <, 10,000, 幺,
6区的 1-4位相应为: 厂、 、 弓、  The 1-4 positions in Zone 6 correspond to: Factory, Bow,
7区的 1-4位相应为: 厶、 丁、 虫、 ±  The 1-4 positions in Zone 7 correspond to: 厶, 丁, 虫, ±
8区的 1-4位相应为: A、 尸、 、 厶  The 1-4 positions in the 8th district are: A, corpse, 厶
9区的 1-4位相应为: I7、 亏、 厶、 The 1-4 positions in Zone 9 correspond to: I 7 , deficit, 厶,
24.根据权利要求 18— 20之一所述的编码输入方法,其中对于由 多个字构成的词组按如下办法编码:  The code input method according to any one of claims 18 to 20, wherein the phrase consisting of a plurality of words is encoded as follows:
两字词的编码由每个汉字的声母的区码和每个汉字最后一个韵 母的区码依次组成; The coding of two words is the area code of the initials of each Chinese character and the last rhyme of each Chinese character. The mother's area code is composed in turn;
三字词的编码由前两个字声母的区码和最后一个字声母和最后 一个韵母的区码依次组成;  The coding of the three words is composed of the area code of the first two initials and the area code of the last initial and the last final;
多字词的编码由前三个字的声母和最后一个字的声母的区码依 次组成。  The coding of a multi-word consists of the initials of the first three words and the regional code of the initials of the last word.
25.根据权利要求 18— 20之一所述编码输入方法的检索方法,包 括步骤:  25. A method of searching for an encoded input method according to any one of claims 18-20, comprising the steps of:
求出所需检索的汉字的拼音音节的声母、 韵母的编码, 输入声母、 韵母的编码, 在索引栏中得到其位置码,  Find the initials and finals of the Pinyin syllables of the Chinese characters to be searched, input the initials, and the finals, and obtain the position code in the index column.
逐个输入所说位置码得到拼音音节和所需检索的汉字及位置码, 根据位置码在正文栏中查到所需检索的汉字及解释。  Enter the position code one by one to obtain the Pinyin syllable and the Chinese character and position code to be retrieved, and find the Chinese character and explanation to be searched in the text column according to the position code.
26.根据权利要求 3所述的编码输入方法, 其中所述按汉字形音 对汉字编码时所述基本部件为构成汉字汉语读音的声母、 韵母与汉 字的基本笔划; 其中声母、 韵母和基本笔划的区位码分别确定, 声 母、 韵母的区位码可以采用和基本笔划的区位码相同的数字, 而汉 字的基本笔划及其编码按权利要求 4所述的方法确定。  The encoding input method according to claim 3, wherein the basic component when encoding the Chinese character according to the Chinese character sound is a basic stroke of the initial, the final and the Chinese character constituting the Chinese pronunciation of the Chinese character; wherein the initial, the final and the basic stroke The location code is determined separately, and the location code of the initial and the final can be the same number as the location code of the basic stroke, and the basic stroke of the Chinese character and its coding are determined according to the method of claim 4.
27.根据权利要求 26所述的编码输入方法,其中按汉字形音编码 汉字的步骤分对单字的编码和对词组的编码,  The code input method according to claim 26, wherein the step of encoding the Chinese characters by the Chinese character is divided into the encoding of the single word and the encoding of the phrase.
其中对于单字, 由构成汉字汉语读音的声母、韵母的区码和汉字 部首的首码和余件的尾码依次组成汉字的编码;  Wherein, for a single word, the area code of the initials and finals constituting the Chinese pronunciation of the Chinese characters and the first code of the Chinese character radicals and the last codes of the remaining parts constitute the encoding of the Chinese characters in turn;
对于两字词,由每个汉字的声母的区码和每个汉字最后一个韵母 的区码依次组成该两字词的编码;  For two words, the area code of the initials of each Chinese character and the area code of the last final of each Chinese character form the code of the two words in turn;
对于三字词,由前两个字声母的区码和最后一个字声母和最后一 个韵母的区码依次组成该三字词的编码;  For the three-word word, the area code of the first two initials and the last word initial and the last vowel's area code constitute the code of the three words in turn;
对于多字词,由前三个字的声母和最后一个字的声母的区码依次 组成该多字词的编码。  For a multi-word, the code of the multi-word is composed of the initials of the first three words and the initials of the last word.
28.根据权利要求 3所述的编码输入方法, 其中所述对于日语, 所述基本部件可以包括构成日文文字的假名、 以及构成日文中汉字 的日语读音的假名, 并且对构成日文文字的假名、 组成汉字日语读 -音的假名编码, 由假名的编码依次组成日文文字的编码。 The encoding input method according to claim 3, wherein in the case of Japanese, the basic component may include a pseudonym constituting a Japanese character, and a pseudonym constituting a Japanese pronunciation of a Chinese character in Japanese, and a pseudonym constituting a Japanese character, The kana code that constitutes the Japanese-speaking-sound of Chinese characters, and the code of the Japanese characters is composed of the codes of the kana.
29.根据权利要求 28所述的编码输入方法,其中所述假名的编码 仅由该假名的区码构成。 The code input method according to claim 28, wherein the coding of the pseudonym consists only of the area code of the pseudonym.
30.根据权利要求 28所述的编码输入方法,其中按 1-8区分布日 语假名:  The code input method according to claim 28, wherein the Japanese kana are distributed in the 1-8 area:
1区的 0-9位相应为: (τ )、 、 ( 、 ( " 、 (工; »、 *ί (才)、 The 0-9 positions in Zone 1 correspond to: (τ ), , ( , , ( " , (工; », *ί (才),
•h、 (力)、 ¾ ( )、 < (夕 ) 、 ^ ( 、 : •h, (force), 3⁄4 ( ), < (夕), ^ ( , :
2区的 0-9位相应为: $ )、 L (' )、 (^) 、 ^ (七:  The 0-9 digits of Region 2 correspond to: $), L (' ), (^), ^ (seven:
tz (夕)、 (千)、 ( 、 ( 、 i ( ) Tz (夕), (thousands), ( , ( , , i ( )
3区的 0-9位相应为: ¾ (t )、(:(二:)、 (^) 、 ¾ ( 〕  The 0-9 bits of Zone 3 correspond to: 3⁄4 (t ), (: (two:), (^), 3⁄4 ( )
i (八)、 C 匕)、 ^ ( ) 、 ( \ 、)、 « ('于、) i (eight), C 匕), ^ ( ), ( \ , ), « ('Yu,)
4区的 0-9位相应为: (A) 、 ¾ W »、 ¾ ( The 0-9 bits in Zone 4 correspond to: (A), 3⁄4 W », 3⁄4 (
( "、 ^ ( "、 «5> (* ) 、 无 ( ^ (3) ( ", ^ ( ", «5> (* ) , none ( ^ ( 3 )
5区的 0-9位相应为: (y )、 ν (ν)、 S ( ) 、 扎 ,、 ¾ (口)、 八  The 0-9 positions in Zone 5 correspond to: (y), ν (ν), S ( ), Zha, 3⁄4 (口), 八
( 、 (斗)、 ( " 、 ^ (工)、 ^ ( ^ )  ( , ( bucket ) , ( " , ^ (工工), ^ ( ^ )
6区的 0-9位相应为:力; (力' 、 i »、 )、 、 ^ (^) ( ) 、 ^ (  The 0-9 positions in Region 6 correspond to: force; (force ', i », ), ^ (^) ( ), ^ (
7区的 0-9位相应为: )、 )、 w) 、 -e (r ) 、 )、 The 0-9 positions in Zone 7 correspond to: ), ), w), -e (r ) , ),
( W)、 (7') 、 ( V if (^) (W), (7'), (V if (^)
8区的 0-9位相应为: (i° (八。 )、 (匕。)、 (^) 、 ( 〕 、 ^ 、 The 0-9 digits of the 8th zone are: (i° (eight.), (匕.), (^), ( ], ^,
( )、 (、7 )、 ( ^ ) 、 «5 ( ^ (3)。 ( ), (, 7 ), ( ^ ) , «5 ( ^ ( 3 ).
31.根据权利要求 28所述的编码输入方法,其中按 2 - s >区分布日 语假名:  The code input method according to claim 28, wherein the Japanese kana is distributed in a 2 - s > area:
2区的 0-9位相应为: h (r )、 > ( 、 3 ( " 、 (工) 、 (才)、 The 0-9 positions in Zone 2 correspond to: h (r ), > ( , 3 ( " , (工), (才),
•h、 〔力)、 ( 、 < (夕) 、 ( "、 : (-) •h, [force], ( , , < (夕), ( ", : (-)
3区的 0-9位相应为: § (廿 )、 ^ ('>) (^) 、 ^ (七) 、 ( )、 The 0-9 digits of Region 3 correspond to: § (廿), ^ ('>) (^), ^ (7), ( ),
†z 〔夕)、 、 ( 、 ( )、 ( 卜 ) †z [夕夕,,, ( , ( ), (卜)
4区的 0-9位相应为: )、【:(二;)、 (^) 、 ¾ (^)  The 0-9 digits of Region 4 correspond to: ), [:(2;), (^), 3⁄4 (^)
ti 〔八)、 匕)、 ^ ( ^ ) 、 ( \ )、 « (*) Ti [eight), 匕), ^ ( ^ ) , ( \ ), « (*)
5区的 0-9位相应为: )、❖ ( $ )、 if (A) 、 ^ ) 、 ¾  The 0-9 digits of Region 5 are: ), ❖ ( $ ), if (A), ^ ), 3⁄4
^ 1 ^) ^ ( ) , «f> (Λ) 、 无 ( ^ (3) 6区的 0-9位相应为: ( )、 (U)、 3 ( )、 (ΐ 、 3 (口)、 h (7 )、 ¾ (斗)、 ( )、 ^ (工)、 ¾■ (9) ^ 1 ^) ^ ( ) , «f> ( Λ ) , none ( ^ ( 3 ) The 0-9 positions in Zone 6 correspond to: ( ), (U), 3 ( ), (ΐ, 3 (port), h (7), 3⁄4 (bucket), ( ), ^ (work), 3⁄4 ■ ( 9)
7区的 0-9位相应为:力、' (力 )、 (¥)、 (^), (y)、 (^), The 0-9 digits of the 7th zone are: force, '(force), (¥), (^), (y), (^),
(寸 *)、 ( 、)、 ·τ ( )、 ( )、 t /) (inch *), ( , ), · τ ( ), ( ), t /)
8区的 0-9位相应为: ( )、 ' (千 Ί、 (、f、、 . -c (r),  The 0-9 digits of the 8th zone are: ( ), ' (thousands, (, f, , . -c (r),
Hf (八 *)、 t (e、)、 (7*)、 ( 、)、 ( ('ii) Hf (eight *), t (e,), (7*), ( , ), ( ('ii)
9区的 0-9位相应为: ^ (八 °)、 (匕。)、 (^)、 :)、 (^)、 ( )、 (、7)、 ( )、 «3) ( J: ( 3)。  The 0-9 positions in Zone 9 correspond to: ^ (eight°), (匕.), (^), :), (^), ( ), (, 7), ( ), «3) ( J: ( 3).
32.根据权利要求 28所述的编码输入方法,其中按十区分布日语 假名:  The code input method according to claim 28, wherein the Japanese kana is distributed in ten zones:
1区的卜 5位相应为: *> (7)、 、 ( 、 5 ( )、 (工)、 (才) 2区的 1-5位相应为: 力>力、* (力 力 -)、 t ^), < (夕 夕')、 Itif ( )、 二::  The 5 positions in Zone 1 correspond to: *> (7), , ( , 5 ( ), (工), (才) The 1-5 positions in Zone 2 are: force > force, * (force -), t ^), < (夕夕'), Itif ( ), two::
3区的 1-5位相应为: $ (廿廿 ')、 ι (- ^), ^), (七 ·{£ )、 ( 、/)、  The 1-5 positions in Zone 3 correspond to: $ (廿廿 '), ι (- ^), ^), (7 · {£ ), ( , /),
4区的卜 5位相应为: (夕 )、 ( -^),  The 5th position of the 4th district corresponds to: (夕), (-^),
、、 - -c (T1 r ), ( 卜 Π ,, - -c (T 1 r ), ( 卜Π
5区的卜 5位相应为: (于)、 (:(二)、 (2)、 (冬)、 θ( ) 6区的 1一5位相应为: iitt'H (八 U f tf { ^ ^ ^) ^ J^ (7 7* ^ ) ^ ^ ( )、 (J ( (S" ( * # *° )  The 5th position of the 5th area corresponds to: (1) in the (6), (2), (2), (Winter), and θ() regions: iitt'H (8 U f tf { ^ ^ ^) ^ J^ (7 7* ^ ) ^ ^ ( ), (J ( (S" ( * # *° )
7区的 1-5位相应为: ί (^)、 £τ (Α)、 (¾)、 The 1-5 bits in Zone 7 correspond to: ί (^), £τ (Α), (3⁄4),
8区的 1-5位相应为: ^).^ (^- ^·)^ (-) ,The 1-5 digits of the 8th district are: ^).^ (^- ^·)^ (-)
J: J: ( 3 3 ) J: J: ( 3 3 )
9区的 1-5位相应为: ( )、 (y )、 3 ( )、 L ( )、 3 (口) 0区的 1一6位相应为: (7)、 (斗)、 5 ( ;)、 (工)、 (?)、 The 1-5 positions in the 9th zone are: ( ), (y), 3 ( ), L ( ), 3 (mouth). The 1st and 6th positions of the 0 zone are: (7), (Dou), 5 ( ; ), (work), (?),
" ) " )
33.根据权利要求 3所述的编码输入方法, 其中对于朝韩语, 所 述基本部件包括构成韩文文字的朝韩语字母, 以及韩文中汉字词的 朝韩语读音的朝韩语字母。  The code input method according to claim 3, wherein for Korean, the basic components include Korean-Korean letters constituting Korean characters, and Korean-speaking Korean pronunciations of Korean characters in Korean.
34.根据权利要求 33所述的编码输入方法,其中朝韩语字母按顺 序分区排列, 并由区码构成字母的编码。 34. The code input method according to claim 33, wherein the Korean alphabet is pressed The sequential partitions are arranged, and the codes of the letters are formed by the area codes.
35.根据权利要求 34所述的编码输入方法, 其中包括  35. The code input method of claim 34, comprising
对一个朝韩语读音音节的汉字词或朝韩语单词,依书写笔顺, 由 构成汉字词朝韩语读音或朝韩语单词的朝韩语字母的区码依次组成 汉字词的编码;  For a Chinese-speaking or Korean-speaking word in a Korean-speaking syllable, according to the stroke order, the code of the Korean-speaking word that constitutes the Korean-speaking Korean-speaking or Korean-speaking word in turn constitutes the encoding of the Chinese word;
对于两个朝韩语读音音节的汉字词或朝韩语单词,: 依照书写笔 顺由每个朝韩语读音音节的首字母和尾字母的区码依次组成汉字词 或朝韩语单词的编码;  For two Kanji or Korean-speaking words in Korean-speaking syllables,: according to the writing pen, the code of the first letter and the last letter of each Korean-speaking syllable is composed of Chinese characters or Korean-language words.
对于三个朝韩语读音节的汉字词或朝韩语单词, 依照书写笔顺, 由前两个朝韩语音节的首字母的区码和最后一个朝韩语音节的首字 母和尾字的区码依次组成汉字词或朝韩语单词的编码;  For the three Korean-speaking syllables, the Chinese characters or Korean-speaking words are composed of the first two-letter Korean syllables and the last Korean and Korean syllables. The encoding of Chinese words or Korean-speaking words;
对于多于三个朝韩语读音音节的汉字词或朝韩语单词,依照书写 笔顺, 由前三个朝韩语音节的首字母的区码和最后一个音节的首字 母的区码依次组成汉字词或朝韩语单词的编码。  For more than three Korean-speaking syllables or Chinese-Korean words, according to the written stroke order, the area code of the first letter of the first three Korean syllables and the area code of the first letter of the last syllable form the Chinese characters in turn. Or the encoding of Korean-speaking words.
36.根据权利要求 34 所述的编码输入方法, 其中朝韩语字母按 1-8区分布排列, 分别为:  36. The code input method according to claim 34, wherein the Korean alphabets are arranged in a 1-8 region, respectively:
1区的 1-3位相应为: 1 L  The 1-3 positions in Zone 1 correspond to: 1 L
2区的 1-3位相应为: n  The 1-3 positions in Zone 2 correspond to: n
3区的 1-3位相应为: 0 H  The 1-3 positions in Zone 3 are: 0 H
4区的 1-3位相应为: 入 丄  The 1-3 positions in Zone 4 correspond to:
5区的 1-3位相应为: 6 S 丁  The 1-3 positions in Zone 5 are: 6 S
6区的 1-3位相应为: 7Γ  The 1-3 positions in Zone 6 are: 7Γ
7区的 1-3位相应为: Ε  The 1-3 positions in Zone 7 are: Ε
8区的 1-3位相应为: 3Z 言 1  The 1-3 positions of the 8th district are correspondingly: 3Z words 1
37. 根据权利要求 34所述的编码输入方法, 其中朝韩语字母按 2 - 9区分布排列, 分别为:  37. The code input method according to claim 34, wherein the Korean alphabets are arranged in a 2-9 region, respectively:
1区的 1-3位相应为: V  The 1-3 bits in Zone 1 correspond to: V
2区的 1 - 3位相应为: 匕 ]=  The 1st - 3rd position of Zone 2 corresponds to: 匕 ]=
3区的 1-3位相应为: L - 4区的 1 3位相应为: s ^ 5区的 1-3位相应为: U 丄 The 1-3 positions in Region 3 are corresponding to: The 13 bits in the L-4 region are corresponding to: s ^ The 1-3 positions in Zone 5 correspond to: U 丄
6区的 1-3位相应为: H XL  The 1-3 positions in Zone 6 correspond to: H XL
7区的 Ϊ- 3位相应为: 入 Φ 丁  The Ϊ-3 of the 7th zone corresponds to: Φ
8区的 1-3位相应为: Λ :¾  The 1-3 digits of the 8th zone are: Λ :3⁄4
9区的 1-3位相应为: 已 —  The 1-3 positions in Zone 9 correspond to:
0区的 1-3位相应为: 31 ·¾" I  The 1-3 bits of Zone 0 correspond to: 31 ·3⁄4" I
38. 根据权利要求 33所述的编码输入方法, 其中朝韩语字母按 顺序分区排列, 取朝韩语字母所在区、 位的区码, 由区码组成朝韩 语元音、 辅音的编码。  38. The code input method according to claim 33, wherein the Korean alphabet is arranged in a sequential order, and the area code of the area in which the Korean alphabet is located and the bit code is used, and the code of the Korean vowel and the consonant is composed of the area code.
39.根据权利要求 38所述的编码输入方法, 其中包括: 一个朝韩语读音音节的汉字词或朝韩语单词的编码为:由构成汉 字词朝韩语读音或朝韩语单词的朝韩语音节的首音、 中间音、 尾音 的区码依书写笔顺依次组成汉字词的编码;  39. The code input method according to claim 38, comprising: encoding a Chinese word or a Korean-speaking word into a Korean syllable: a Korean-speaking syllable that constitutes a Chinese-speaking Korean-speaking or Korean-speaking word. The area codes of the first sound, the middle sound, and the tail sound form the code of the Chinese character in turn according to the written stroke;
两个朝韩语读音音节的汉字词或朝韩语单词的编码为:由每个朝 韩语读音音节的首音和尾音的区码依次构成汉字词或朝韩语单词的 编码.  The Chinese characters or Korean-to-Korean words of two Korean-speaking syllables are encoded as follows: the code of the first and last endings of each Korean-speaking syllable constitutes the encoding of Chinese characters or Korean-speaking words.
三个朝韩语读音音节的汉字词或朝韩语单词的编码为:由前两个 朝韩语音节的首音区码和最后一个朝韩语音节的首音和尾音的区码 依次组成该汉字词或朝韩语单词的编码;  The kanji or Korean-to-Korean words of the three Korean-speaking syllables are encoded by the first syllables of the first two Korean syllables and the regional codes of the first and last syllables of the Korean syllable. Or the encoding of Korean-speaking words;
多于三个朝韩语读音音节的汉字词或朝韩语单词的编码为:由每 个朝韩语读音音节的首音的区码依次组成该汉字词或朝韩语单词的 编码 o  The encoding of more than three Korean-speaking syllables or Korean-speaking words is: the code of the Chinese character or Korean-speaking word is composed of the regional codes of the initials of each Korean-speaking syllable.
40.根据权利要求 39所述的编码输入方沬,其中四十个朝韩语元 音、 辅音字母分布在十个区的四十个位上, 分别为:  40. The coded input method of claim 39, wherein forty Korean vowels and consonants are distributed over forty positions in ten zones, respectively:
1区的 1-4位相应为: L V  The 1-4 bits of Zone 1 correspond to: L V
2区的 1-4位相应为: b e  The 1-4 positions in Zone 2 correspond to: b e
3区的 1-4位相应为: ΰ 丄  The 1-4 positions in Zone 3 correspond to: ΰ 丄
4区的 1-4位相应为: Λ ό Τ  The 1-4 positions in Zone 4 correspond to: Λ ό Τ
5区的 1-4位相应为: Λ ― 1  The 1-4 positions in Zone 5 correspond to: Λ ― 1
6区的 1-4位相应为: Η Η 7区的 1-4位相应为: IL ¾ H] ] The 1-4 positions in Zone 6 correspond to: Η Η The 1-4 positions in Zone 7 correspond to: IL 3⁄4 H] ]
8区的 1_4位相应为: 71 tt冲 jfl The 1st 4th position of the 8th district corresponds to: 71 tt rushing jfl
9区的 - 4位相应为: Η¾ Λ >1 Τ]  The 9th - 4 digits are: Η3⁄4 Λ >1 Τ]
0区的 1- 4位相应为:  The 1-4 bits of Zone 0 correspond to:
41.根据权利要求 3所述的编码输入方法,其中所述对于朝韩语 而言所述基本部件是朝韩语字母, 按如下方式确定朝韩语字母的区 位码:  The code input method according to claim 3, wherein said basic component is Korean-to-Korean for Korean, and the location code of the Korean alphabet is determined as follows:
使用 0-9十个数字,把朝韩语字母的笔划归类为横、竖、撇、点、 折五种基本笔划, 相应定义其代码为 1、 2、 3、 4、 5, 把字母的笔划 代码数相加, 满十减十运算后, 朝韩语字母的编码分别为: 6 , 叉 编码为 0; ―、 己的编码为 1 ; 1、 £编码为 2 ; 1- 、 、 _ 、 丁 的编码为 3 ; 、 、 的编码为 4; JL'、 ί、 π、 1_的编码为 5;£编码为 6;入、 的编码为 7;口 、 Β的编码为 8 ;入 、: 31编码为 9 ο  Using 0-9 ten digits, the strokes of Korean and Korean letters are classified into five basic strokes: horizontal, vertical, 撇, dot, and fold. The code is defined as 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and the stroke of the letter is drawn. The number of codes is added. After the tenth and tenth reduction operations, the codes of Korean and Korean letters are: 6 , the fork code is 0; ―, the code of the code is 1; 1. The code of the £ is 2; 1-, _, _, The code is 3; the code of , , is 4; the code of JL', ί, π, 1_ is 5; the code is 6; the code of input is 7; the code of port, Β is 8; Is 9 ο
42. 根据权利要求 41所述的编码输入方法, 其中字母的朝韩语 读音对朝韩语中的汉字词或朝韩语单词的编码包括:  42. The code input method according to claim 41, wherein the encoding of the Korean-speaking of the letter to the Kanji word or the Korean-speaking word in Korean-speaking includes:
一个朝韩语读音音节的汉字词或朝韩语单词的编码为构成汉字' 词朝韩语读音或朝韩语单词的朝韩语音节的字母, 依书写笔顺依次 组成汉字词或朝韩语单词的编码;  A Chinese-speaking or Korean-speaking word in a Korean-speaking syllable is encoded as a Korean-speaking syllable that constitutes a Chinese-speaking Korean-speaking or Korean-speaking vocabulary, and is composed of a Chinese-speaking or Korean-speaking word in turn;
两个朝韩语读音音节的汉字词或朝韩语单词的编码为:依照书写 笔顺, 由每个朝韩语读音音节的首字母和尾字母的编码依次组成汉 字词或朝韩语单词的编码。  The Chinese or Korean-to-Korean words of the two Korean-speaking syllables are coded according to the writing stroke order, and the codes of the first and last letters of each Korean-speaking syllable are sequentially composed of Chinese characters or Korean-language words.
三个朝韩语读音音节的汉字词或朝韩语单词编码为:依照书写笔 顺, 由前两个朝韩语读音音节的首字母的编码和最后一个朝韩语读 音音节的首字母和尾字母的编码依次组成汉字词或朝韩语单词的编 码;  The Chinese characters or Korean-Korean words of the three Korean-speaking syllables are coded according to the written stroke order, the first letter of the first two Korean-speaking syllables and the first and last Korean-language pronunciation syllables. a code that constitutes a Chinese word or a Korean word;
多于三个朝韩语读音音节的汉字词或朝韩语单词的编码为:依照 书写笔顺, 由每个朝韩语音节的首字母的编码依次组成汉字词或朝 韩语单词的编码。  The encoding of more than three Korean-speaking syllables or Korean-speaking words is: according to the writing stroke order, the encoding of the initials of each Korean-Chinese syllable is composed of Chinese characters or Korean-language words.
43.根据权利要求 41或 42所述编码输入方法的检索方法,.包括 求出所需检索的外文词语的字母编码, 43. A method of searching for an encoded input method according to claim 41 or 42, comprising Find the letter code of the foreign language word you want to search.
输入字母编码, 在提示栏中得到韩文词语的位置码,  Enter the letter code and get the location code of the Korean word in the prompt bar.
根据所需检索的韩文词语的位置码,在正文栏中査到所需检索的 外文词语及解释。  According to the location code of the Korean words to be retrieved, the foreign words and explanations of the search are found in the text column.
44.根据权利要求 43所述编码输入方法的检索方法,包括步骤: 编出所需检索的外文词语的字母的编码,  44. A method of searching for an encoding input method according to claim 43, comprising the steps of: compiling an encoding of a letter of a foreign language word to be retrieved,
输入字母编码, 在提示栏中得到字母及位置码,  Enter the letter code and get the letter and location code in the prompt bar.
逐个输入所需检索的词语的字母位置码得到外文词语的位置码, 以及  Enter the letter position code of the word to be retrieved one by one to obtain the position code of the foreign word, and
根据外文词语位置码在正文栏中得到所需检索的外文词语及解 释。  According to the foreign word position code, the foreign words and explanations to be retrieved are obtained in the text column.
45. 根据权利要求 3所述的编码输入方法, 其中对于表音文字, 可以由其字母的区码依次构成字母的编码。  45. The code input method according to claim 3, wherein for the phonetic character, the code of the letter can be sequentially constituted by the area code of the letter.
46. 根据权利要求 3所述的编码输入方法, 其中对于表音文字, 可以由其字母的区码和位码依次构成字母的编码。  46. The code input method according to claim 3, wherein for the phonetic character, the code of the letter can be sequentially constituted by the area code and the bit code of the letter.
47.根据权利要求 45或 46所述的编码输入方法,其中对于英文 来说所述基本部件是英文字母,按 1-8区分布排列的英文字母为: The code input method according to claim 45 or 46, wherein said basic component is English letters for English, and English letters arranged in a range of 1-8 are:
1区的 1-4位相应为: Aa、 Bb、 Cc The 1-4 positions in Zone 1 correspond to: Aa, Bb, Cc
2区的 1-3位相应为: Ee、 Ff、 Gg  The 1-3 positions in Zone 2 correspond to: Ee, Ff, Gg
3区的 1-4位相应为: Hh、 Ii、 Jj  The 1-4 positions in Zone 3 are: Hh, Ii, Jj
4区的 1-3位相应为: Ll、 Mm、 Nn  The 1-3 positions in Region 4 are: Ll, Mm, Nn
5区的 1-3位相应为: 0o、 PP、 Qq  The 1-3 positions in Zone 5 are: 0o, PP, Qq
6区的 1-3位相应为: Rr、 Ss、 Tt  The 1-3 positions in Zone 6 correspond to: Rr, Ss, Tt
7区的 1-3位相应为: Uu、 Vv、 Ww  The 1-3 positions in the 7th zone are: Uu, Vv, Ww
8区的 1-3位相应为 Xx、 Yy、 Zz o  1-3 of the 8th zone correspond to Xx, Yy, Zz o
48.根据权利要求 45或 46所述的编码输入方法,其中对于英文 来说所述基本部件是英文字母, 按 1-0区分布排列的英文字母为: 1区的 1-3位相应为: Aa、 Bb  The code input method according to claim 45 or 46, wherein the basic component is English letters for English, and the English alphabets arranged according to the 1-0 region distribution are: 1-3 bits of the 1 zone are correspondingly: Aa, Bb
2区的 1-3位相应为: Cc、 Dd 3区的 1-3位相应为: Ee、 Ff、 Gg The 1-3 positions in Zone 2 correspond to: Cc, Dd The 1-3 positions in Zone 3 correspond to: Ee, Ff, Gg
4区的 1-3位相应为: Hh、 Ii  The 1-3 positions in Zone 4 are: Hh, Ii
5区的 1-3位相应为:
Figure imgf000089_0001
Kk
The 1-3 positions in Zone 5 correspond to:
Figure imgf000089_0001
Kk
6区的 1-3位相应为: Ll、 Mm、 Nn  The 1-3 positions of the 6th zone are corresponding to: Ll, Mm, Nn
7区的 1-4位相应为: 0o、 PP、 Qq  The 1-4 positions in Zone 7 are: 0o, PP, Qq
8区的 1-3位相应为: Rr、 Ss、 Tt  The 1-3 bits of the 8th zone are corresponding to: Rr, Ss, Tt
9区的 1-4位相应为: Uu、 Vv、 Ww  The 1-4 positions in Zone 9 are: Uu, Vv, Ww
0区的 1-3位相应为: Xx、 Yy、 Zz。  The 1-3 positions in Zone 0 are: Xx, Yy, Zz.
49.根据权利要求 45或 46所述的编码输入方法,其中对于西班 牙文来说所述基本部件是西班牙字母, 按 1-8 区分布排列的西班牙 文字母为:  The code input method according to claim 45 or 46, wherein for the Spanish language, the basic component is a Spanish alphabet, and the Spanish alphabets arranged in a 1-8 region are:
1区的 1-4位相应为: Aa(d) Bb、 C(Ch)c(ch)、 Dd  The 1-4 positions in Zone 1 correspond to: Aa(d) Bb, C(Ch)c(ch), Dd
2区的 1-3位相应为: Εθ(έ)、 Ff、 Gg  The 1-3 positions in Zone 2 correspond to: Εθ(έ), Ff, Gg
3区的 1-4位相应为: Hh、 Ii(i)、 Jj、 Kk  The 1-4 bits of Zone 3 correspond to: Hh, Ii(i), Jj, Kk
4区的 1-3位相应为: L(L1)1(11)、 Mm N(N)n(n)、  The 1-3 bits of the 4th zone are: L(L1)1(11), Mm N(N)n(n),
5区的 1-3位相应为: 0ο(ό)、 Pp、 Qq  The 1-3 digits of the 5th zone are: 0ο(ό), Pp, Qq
6区的 1-3位相应为: Rr、 Ss、 Tt  The 1-3 positions in Zone 6 correspond to: Rr, Ss, Tt
7区的 1-3位相应为: Uu(ii)、 Vv、 Ww  The 1-3 positions in Zone 7 correspond to: Uu(ii), Vv, Ww
8区的 1-3位相应为: Xx、 Yy、 Zzo  The 1-3 positions in the 8th district are: Xx, Yy, Zzo
50.根据权利要求 45或 46所述的编码输入方法,其中对于西班 牙文来说所述基本部件是西班牙字母, 按 1-0 区分布排列的西班牙 文字母为:  The code input method according to claim 45 or 46, wherein for the Spanish language, the basic component is a Spanish alphabet, and the Spanish alphabets arranged in a 1-0 region are:
1区的 1-2位相应为: Aa(<5)、 Bb  The 1-2 bits in Zone 1 correspond to: Aa(<5), Bb
2区的 1-2位相应为: C(Ch)c(ch)、 Dd  The 1-2 bits of Zone 2 correspond to: C(Ch)c(ch), Dd
3区的 1-3位相应为: Εθ(έ)、 Ff、 Gg  The 1-3 positions in Zone 3 correspond to: Εθ(έ), Ff, Gg
4区的 1-2位相应为: Hh、 Ii(i)  The 1-2 bits in Region 4 correspond to: Hh, Ii(i)
5区的 1-2位相应为: Jj、 Kk,  The 1-2 digits of the 5th district are: Jj, Kk,
6区的 1-3位相应为: L(L1)1(11)、 Mm, N (N) n (n)  The 1-3 bits of Region 6 correspond to: L(L1)1(11), Mm, N (N) n (n)
7区的 1-3位相应为: 0ο(ό)、 Ρρ、 Qq、  The 1-3 digits of the 7th zone are: 0ο(ό), Ρρ, Qq,
8区的 1-3位相应为: Rr、 Ss、 Tt、 9区的 1-3位相应为: Uu(ii)、 Vv、 Ww The 1-3 positions in the 8th district are: Rr, Ss, Tt, The 1-3 positions in Zone 9 correspond to: Uu(ii), Vv, Ww
0区的 1-3位相应为: Xx、 Yy、 Zzo  The 1-3 positions in Zone 0 are: Xx, Yy, Zzo
51.根据权利要求 45或 46所述的编码输入方法,其中对于德文 来说所述基本部件是德文字母, 按 1-8区分布排列的德文字母为: The code input method according to claim 45 or 46, wherein said basic component is a German letter for German, and German letters arranged in a 1-8 region are:
1区的 1-4位相应为: A(A)a(a)、 Bb、 Cc、 Dd The 1-4 positions in Zone 1 correspond to: A(A)a(a), Bb, Cc, Dd
2区的 1-3位相应为: Ee、 Ff、 Gg  The 1-3 positions in Zone 2 correspond to: Ee, Ff, Gg
3区的 1-4位相应为: Hh、 Ii、 Jj、 Kk  The 1-4 positions in Zone 3 correspond to: Hh, Ii, Jj, Kk
4区的 1-3位相应为: Ll、 Mm, Nn  The 1-3 positions in Region 4 are: Ll, Mm, Nn
5区的 1-4位相应为: 0(0)o(o)、 Pp、 Qq、  The 1-4 positions in Zone 5 are: 0(0)o(o), Pp, Qq,
6区的 1-4位相应为: Rr、 Ss、 Tt、 β  The 1-4 positions in Region 6 correspond to: Rr, Ss, Tt, β
7区的 1-3位相应为: U(U)u(U)、 Vv、 Ww  The 1-3 bits of the 7th zone are corresponding to: U(U)u(U), Vv, Ww
8区的 1-3位相应为: Xx、 Yy、 Zz  The 1-3 positions in the 8th zone are: Xx, Yy, Zz
52.根据权利要求 45或 46所述的编码输入方法,其中对于德文 来说所述基本部件是德语字母, 按 1-0区分布排列的德文字母为: The code input method according to claim 45 or 46, wherein said basic component is German letters for German, and German letters arranged in a 1-0 region are:
1区的 1- -2位相应为: A(A) a (a) Bb The 1- to 2-position of Zone 1 corresponds to: A(A) a (a) Bb
2区的 1- -2位相应为: Cc、 Dd、  The 1- to 2-position of Zone 2 corresponds to: Cc, Dd,
3区的 1- -3位相应为: Ee、 Ff、 Gg  The 1- to 3-position of Zone 3 corresponds to: Ee, Ff, Gg
4区的 1- -2位相应为: Hh、 Ii、  The 1- to 2-position of Region 4 corresponds to: Hh, Ii,
5区的 1- -2位相应为: Jj、 Kk  The 1-to-2 position of Zone 5 corresponds to: Jj, Kk
6区的 1- -3位相应为: Ll、 Mm、 Nn  The 1- to 3-position of Region 6 corresponds to: Ll, Mm, Nn
7区的 1- -3位相应为: 0(0) o(o)、 Pp、 Qq、  The 1-1-3 positions in Zone 7 correspond to: 0(0) o(o), Pp, Qq,
8区的 1- -4位相应为: Rr、 Ss、 Tt、 β  The 1- to 4-position of the 8th zone corresponds to: Rr, Ss, Tt, β
9区的 1- -3位相应为: U(U) u(U)、 Vv、 Ww、  The 1- to 3-position of the 9th zone corresponds to: U(U) u(U), Vv, Ww,
0区的 1- -3位相应为: Xx、 Yy、 Zz。  The 1-to-3 bits of zone 0 correspond to: Xx, Yy, Zz.
53.根据权利要求 45或 46所述的编码输入方法,其中对于俄文 来说所述基本部件是俄文字母, 1-8区分布俄文字母的分区排列为: 1区的 1-4位相应为: Aa、 Bb、 BB、 Γ r  53. The code input method according to claim 45 or 46, wherein the basic component is Russian letters for Russian, and the partitions of the Russian letters of the 1-8 area are arranged as: 1-4 bits of the 1st zone Correspondingly: Aa, Bb, BB, Γ r
2区的 1-4位相应为: XI; A、 E e、 ^C^, 3 3  The 1-4 positions in Zone 2 correspond to: XI; A, E e, ^C^, 3 3
3区的 1-4位相应为: Η Μ、 ϊϊ ή、 Κ κ、 JI ji  The 1-4 positions in Zone 3 correspond to: Η Μ, ϊϊ ή, Κ κ, JI ji
4区的 1-4位相应为: M M、 H H、 O O、 Π Π 5区的 1-4位相应为: Pp、 Cc、 Tt、 Yy The 1-4 positions in Zone 4 correspond to: MM, HH, OO, Π Π The 1-4 positions in Zone 5 correspond to: Pp, Cc, Tt, Yy
6区的 1-4位相应为: Φ Φ、 X x、 Ii n、 Η Η  The 1-4 positions of the 6th zone are correspondingly: Φ Φ, X x, Ii n, Η Η
7区的 1-4位相应为: ΙΠπι、 IIi 、 ¾ ¾、 BI H  The 1-4 positions in Zone 7 correspond to: ΙΠπι, IIi, 3⁄4 3⁄4, BI H
8区的 1-4位相应为: b 、 3 3、 )ιο、 5Ϊ Ά  The 1-4 positions in the 8th district are: b, 3 3, ) ιο, 5Ϊ Ά
54.根据权利要求 45或 46所述的编码输入方法,其中对于俄文 来说所述基本部件是俄文字母, 1-0区分布俄文字母的分区排列为:  The code input method according to claim 45 or 46, wherein said basic component is Russian letters for Russian, and the partition of the Russian alphabet of the 1-0 area is arranged as:
1区的 1-3位相应为: Aa、 Bb、 BB  The 1-3 positions in Zone 1 correspond to: Aa, Bb, BB
2区的 1-3位相应为: Γ Γ、 R , E e  The 1-3 positions in Zone 2 correspond to: Γ Γ, R, E e
3区的 1-3位相应为: ^«、 3 3、 H H  The 1-3 positions in Zone 3 correspond to: ^«, 3 3, H H
4区的 1-3位相应为: Η ίϊ、 Κ κ、 JI Ji  The 1-3 positions in the 4th district are: Η ϊ ϊ, Κ κ, JI Ji
5区的 1-4位相应为: Μ Μ、 Η Η、 Ο Ο、 Π Π  The 1-4 positions in Zone 5 are: Μ Μ, Η Η, Ο Ο, Π Π
6区的 1-3位相应为: Pp、 Cc、 Tt、  The 1-3 positions in Zone 6 correspond to: Pp, Cc, Tt,
7区的 1-3位相应为: Yy、 Φ Φ、 X x  The 1-3 positions in Zone 7 are: Yy, Φ Φ, X x
8区的 1-3位相应为: y n、 q q、 ΠΙ in  The 1-3 positions in the 8th zone are: y n, q q, ΠΙ in
9区的 1-3位相应为: ¾ 、 ¾ 、 H H  The 1-3 bits of Zone 9 correspond to: 3⁄4, 3⁄4, H H
0区的 1-4位相应为: b 、 3 3、 KJ io、 Η Λ The 1-4 positions in Zone 0 are: b, 3 3 , KJ io, Η Λ
55.根据权利要求 45或 46所述的编码输入方法,其中对于法文 来说所述基本部件是法文字母, 1-8区分布法文字母的分区排列为: The code input method according to claim 45 or 46, wherein the basic component is a French alphabet for French, and the partition of the French alphabet of the 1-8 region is arranged as:
1区的 1-4位相应为: Aa(0)、 Bb、 Cc、 Dd The 1-4 positions in Zone 1 correspond to: Aa(0), Bb, Cc, Dd
2区的 1-3位相应为: Ee(eee). Ff、 Gg  The 1-3 positions in Zone 2 correspond to: Ee(eee). Ff, Gg
3区的 1-4位相应为: Hh、 Ii、 Jj、 Kk  The 1-4 positions in Zone 3 correspond to: Hh, Ii, Jj, Kk
4区的 1-3位相应为: Ll、 Mm、 Nn  The 1-3 positions in Region 4 are: Ll, Mm, Nn
5区的 1-3位相应为: 0o、 Pp、 Qq  The 1-3 digits of the 5th zone are: 0o, Pp, Qq
6区的 1-3位相应为: Rr、 Ss、 Tt  The 1-3 positions in Zone 6 correspond to: Rr, Ss, Tt
7区的 1-3位相应为: Uu(u)、 Vv、 Ww  The 1-3 bits in Zone 7 correspond to: Uu(u), Vv, Ww
8区的 1-3位相应为: Xx、 Yy、 Zz  The 1-3 positions in the 8th zone are: Xx, Yy, Zz
56.根据权利要求 45或 46所述的编码输入方法,其中对于法文 来说所述基本部件是法文字母, 1-0区分布法文字母的分区为: The code input method according to claim 45 or 46, wherein said basic component is a French alphabet for French, and a partition of a French alphabet of a 1-0 region is:
1区的 1 - 3位相应为: Aa(0)、 Bb The 1st to 3rd positions in Zone 1 correspond to: Aa(0), Bb
2区的 1-3位相应为: Cc、 Dd 3区的 1-3位相应为: Εθ (έέ§)、 Ff、 Gg The 1-3 positions in Zone 2 correspond to: Cc, Dd The 1-3 positions in Zone 3 correspond to: Εθ (έέ§), Ff, Gg
4区的 1-3位相应为: Hh、 Ii  The 1-3 positions in Zone 4 are: Hh, Ii
5区的 1-3位相应为: Jj、 Kk  The 1-3 positions in Zone 5 correspond to: Jj, Kk
6区的 1-3位相应为: Ll、 Mm、 Nn  The 1-3 positions of the 6th zone are corresponding to: Ll, Mm, Nn
7区的 1-4位相应为: 0o、 PP、 Qq  The 1-4 positions in Zone 7 are: 0o, PP, Qq
8区的 1-3位相应为: Rr、 Ss、 Tt、  The 1-3 positions in the 8th zone are: Rr, Ss, Tt,
9区的 1-4位相应为: Uu (u)、 Vv、  The 1-4 bits in Zone 9 correspond to: Uu (u), Vv,
0区的 1-3位相应为: Xx、 Yy、 Zz。  The 1-3 positions in Zone 0 are: Xx, Yy, Zz.
57.根据权利要求 45或 46所述的编码输入方法,其中对于希腊 文文来说所述基本部件是希腊文文字母, 1-8区分布希腊文文字母的 分区排列为:  The code input method according to claim 45 or 46, wherein for the Greek text, the basic component is a Greek letter, and the partitions of the Greek letter in the 1-8 area are arranged as:
1区的 1-4位相应为 . A α、 Β β、 Γ γ  The 1-4 positions in zone 1 correspond to . A α, Β β, Γ γ
2区的 1-3位相应为 Δ δ、 Ε ε、 Ζ ζ  The 1-3 positions in Zone 2 correspond to Δ δ, Ε ε, Ζ ζ
3区的 1-4位相应为, H η、 Θ θ、 I ι  The 1-4 positions in Zone 3 correspond to, H η, Θ θ, I ι
4区的 1-3位相应为. K 、 Λ λ、 Μ μ  The 1-3 positions of the 4th zone are corresponding to . K , Λ λ, Μ μ
5区的 1-3位相应为 : N ν、 Ξ ξ、 0 ο  The 1-3 positions in Zone 5 correspond to: N ν, Ξ ξ, 0 ο
6区的 1-3位相应为 Π π、 Ρ Ρ、 ∑ σ  The 1-3 positions in the 6th zone are corresponding to Π π, Ρ Ρ, ∑ σ
7区的 1-3位相应为, T τ、 Τ υ、 Φ φ  The 1-3 bits of the 7th zone are correspondingly, T τ, Τ υ, Φ φ
8区的 1-3位相应为 • X X、 Ψ ω、 Ω Ε。  The 1-3 positions in the 8th zone correspond to • X X, Ψ ω, Ω Ε.
58.根据权利要求 45或 46所述的编码输入方法,其中对于希腊 文文来说所述基本部件是希腊文文字母, 1-0区分布希腊文字母的分 区为:  The code input method according to claim 45 or 46, wherein the basic component is a Greek letter for Greek text, and the Greek letter of the 1-0 zone is:
1区的 1- -3位相应为 : A α、 Β β  The 1- to 3-position of zone 1 corresponds to: A α, Β β
2区的 1- -4位相应为 Γ Υ、 Δ δ  The 1-1-4 positions of Zone 2 correspond to Γ Υ and Δ δ
3区的 1- -3位相应为. . E ε、 Ζ ζ  The 1- to 3-position of Zone 3 corresponds to . . . E ε, Ζ ζ
4区的 1- -4位相应为 : H η、 Θ θ  The 1- to 4-position of the 4th zone corresponds to: H η, Θ θ
5区的 1- -3位相应为 . I ι、  The 1-1-3 positions in Zone 5 correspond to .I ι,
6区的 1- -3位相应为 : Λ λ、 Μ μ  The 1- to 3-position of the 6th zone corresponds to: Λ λ, Μ μ
区的 1- -3位相应为 N v、 Ξ ξ、 0 ο  The 1-1-3 bits of the zone correspond to N v, Ξ ξ, 0 ο
8区的 1- -3位相应为: Π π、 Ρ Ρ、 ∑ σ 9区的 1-3位相应为: Τ τ、 Τ υ Λ Φ φ The 1- to 3-position of the 8th zone corresponds to: Π π, Ρ Ρ, ∑ σ The 1-3 positions of the 9th zone are corresponding to: Τ τ, Τ υ Λ Φ φ
0区的 1 - 3位相应为: Χ χ、 Ψ ω、 Ω Ε  The 1st to 3rd positions of Zone 0 are: Χ χ, Ψ ω, Ω Ε
59.根据权利要求 45或 46所述的编码输入方法,其中对于阿拉 伯文来说所述基本部件是阿拉伯文字母, 1-8区分布阿拉伯文字母的 分区排列为:  The code input method according to claim 45 or 46, wherein said basic component is Arabic letters for Arabic, and the partitions of Arabic letters of 1-8 area are arranged as:
1区的 1- -4位相应为: J  The 1-1-4 positions in Zone 1 correspond to: J
2区的 1- -3位相应为:  The 1-1-3 positions in Zone 2 correspond to:
 •
3区的 1- -4位相应为: J  The 1-1-4 positions in Zone 3 correspond to: J
 •
4区的 1- -3位相应为: J  The 1- to 3-position of Region 4 corresponds to: J
5区的 1- -3位相应为:  The 1-1-3 positions in Zone 5 correspond to:
6区的 1- -3位相应为: ί  The 1- to 3-bit of Zone 6 corresponds to: ί
7区的 1- -3位相应为: t  The 1-1-3 positions in Zone 7 correspond to: t
8区的 1- -3位相应为: 。乙 1  The 1-1-3 positions in Zone 8 correspond to: . B 1
60.根据权利要求 45或 46所述的编码输入方法,其中对于阿拉 伯文来说所述基本部件是阿拉伯文字母, 1-0区分布阿拉伯文字母的 分区为: f 60. The code input method according to claim 45 or 46, wherein the basic component is Arabic letters for Arabic, and the Arabic alphabet for 1-0 zone distribution is: f
1区的 1-3位相应为:  The 1-3 positions in Zone 1 correspond to:
2区的 1-3位相应为: (J3 f The 1-3 positions in Zone 2 correspond to: (J 3 f
3区的 1-3位相应为: J  The 1-3 positions in Zone 3 correspond to: J
4区的 1-3位相应为: J  The 1-3 positions in Zone 4 correspond to: J
5区的 1-3位相应为:  The 1-3 positions in Zone 5 correspond to:
6区的 1-3位相应为: f  The 1-3 positions in Zone 6 correspond to: f
7区的 1-4位相应为:  The 1-4 positions in Zone 7 correspond to:
8区的 1-3位相应为: •  The 1-3 positions in Zone 8 are: •
 Has
9区的 1-4位相应为: 乙  The 1-4 positions in Zone 9 are: B
0区的 1-4位相应为: ΐ  The 1-4 bits of Zone 0 correspond to: ΐ
61.根据权利要求 1所述的编码输入方法,其中还包括下列步骤: 按照标点的字形, 使用 0-9十个数字,采用加法、 减法运算编码的方 法,编码构成标点符号字形的笔划,把标点符号的笔划归类为横(-)、 竖 ( I )、 撇 ( ^ )、 点 (、)、 折 (乙) 五种基本笔划, 相应定义其 代码为 1、 2、 3、 4、 5, 标点符号的笔划代码数字相加, 满十减十运 算后得出标点符号的编码, 按构成标点符号的部件数量, 分单标点 符号和双标点符号进行编码。 61. The code input method according to claim 1, further comprising the steps of: encoding the marks forming the punctuation marks by using a method of adding and subtracting codes according to the glyph of the punctuation, using 0-9 ten numbers, The strokes of punctuation are classified into five basic strokes: horizontal (-), vertical (I), 撇 (^), point (,), and discount (B), which are defined accordingly. The code is 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, the number of the stroke code of the punctuation is added, and the code of the punctuation is obtained after the full ten minus ten operation, and the number of parts constituting the punctuation, the single punctuation mark and the double punctuation mark Encode.
62. 根据权利要求 61所述的编码输入方法, 其中单标点符号的 编码分别为: 句号(。)的编码为 0, 连接号(一)、 破折号(一)的 编码为 1, 逗号 (,) 的编码为 3, 顿号 (、)、 间隔号 (.)、 着重号 62. The code input method according to claim 61, wherein the code of the single punctuation symbol is: a code of a period (.) is 0, a code of the connection number (1), a dash (1) is 1, a comma (,) The code is 3, the number (,), the spacer (.), the emphasis
( . )、省略号(. . .)的编码为 4, 感叹号(!)的编码为 6, 分号(;) 的编码为 7, 冒号 (:) 的编码为 8, 问号 (? ) 的编码为 9; The code of ( . ), ellipsis (. . .) is 4, the code of exclamation mark (!) is 6, the code of semicolon (;) is 7, the code of colon (:) is 8, and the code of question mark (?) is 9;
双标点符号的编码分别为: 单书名号 (〈> ) 的编码为 55, 双书 名号(《》)的编码为 10, 竖书单引号(门)的编码为 55,竖书双引 号 (N ) 的编码为 00, 横书双引 (:" ") 号的编码为 86, 横书单引 号(' ') 的编码为 43, 括号 (:)的编码为 43, 空方括号 d 2)的 编码为 09, 实方括号 (【】) 的编码为 09。  The codes of the double punctuation are as follows: the code of the single book name (<> ) is 55, the code of the double book name ("") is 10, the code of the vertical book number (door) is 55, and the code of the double book is double quotes (N) The code is 00, the code of the horizontal double quote (:" ") is 86, the code of the horizontal single quote (' ') is 43, the code of the parenthesis (:) is 43, and the code of the empty square bracket d 2) is 09, the actual square brackets ([]) code is 09.
63.根据权利要求 1所述的编码输入方法,其中还包括下列步骤: 对各种文字中的数字编码, 其中零, 0、 0 的编码为 0, 壹、 一、 1 的编码为 1, 贰、 二、 2的编码为 2, 叁、三、 3的编码为 3, 肆、 四、 4的编码为 4, 伍、 五、 5的编码为 5, 陆、 六、 6的编码为 6, 柒、 七、 7的编码为 7, 捌、 八、 8的编码为 8, 玖、 九、 9的编码为 9, 拾、 十的编码为 10。  63. The code input method according to claim 1, further comprising the steps of: encoding a number in the various characters, wherein the code of zero, 0, 0 is 0, and the code of 壹, 1, 1 is 1, 贰The code of 2, 2, 2 is 2, the code of 叁, 3, 3 is 3, the code of 肆, 4, 4 is 4, the code of 5, 5, 5 is 5, the code of land, 6 and 6 is 6, 柒The codes of 7, 7, and 7 are 7, the codes of 捌, 八, and 8 are 8, the codes of 玖, 九, and 9 are 9, and the codes of tens, and ten are 10.
64.根据权利要求 1所述的编码输入方法,其中所述计算机装置 是含有软件的手机。  The code input method according to claim 1, wherein said computer device is a mobile phone containing software.
65.根据权利要求 1所述的编码输入方法,其中所述计算机装置 是个人数字助理 PDA。  65. The code input method of claim 1, wherein the computer device is a personal digital assistant PDA.
66.根据权利要求 1所述的编码输入方法,其中所述计算机装置 是掌上电脑。  The code input method of claim 1, wherein the computer device is a palmtop computer.
67. 一种依据权利要求 1所述编码输入方法, 还包括步骤: 使用 0-9键依次输入世界文字、 词组的编码;  67. A method of encoding input according to claim 1, further comprising the steps of: sequentially inputting codes of world text and phrases using 0-9 keys;
使用上翻页, 下翻页选择世界文字、 词组;  Use page up, page down to select world text, phrase;
使用 1-9键确认所选择的世界文字、 词组。  Use the 1-9 keys to confirm the selected world text and phrase.
68. 一种世界文字计算机语言编写方法, 所述方法包括步骤: 使用世界文字、 标点、 符号、数字作编写字符, 按计算机语言类 型、 格式、 内容、 用途编写计算机语言; 68. A method of writing a world word computer language, the method comprising the steps of: Write characters using world characters, punctuation, symbols, numbers, and write computer languages according to computer language type, format, content, and purpose;
采用权利要求 1所述编码方法的编码输入方法及其处理装置,编 码并输入世界文字符。  An encoding input method and a processing apparatus thereof using the encoding method of claim 1, encoding and inputting Esperanto characters.
69. 一种机器语言的编写方法, 所述方法包括步骤:  69. A method of writing a machine language, the method comprising the steps of:
使用世界文字、数字、标点、符号说明计算机机器语言所要完成 的任务;  Use world characters, numbers, punctuation, and symbols to describe the tasks to be accomplished in computer machine language;
使用任意四位十进制数表示说明机器语言所要完成任务的世界 文字、 数字、 标点、 符号, 或依据权利要求 1 编码方法使用四位十 进制数, 对表明机器语言完成任务的世界文字、 数字、 标点、 符号 进行编码, 不足四位的编码在编码前面使用 0加够四位数, 使用四 位十进制数的编码表示说明机器语言所要完成任务的世界文字、 数 字、 标点、 符号;  Use any four-digit decimal number to indicate the world literal, number, punctuation, or symbol that the machine language is to perform, or use the four-digit decimal number according to the encoding method of claim 1. The world text, numbers, punctuation, indicating the machine language to complete the task, The symbol is encoded. The encoding of less than four digits is preceded by 0 plus four digits. The encoding of the four digits is used to indicate the world characters, numbers, punctuation, and symbols that the machine language is to perform.
使用四位二进制数表示一个十进制数,共使用十六位二进制数表 示四位十进数。  A four-digit binary number is used to represent a decimal number, and a total of sixteen digits are used to represent a four-digit decimal number.
70. —种汇编语言的编写方法, 所述方法包括步骤:  70. A method of writing an assembly language, the method comprising the steps of:
使用世界文字、数字、标点、符号说明计算机汇编语言所要完成 的任务;  Use the world's words, numbers, punctuation, and symbols to describe the tasks to be accomplished in computer assembly language;
使用任意四位十进制数表示说明汇编语言所要完成任务的世界 文字、 数字、 标点、 符号, 或依据权利要求 1 的编码方法使用四位 十进制数, 对表明汇编语言所要完成任务的世界文字、 数字、 标点、 符号进行编码, 不足四位的编码在编码前面使用 0加够四位数, 使 用四位十制数的编码表示说明汇编语言所要完成任务的世界文字、 数字、 标点、 符号。  Use any four-digit decimal number to indicate the world literals, numbers, punctuation, symbols that the assembly language is to perform, or use the four-digit decimal number in accordance with the encoding method of claim 1, to indicate the world text, numbers, and tasks that the assembly language is to accomplish. Punctuation, symbol encoding, less than four digits of encoding in front of the encoding using 0 plus four digits, using four-digit ten-digit encoding to indicate the world text, numbers, punctuation, symbols of the assembly language to complete the task.
71. 一种世界文字计算机蕊片指令设计方法, 其包括步骤: 使用汉字、 字母、 标点、 符号、 数字作为指令设计符号, 表明计 算机蕊片指令所要完成的任务;  71. A world text computer chip instruction design method, comprising the steps of: using Chinese characters, letters, punctuation, symbols, numbers as instruction design symbols to indicate tasks to be completed by computer chip instructions;
采用依据权利要求 1 的编码方法使用四位十进制数编码表示一 个世界文字字符; 以及  Using the encoding method according to claim 1 to represent a world text character using a four-digit decimal number encoding;
- 使用十六位二进数 0和 1表示计算机蕊片所要完成的任务。 - Use the sixteen digit binary digits 0 and 1 to indicate the task to be completed by the computer chip.
72.—种依据权利要求 5所述指令设计方法的世界文字计算机蕊 片指令。 72. A world word computer chip instruction according to the instruction design method of claim 5.
73.一种世界文字计算机程序语言,所述程序语言包括由世界文 字构成的常量、 变量, 运算表达式, 程序流程控制, 其中世界文字 采用权利要求 1所述的编码方法输入。  73. A world word computer programming language comprising a constant consisting of world text, a variable, an operational expression, a program flow control, wherein the world text is entered using the encoding method of claim 1.
74.—种世界文字计算机操作系统设计方法,所述方法包括步骤: 使用图形、世界文字、字母、假名、标点、符号、数字作操作符, 按计算机操作系统的类型、 用途、 任务、 设计计算机操作系统; 使用世界文字命名文件,并使用此世界文字文件名访问用世界文 字标明的文件所在磁盘中的存放地址;  74. A world word computer operating system design method, the method comprising the steps of: using graphics, world text, letters, pseudonyms, punctuation, symbols, numbers as operators, according to computer operating system type, purpose, task, design computer Operating system; use the world text to name the file, and use this world text file name to access the storage address on the disk where the file marked with world text is located;
依据权利要求 1 的编码输入方法分或不分国别编码输入世界文 字符。  The code input method according to claim 1 inputs the world characters in a divided or non-country code.
75. 一种世界文字计算机操作系统, 包括  75. A world word computer operating system, including
使用图形、 世界文字、 字母、 假名、 标点、 符号、 数字构成的操 作符;  An operator consisting of graphics, world text, letters, kana, punctuation, symbols, numbers;
世界文字命名的文件,使用此世界文字文件名访问用世界文字标 明的文件所在磁盘中的存放地址;  A file named after the world text, using this world text file name to access the storage address on the disk where the file indicated by the world text is located;
使用图形,世界文字、数字按窗口画面的形式显示在显示屏上的 操作命令, 用于提供选择操作;  Using graphics, world text, numbers, and operation commands displayed on the display screen in the form of window screens for providing selection operations;
采用权利要求 1所述编码方法的编码输入处理装置, 用于 编码输入世界文字操作符进行操作。  An encoding input processing apparatus using the encoding method of claim 1 for encoding an input world text operator for operation.
PCT/CN2001/000687 2000-05-03 2001-05-08 World characters numerical coding input method and thereof its information handling system WO2001093180A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
AU2001263741A AU2001263741A1 (en) 2000-05-03 2001-05-08 World characters numerical coding input method and thereof its information handling system

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN00108527.1 2000-05-03
CN00108527A CN1321941A (en) 2000-05-03 2000-05-03 Digitalization operation coding processing system of Chinese and foreign language information

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2001093180A1 true WO2001093180A1 (en) 2001-12-06
WO2001093180A8 WO2001093180A8 (en) 2003-03-13

Family

ID=4579256

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2001/000687 WO2001093180A1 (en) 2000-05-03 2001-05-08 World characters numerical coding input method and thereof its information handling system

Country Status (3)

Country Link
CN (2) CN1321941A (en)
AU (1) AU2001263741A1 (en)
WO (1) WO2001093180A1 (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8276066B2 (en) 2002-06-05 2012-09-25 Rongbin Su Input method for optimizing digitize operation code for the world characters information and information processing system thereof
CN110716654A (en) * 2019-09-30 2020-01-21 韦松波 Chinese character input method, voice synthesis method, Mandarin Chinese learning method, Chinese character input system and keyboard

Families Citing this family (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101236457B (en) * 2007-06-15 2010-04-14 胡世曦 Phonetic and stroke Chinese input method
CN101093478B (en) * 2007-07-25 2010-06-02 中国科学院计算技术研究所 Method and system for identifying Chinese full name based on Chinese shortened form of entity
CN102622343B (en) * 2012-03-17 2014-08-06 昆明南珠电子工程有限公司 Word and phrase four-code translation system for Vietnamese and Chinese
JP6528632B2 (en) * 2015-09-30 2019-06-12 ブラザー工業株式会社 Editing device, printing device, and control program

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1050629A (en) * 1990-08-05 1991-04-10 王麟祥 World language sign indicating number and encoding law thereof
CN1178935A (en) * 1997-08-30 1998-04-15 刘树根 Universal language change-over device and method for world languages

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1050629A (en) * 1990-08-05 1991-04-10 王麟祥 World language sign indicating number and encoding law thereof
CN1178935A (en) * 1997-08-30 1998-04-15 刘树根 Universal language change-over device and method for world languages

Cited By (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8276066B2 (en) 2002-06-05 2012-09-25 Rongbin Su Input method for optimizing digitize operation code for the world characters information and information processing system thereof
US9329696B2 (en) 2002-06-05 2016-05-03 Rongbin Su Optimized digital operational encoding and input method of world character information and information processing system thereof
CN110716654A (en) * 2019-09-30 2020-01-21 韦松波 Chinese character input method, voice synthesis method, Mandarin Chinese learning method, Chinese character input system and keyboard
CN110716654B (en) * 2019-09-30 2024-04-02 韦松波 Chinese character input method, voice synthesis method and Chinese character input system

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN1321941A (en) 2001-11-14
AU2001263741A1 (en) 2001-12-11
WO2001093180A8 (en) 2003-03-13
CN1429358A (en) 2003-07-09

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP4558482B2 (en) National language character information optimization digital operation coding and input method and information processing system
US7263658B2 (en) Multilingual input method editor for ten-key keyboards
JPH06102985A (en) Virtual keyboard
WO2001093180A1 (en) World characters numerical coding input method and thereof its information handling system
WO2000043861A1 (en) Method and apparatus for chinese character text input
Greenwood International cultural differences in software
CN104007834B (en) Digital operation coding input method for world character information and its information processing system
CN1353350A (en) Pronunciation and shape combined mouse input method
Sinha Computer Processing of Indian Languages and Scripts—Potentialities & Problems
CN110007782B (en) Phonetic coding two-key typewriting method
NANDASARA Development and standardization of sinhala script code for digital inclusion of native computer users
CN1752899B (en) Chinese language coding and its Chinese character input method and retrieval method
Rolfe What is an IME (Input Method Editor) and how do I use it
標準の開発 Development and Standardization of Sinhala Script Code for Digital Inclusion of Native Computer Users
JPH0441399Y2 (en)
JPH0441398Y2 (en)
Jochum Winword
JPS61213885A (en) Inputting/outputting of kanji computerized
CN101866338A (en) Method for creating Chinese character and key input apparatus thereof
CN115047980A (en) Non-split Chinese character input integrated system capable of accurately inputting Chinese characters
Ojha Computing in Indian Languages for Knowledge Management: Technology Perspectives and Linguistic Issues
CN111142682A (en) Chinese character five-stroke member coding computer spelling input method
JPH03110663A (en) Document processor
Zyda et al. Non-Roman font generation via interactive computer graphics
JPS6327966A (en) Katakana conversion system in word processor

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BY BZ CA CH CN CO CR CU CZ DE DK DM DZ EE ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MA MD MG MK MN MW MX MZ NO NZ PL PT RO RU SD SE SG SI SK SL TJ TM TR TT TZ UA UG US UZ VN YU ZA ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): GH GM KE LS MW MZ SD SL SZ TZ UG ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE CH CY DE DK ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LU MC NL PT SE TR BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
DFPE Request for preliminary examination filed prior to expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed before 20040101)
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 018090176

Country of ref document: CN

CFP Corrected version of a pamphlet front page

Free format text: UNDER (71, 72) DELETE "LIANG, HE (CN/CN); 1531 # 1 MIDDLE SCHOOL OF YULIN CITY, 10 QUIGFENG ROAD, YULIN, GUANGXI ZHUANG AUTONOMOUS REGION 537000 (CN)." AND ADD (72, 75) INVENTOR, AND INVENTOR/APPLICANT (FOR US ONLY) "LIANG, HE (CN/CN); 1531 # 1 MIDDLE SCHOOL OF YULIN CITY, 10 QINGFENG ROAD, YULIN, GUANGXI ZHUANG AUTONOMOUS REGION 537000 (CN)."

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase
NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: JP